UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

psix-20201231_g1.jpg
FORM 10-K

x
xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

OR

2020
or
¨
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to

from________to________

Commission file number 001-35944

POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware33-0963637
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Delaware33-0963637
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
201 Mittel Drive,

Wood Dale, IL

60191
(Address of principal executive offices)Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)
(630) 350-9400
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading Symbol(s)Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Registrant’s telephone number: (630) 350-9400

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ¨ NO x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Act.   YES  ¨
NO   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  x     NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES  x     NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. (Check one):

See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer¨Accelerated filer¨
Non-accelerated filerxSmaller reporting companyx
Non-accelerated filerEmerging growth company¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Smaller Reporting Company¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.     ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨YES ¨   NO x  NO

1


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ¨
The aggregate market value of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share,5,157,756 shares of the registrantCommon Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2015 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter)2020 was $252,013,780$20.6 million based on the last reported sale price on The NASDAQ Capital Marketthe over-the-counter (“OTC”) market on June 30, 20152020 (although the total market capitalization of the registrant as of such date was approximately $580,599,613)$91.3 million). Shares of the registrant’s common stockCommon Stock held by each executive officer and director and by each person who holds 10% or more of the outstanding common stockCommon Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 22, 2016,March 12, 2021, there were 10,752,90622,892,413 outstanding shares of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share,Common Stock of the registrant.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates information by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the “2021 proxy statement”), to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) within 120 days after the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
2


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
PagePART I
Forward-Looking Statements
PART IItem 1.Business
Item 1.1A.Risk Factors2
Item 1A.Risk Factors21
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments41
Item 2.Properties41
Item 3.Legal Proceedings41
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures41
PART II
PART II
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities42
Item 6.Selected Financial Data44
Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations46
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Aboutabout Market Risk69
Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data69
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure69
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures69
Item 9B.Other Information70
PART III
PART III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance71
Item 11.Executive Compensation71
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters71
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence71
Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services71
PART IV
PART IV
Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.72Form 10-K Summary
Signatures




Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This report includes forward-looking


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“2020 Annual Report”) that reflect our expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities.are not historical facts are intended to constitute “forward-looking statements” entitled to the safe-harbor provisions of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. We have tried to identify forward-lookingmay involve risks and uncertainties. These statements by usingoften include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,“budgeted,” “contemplate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “contemplate,“forecast,“intend,“guidance,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “project,” “potential,“projection,” “should,” “will,“target,” “will, be,” “would” andor similar expressions, but this isthese words are not anthe exclusive way ofmeans for identifying such statements. These forward-looking statements include among others, statements relating to ourregarding Power Solutions International, Inc.’s, a Delaware corporation (“Power Solutions,” “PSI” or the “Company”), projected sales, potential profitability and liquidity, strategic initiatives, future financialbusiness strategies, warranty mitigation efforts and market opportunities, improvements in its business, remediation of internal controls, improvement of product margins, and product market conditions and trends. These statements are not guarantees of performance our business prospectsor results, and strategy, anticipated financial position, liquiditythey involve risks, uncertainties and capital needs and other similar matters. Theseassumptions. Although the Company believes that these forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectationsreasonable assumptions, there are many factors that could affect the Company’s results of operations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risksliquidity and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Ourcould cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the Company’s forward-looking statements.
The Company cautions that the risks, uncertainties and achievements mayother factors that could cause its actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements containedinclude, without limitation: the factors discussed in this report set forth in Item 1A. Risk Factors; the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic could have on the Company’s business and financial results; the Company’s ability to continue as a resultgoing concern; the Company’s ability to raise additional capital when needed and its liquidity; uncertainties around the Company’s ability to meet funding conditions under its financing arrangements and access to capital thereunder; the timing of variouscompletion of steps to address, and the inability to address and remedy, material weaknesses; the identification of additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies; risks uncertainties and other factors, including those described above under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. Accordingly, you should read this reportrelated to complying with the understanding that our actual results mayterms and conditions of the settlements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Illinois (the “USAO”); variances in non-recurring expenses; risks relating to the substantial costs and diversion of personnel’s attention and resources deployed to address the internal control matters; the Company’s obligations to indemnify past and present directors and officers and certain current and former employees with respect to the investigations conducted by the SEC and the criminal division of the USAO, which will be materially differentfunded by the Company with its existing cash resources due to the exhaustion of its historical primary directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage; the ability of the Company to accurately forecast sales, and the extent to which sales result in recorded revenues; changes in customer demand for the Company’s products; volatility in oil and gas prices; the impact of U.S. tariffs on imports from what we expect.

Forward-lookingChina on the Company’s supply chain; any delays and challenges in recruiting and retaining key employees consistent with the Company’s plans; any negative impacts from delisting of the Company’s common stock par value $0.001 (the “Common Stock”) from the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) and any delays and challenges in obtaining a re-listing on a stock exchange.

The Company’s forward-looking statements speak onlyare presented as of the date of this report.hereof. Except as required by law, the Company expressly required under federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not undertakedisclaims any intention or obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, to reflect events or circumstances arising after the date of this report, whether as a result of new information, or future events or otherwise. You should not place undue reliance
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and as a result, it is obligated to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The Company makes these filings available free of charge on its website (http://www.psiengines.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files them with, or furnishes them to, the SEC. Information on the forward-lookingCompany’s website does not constitute part of this 2020 Annual Report.. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements, included in this reportand other information the Company electronically files with, or that may be made elsewhere from timefurnishes to, time by us, or on our behalf. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

Except wherethe SEC.


4


PART I
Unless the context indicates otherwise, requires or where otherwise indicated, references in this Form 10-K2020 Annual Report to “we,“Power Solutions,“us,“PSI,“our”“the Company,” “Corporate,” “it,” “its” and “our company” refer to“itself” mean Power Solutions International, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

PART I

Item 1.References herein to “2020,” “fiscal 2020” or “fiscal year 2020” refer to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. References herein to “2019,” “fiscal 2019” or “fiscal year 2019” refer to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
Item 1.    Business.
General Business

Company Overview

We are a global producer

Power Solutions International, Inc., incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in 2011, designs, engineers, manufactures, markets and distributor ofsells a broad range of high performance, certified low-emission,advanced, emission-certified engines and power systems that primarily run on non-dieselare powered by a wide variety of clean, alternative fuels, such asincluding natural gas, propane, and biofuels, as well as gasoline whichand diesel options, within the energy, industrial and transportation end markets. The Company manages the business as a single segment.
The Company’s products are primarily used by global original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and end-user customers across a wide range of applications and equipment that includes standby and prime power generation, demand response, microgrid, combined heat and power, arbor equipment, material handling (including forklifts), agricultural and turf, construction, pumps and irrigation, compressors, utility vehicles, light- and medium-duty vocational trucks, and school and transit buses.
The Company provides highly engineered, comprehensive solutions designed to meet emission standards ofspecific customer application requirements and technical specifications, including those imposed by environmental regulatory bodies, including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and(“EPA”), the California Air Resources Board (CARB)(“CARB”) and the People’s Republic of China’s Ministry of Ecology and Environment (“MEE,” formerly the Ministry of Environmental Protection), as well as regulatory bodies within the European Union (“EU”). Our customers
The Company’s products include large, multinational original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of off-highway industrial equipmentboth sourced and on-road medium trucksinternally designed and busses,manufactured engines that are engineered and we are a sole source provider of alternative fuel power systems for many of these customers. Our industrialintegrated with associated components. These comprehensive power systems are currently usedtested and validated to meet quality, safety, durability and global environmental standards and regulations.  
Through advanced research and development (“R&D”) and engineering capabilities, the Company is able to provide its customers with highly optimized, efficient, durable and emissions-compliant products that enhance their competitive position.
The Company’s business is diversified across end markets and applications and also includes extensive aftermarket and service parts programs. These programs consist of (i) internal aftermarket service parts programs with worldwide sales and distribution capabilities and (ii) internal OEM-developed service parts programs for components and products supplied by OEMsthe Company.
5


The Company’s end markets, product categories and equipment are as highlighted in the following table:
End MarketProduct CategoriesEquipment/Products
EnergyElectric Power Generation (“Gensets”)
Large Custom Genset Enclosures
Mobile and Stationary Gensets for:
Emergency Standby
Rental
 Prime Power
Demand Response
Microgrid
Renewable Energy Resiliency (Wind, Solar, Storage)
Combined Heat and Power (“CHP”)

Industrial
Material Handling
Agricultural/Arbor Care
Irrigation/Pumps
Construction
Compressors
Other Industrial
Forklifts
Wood Chippers
Stump Grinders
Sweepers/Industrial Scrubbers
Aerial Lift Platforms/Scissor Lifts
Irrigation Pumps
Oil and Gas Compression
Oil Lifts
Off Road Utility Vehicles
Ground Support Equipment
Ice Resurfacing Equipment
Pump Jacks
Transportation
Trucks
Buses
Fuel Systems and Tanks
Class 2 - 7 Vocational Trucks and Vans
School Buses (Type A and Type C)
Transit Buses
Terminal and Utility Tractors
Products
The Company’s sourced and internally designed and manufactured engine blocks are engineered and integrated with associated components in a wide range of industries with a diversified set of applications, including, stationary electricity generators, oil and gas equipment, forklifts, aerial work platforms, industrial sweepers, arbor equipment, agricultural and turf equipment, aircraft ground support equipment, construction and irrigation equipment, and other industrial equipment.

Our power systems are highly engineered, comprehensive systems customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements and technical specifications, as well as requirements imposed by environmental regulatory bodies. Our power system configurations range from athat includes basic engine blockblocks integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems. We purchase engines from third party suppliers and produce internally-designed engines, both of which are then integrated into our power systems. A substantial portion of the components we integrate into our power systems consist of internally designed components and components for which we coordinate significant design efforts with third party suppliers; the remainder consist largely of parts that we source off the shelf from third party suppliers. We are able to provide our customers with a comprehensive, emission-certified or non-certified power system which can be incorporated, using a single part number, directly into a customer’s specified application.

Our alternative fuel power systems meet or exceed emission standards of the EPA and the CARB and represent a cleaner, and typically less expensive, alternative to diesel fuel power systems. While our power systems primarily run on alternative fuels, we also supply EPA and CARB emission-certified standard fuel power systems, and we are one of the largest suppliers of Perkins and Caterpillar diesel power systems under 275 horsepower. We expect that growth in domestic sales of our low-emission power systems will be driven by the substantial breadth of our emission-certified products, as well as increasing domestic and international demand for alternative fuel power systems given increasingly stringent engine emission regulations. We are also experiencing increasing demand for our power systems from international industrial OEMs that manufacture industrial equipment for the U.S. import market.

In addition to our emission-certified power systems, we produce and distribute non-emission-certified power systems for industrial OEMs for particular applications in markets without emission standards (for example, oil and gas equipment used in Canada). Approximately 73% of our net sales for 2015 consisted of sales of emission-certified products, of which approximately 57% consisted of sales of emission certified products for which we hold the applicable regulatory certification, 11% consisted of sales of alternative fuel power systems for which the supplier holds the applicable regulatory certification and 5% consisted of sales of diesel power systems for which the diesel engine supplier holds the applicable regulatory certification. Our remaining sales consisted of non-emission-certified power systems, integrated electrical power generation systems, parts and other components.

Industry and Market Overview

Industrial OEM Market

The off-highway industrial OEM market represents a diversified set of applications and industry categories that include both stationary and mobile industrial equipment including, but not limited to: power generation, oil and gas, material handling, aerial work platforms, sweepers, arbor, welding, airport ground support, agricultural,

turf, construction and irrigation. While the power system requirements for the industrial OEM market bear similarities to the requirements for power systems used in automotive applications, there are substantial application differences between automotive and industrial equipment applications. Torque, start, stop, low speed and, with respect to certain applications, indoor use requirements, make direct use of an automotive power system impractical for use in most industrial equipment applications. Recognizing these differences, the EPA and CARB have issued distinct emission standards and regulations for industrial applications, as compared to those for automotive applications. As a result, there is not a direct crossover of available automotive power systems into the industrial OEM market. Power systems used in the industrial OEM market must satisfy these emission standards through a certification process with the EPA and CARB that includes durability testing of the engine emission system at zero and 5,000 hours, production line testing on a quarterly basis and field compliance audit testing. Given the level of engineering and financial resources that automotive engine manufacturers would need to dedicate to supply emission-certified product into the industrial OEM market, and given this market does not represent a core business for these manufacturers, automotive engine manufacturers do not typically compete in the industrial OEM market.

Industrial OEM power systems use internal combustion engines (both diesel and spark-ignited), as well as electric motors. Diesel engine systems, which use compression to initiate ignition to burn fuel, in contrast with spark-ignited engine systems which use a spark plug to initiate the combustion process, currently represent the dominant power systems, depending on the specific industrial application involved. For example, diesel powered equipment is generally used in outdoor industrial applications, while electric motors and alternative fuel, spark-ignited power systems are used for indoor industrial applications where carbon monoxide and air quality issues must be addressed. Both diesel power systems and electric motors have significant limitations. Diesel power systems present unique emission compliance challenges, while electric motors are often not feasible alternatives in industrial applications as a result of limitations on battery storage capacity. These challenges present opportunities to increase demand for spark-ignited power systems within the industrial OEM marketplace.

Market Trends

The market for our power systems is continuing to grow globally as a result of several key drivers.

Increasingly Stringent Regulations and Growing Efforts to Reduce Emissions

Concerns regarding climate change and other environmental considerations have led to the implementation of laws and regulations that restrict, cap or tax emissions in the automotive industry and throughout other industries. In particular, EPA Tier 4 emission standards, CARB regulations, and policies in Europe, generally referred to as Stage I, II, III and IV regulations, are requiring a significant reduction in the level of emissions and particulate matter produced by diesel power systems. OEMs have experienced pressure to redesign their products to address these emission regulations, as products that are unable to meet emission standards may not be sold in the marketplace. However, we believe few suppliers to industrial OEMs have been capable of providing, or are willing to make the investments of time, financial, and other resources necessary to provide products that meet these more stringent emission regulations.

More stringent EPA and CARB emission regulations associated with diesel power systems have taken effect and are increasing both the cost and product footprint (in other words, the size of the power system) of diesel power products. Internal combustion engines generally produce emissions of carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons (organic compounds consisting entirely of hydrogen and carbon that can be emitted as a result of incomplete fuel combustion and fuel evaporation), and oxides of nitrogen (highly reactive gases formed when oxygen and nitrogen in the air react with each other during combustion), and diesel engines produce particularly high levels of these pollutants. In addition, diesel engines produce particulate matter, which is among the areas of focus of these emission regulations. In 2004, the EPA adopted rules introducing Tier 4 emission standards which significantly reduce permitted emissions of oxides of nitrogen and particulate matter, and restrict hydrocarbon

emissions, for off-road diesel engines of various sizes. The most recent standards adopted were initially implemented in 2008 and were phased in through 2015. As an example of the increasingly stringent standards to which diesel engines are subject, the most recent permitted levels, which began in 2012, of particulate matter for on-road diesel engines were reduced by approximately 90% from 2009 permitted levels. As a result, manufacturers and suppliers of diesel power systems, in comparison to spark-ignited power systems, face greater challenges in complying with the new emission regulations. A manufacturer of diesel power systems must expend significant resources to develop a compliant power system, often through incorporation of additional components into a power system to reduce levels of particulate and other emissions. These additional components increase the footprint of the diesel engine, as well. This can be a lengthy and expensive process. Based upon our experience with customers and suppliers, and on additional information provided by Power Systems Research, Inc., industrial OEMs are experiencing cost increases of between 30% and 100% for a comprehensive diesel power system with combustion and after-treatments incorporated to satisfy the new requirements. Furthermore, these emission regulations create not only a cost but also a footprint disadvantage for a diesel power system, when compared to a spark-ignited, emission-certified power system.

Additionally, countries outside of the United States have historically adopted emission regulations aligned with those of the U.S., and accordingly, it is anticipated that regulations comparable to current and future EPA and CARB emission regulations will be implemented internationally. For example, as previously noted, policies implemented in Europe, generally referred to as Stage I, II, III and IV regulations, regulate emissions of off-road mobile equipment. Similar to emission regulations in the U.S., these regulations in Europe call for reductions in emissions of hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen and particulate matter, to be phased in over a period of time. If foreign jurisdictions continue to adopt emission regulations consistent with those of the U.S., it is expected that the international industrial OEM market will experience similar pressures to use cost effective, emission-certified power systems.

Increased Use of Alternative Fuels

A variety of market factors are contributing to the increased use of alternative (non-diesel) fuels and growth of alternative fuel technology, including economics, energy independence, environmental concerns, and the widespread availability of alternative fuels. Historically, the price of alternative fuels such as natural gas or propane has been substantially less than diesel, and alternative fuels generally produce lower amounts of toxic greenhouse gases and noxious emissions. In the United States, significant domestic propane and natural gas fuel reserves have been identified, and it is believed these reserves could satisfy much of the energy needs of the U.S. for many years. According to a 2013 report published by the Potential Gas Committee (PGC), a nonprofit organization composed of experts working in the natural gas field, the U.S. future natural gas supply at the end of 2012 was 2.7 trillion cubic feet (consisting of PGC’s assessments of technically recoverable resources combined with the U.S. Department of Energy’s latest determination of proved reserves), which represents an increase of 22.1% from 2010 levels as determined by PGC. The abundance of domestic natural gas resources is expected to increase U.S. energy independence by reducing oil imports from foreign countries. As a result of these market factors, we believe the use of alternative fuels will continue to grow and providers of equipment in industrial OEM categories, such as power generation, that rely significantly on coal and diesel fuel, will face increasing pressure to use alternative fuel power systems.

Additionally, the infrastructure supporting alternative fuels in the United States and Asia continues to expand. Further, the United States and some other countries have taken action to increase demand and support for alternative fuels, in an effort to reduce dependence on imported oil, capitalize on domestic natural gas reserves and reduce emissions from diesel engines. For example, the EPA has provided subsidies in the form of grants and other financing programs for the advancement of alternative fuel technologies (to date directed primarily towards on-road vehicles). Additionally, industry organizations, such as the Propane Education and Research Council, an organization authorized by the U.S. Congress with the passage of the Propane Education and Research Act, award grants to a wide variety of institutions, businesses, universities and government organizations for the continued research, development, demonstration and commercialization of alternative fuel technologies.

Industrial OEMs Outsourcing Research and Development of Power Systems

Industrial OEMs have been following the broader marketplace trend of outsourcing non-core functions. The dynamics of global sourcing and the need for cost competitiveness have led, and should continue to lead, industrial OEMs to assess what operations and system components are core to their business model and what they should outsource to their suppliers and partners. In particular, to comply with frequently changing environmental regulations while remaining competitive, industrial OEMs have been increasingly more reliant on outsourcing to third party suppliers and partners with specialized regulatory and design expertise. This is especially true for international OEMs seeking access to the U.S. market. By outsourcing power system design and production, OEMs are able to focus their resources on overall design and functionality of their products, rather than on developing the sophisticated technology associated with emission-certified power systems. We expect increasingly more industrial OEMs to outsource power systems, system components and subsystems to third party suppliers with the requisite experience and technology.

Penetration by International Suppliers into Regulated Markets

The implementation of emission regulations domestically and in non-U.S. markets also impacts international suppliers of industrial equipment products outside these regulated markets. International industrial OEMs that supply into regulated industrial OEM markets, including those already doing so and those recognizing emerging opportunities to sell their products into these markets, must meet applicable emission requirements, like those imposed by the EPA and CARB in the U.S. For example, Chinese and other Asian suppliers have recognized that, in order to effectively penetrate and sell into emission regulated industrial OEM markets like North America and Western Europe, their products must be emission-certified. These international industrial OEMs historically have lacked the regulatory and design expertise necessary to develop their own emission-certified power systems. Furthermore, they recognize that, even if they had or could acquire the relevant expertise, it can be much less time consuming and much more cost-effective for them to acquire compliant power systems from third-party suppliers, rather than internally developing and manufacturing their own solutions. Accordingly, just as domestic industrial OEMs are outsourcing this function, so too are international industrial OEMs, and we expect this trend to continue.

Growing Demand for Sophisticated Electronic Technology and Automotive Grade Quality Standards

Demanding automotive grade quality, as well as on-time delivery, has become standard practice in the industrial OEM marketplace. Consistent with the trend in the automotive industry, the level of technology and sophistication, including electronic controls, associated with industrial OEM power systems has advanced significantly to meet the growing demand for improved quality, reliability and performance. This has led to an ongoing reduction in the number of suppliers capable of supporting such product requirements.

Our Competitive Strengths

For over 30 years we have had a history and reputation as a proven supplier of cost-effective, technologically advanced products to the industrial OEM marketplace. We believe that our technological superiority and the comprehensive nature of our product offerings position us to capitalize on developing trends in the industrial OEM markets and drive significant future growth.

Broad Range of Alternative Fuel Power Systems

Our power systems represent a broad range of emission-certified, alternative fuel products for industrial applications. We are one of only a few providers of industrial OEM products that meet, and in many cases produce emissions at levels significantly lower than, the emission standards of the EPA and CARB. Our alternative fuel engines range in size from under 1 liter to 22 liters and our power system configurations include any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power

takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry. We provide standardized fuel system and component technology across our entire range of emission-certified and non-certified power systems. As a result, our OEM customers are able to focus internal engineering and technical support resources, and train their personnel, on one standardized fuel system and one set of electronic controls employed throughout the range of power systems they acquire from us, and are able to reduce their product design and ongoing product support costs.

We believe our broad range of alternative fuel products strategically positions us to capitalize on the cost and packaging disadvantages associated with diesel power systems that are resulting from increased EPA and CARB emission regulations that are taking effect. Given the existing dominance of diesel power systems in the industrial OEM marketplace, even a minor shift in the marketplace from diesel to spark-ignited, alternative fuel power systems will represent a significant growth opportunity for us. Additionally, as international OEMs desire to supply industrial equipment products into the United States and must meet EPA and CARB emission requirements, we provide a fast, certain, cost-effective route for these foreign industrial OEMs to meet these emission requirements because we hold compliance certificates specific to our power systems. We have already secured commercial sales relationships with some of Asia’s largest industrial OEMs, and supply EPA and CARB compliant power systems to these industrial OEM customers for incorporation into their product lineups.

Leverageable, OEM-Focused Business Model

We are able to take advantage of opportunities for component standardization across industry categories, while still providing each industrial OEM with the flexibility to customize as required for particular design and application specifications. We aggregate our product development efforts, and can amortize associated costs, over our large and diverse OEM customer base and across industry categories. Furthermore, we capitalize on volume, economies of scale and global supply opportunities when sourcing component products. We can, therefore, provide our OEM customers with lower cost structures than they would otherwise be able to achieve on their own and help them reduce their part numbers and supply base by consolidating their procurement and assembly efforts down to a single part number product supplied by us. Our component sourcing relationships further enable our OEM customers to recognize resource reductions, inventory reductions and engineering support advantages.

Additionally, our relationships with international OEM customers that supply their industrial equipment into the United States generate opportunities for us to further supplement our business. We believe that once one of our emission-certified power systems is engineered into a foreign industrial OEM’s product, that OEM is likely to also incorporate our power systems into its products that do not require emission-compliant power systems. This use by foreign industrial OEMs of our power systems for both their emission-certified and non-emission-compliant power system needs reduces ongoing engineering, aftermarket and field service support requirements, while supporting a product strategy that can easily be adjusted to any future worldwide changes in emission requirements. These relationships further provide us with growth opportunities beyond those dependent upon U.S. demand for emission regulated products, and solidify our supplier and partnership position with our foreign industrial OEM customers. Moreover, even if our relationship with an international OEM customer is limited to United States compliant power systems, we are able to provide additional emission-compliant power systems in the future as emission regulations for industrial equipment begin to emerge that align with regulations in the U.S.

Superior Technology

We are a recognized leader in providing industrial OEMs with highly engineered, technologically superior, emission-certified power systems that cover a wide range of possible fuel alternatives. Our power system development and manufacturing processes are supported by in-house design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities. We believe our customers are able to realize significant costs savings by leveraging our proven power system technology, our application engineering expertise, the broad range of our EPA and CARB emission-certified power systems and our industrial equipment testing and certification processes. They are also able to focus their efforts on the development of operations and system components core to their business, without having to expend considerable resources and costs associated with the emission certification process, which may require years to perform durability testing of the engine emission system at zero and 5,000 hours, production line testing on a quarterly basis and field compliance audit testing, each of which is mandated and regulated by the EPA and CARB.

The level and range of our EPA and CARB emission-certified products offering further demonstrates the strength of our technology. Our emission-certified products meet all current existing emission standards of the EPA and CARB. We are able to maintain and enhance our position as a supplier of technologically sophisticated, emission-certified power systems through our experienced and technologically savvy team of application engineers. This team gives us the ability to support and integrate our power systems into a significant number of industrial OEM applications. We believe that our continued recruitment and development of talented personnel will augment our ability to stay ahead of emerging technologies in the industrial OEM marketplace.

Further, we are not captive to our own internal manufactured components and technology. Unlike some of our competitors that focus on developing and manufacturing most of their own product technology and components, we believe that superior technology is derived from having the flexibility to incorporate the best proven technology available in the marketplace. This affords us the flexibility to capitalize on current and emerging technology that best meets the requirements of any given application, as opposed to only using internally-developed technology that might not provide the best solution. As a result, we believe we have access to the best proven technology in the marketplace. We believe this strategy puts us in a strong position to benefit from our significant OEM customer base and aggregation capabilities in order to provide the best available product and technology solutions for our OEM customers.

Dedicated Customer-Centric Product and Application Expertise

We have a customer-centric business focus, and we continually strive for customer satisfaction at all levels of customer interaction. We commit our attention and efforts to nurturing and expanding relationships with our customers by staying connected with them, being aware of challenges they face and understanding their evolving needs. From production personnel to our customer support staff, our entire team is highly experienced in both the products we sell and the OEM customer applications into which they are integrated. Through our extensive experience in the industrial OEM marketplace and our adaptive technology strategy that we use in developing our power systems, we are able to accept the specific requests of individual customers and provide tailored power systems to meet their needs. We assign a dedicated engineer to each OEM customer for application support and to provide a direct line of communication between the OEM’s manufacturing line and our production operations. Our quality, field service support and service operations provide knowledgeable and responsive support to our OEM customers at every point of customer interface.

Growth Strategy

Our core strategy is to develop comprehensive power systems for the global industrial OEM marketplace. We believe that, with our competitive advantages, our continued pursuit of our core strategy will drive growth in our business. More specifically, we intend to seek future growth as follows:

Expand Products and Services Provided to Existing OEM Customers

We continually work to capitalize on organic growth opportunities and build upon our strong existing customer relationships, which in many cases are on a sole source basis. We plan to expand our business with

existing customers by supporting their growth initiatives as they expand their product lines, enter new markets, and adapt to changing emission standards. We also intend to develop and sell new products to our OEM customers as we broaden our range of emission-certified, alternative fuel power systems.

Establish New Industrial OEM Relationships

We expect to strengthen our OEM customer base by developing new relationships with industrial OEMs. We seek to acquire new customers and gain new business from OEMs that we do not presently serve by focusing our marketing efforts toward these potential customers and capitalizing on our strong reputation; the depth, breadth and technological sophistication of our power systems; our commitment to customer service; and the cost savings we can offer. Emphasizing our experience and reputation in market categories in which our power systems are already well-established, such as power generation, we are focused on establishing new industrial OEM relationships and capturing a greater portion of the market share. We are also targeting new OEM customers in high-growth market categories, such as on-road and material handling applications, while maintaining and enhancing our penetration in market categories that are growing more slowly. As we gain traction in emerging and high growth markets that did not previously represent significant opportunities for our power systems, we plan to further focus our efforts on potential customers in those categories.

Expand Into New Geographic Markets

We are focused on expanding our business internationally with OEM customers that require EPA and CARB compliant power systems to access the U.S. market and for non-compliant systems used in products sold outside the U.S. In 2012, we entered into a China-based joint venture with MAT Holdings, Inc. for the purpose of manufacturing, assembling and selling certain engines into the Asian market, initially focusing on the forklift market. In late 2014, we entered into a joint venture with Doosan Infracore Co., Ltd., Doosan PSI, LLC, to design, develop, produce, market and distribute industrial gas power systems to the global power generation market outside of North America and South Korea. Furthermore, because we expect countries outside of the United States to implement emission regulations that are aligned with U.S. standards, we anticipate an opportunity to expand our relationships with industrial OEMs that supply emission-compliant products outside of the U.S. If such emission regulations are implemented consistent with our expectation, we anticipate being able to provide power systems to industrial OEMs that meet applicable foreign emission standards by leveraging our existing technology and experience in developing our EPA and CARB emission-certified products.

Develop New Products

By leveraging the deep industry experience of our engineering and new product development teams, we are working to broaden the range of our power system product offerings, including engine classes and the industrial OEM market categories into which we supply our products. We capitalize on our technologically sophisticated, in-house design, prototyping, testing and application engineering capabilities to further refine our superior spark-ignited power system technology. We plan to apply our experience and expertise in developing comprehensive, integrated green power systems to expand our spark-ignited alternative fuel offerings.

Selectively Pursue Complementary Strategic Transactions

We may enter into strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of, or joint ventures or partnerships with, companies that present complementary non-organic growth opportunities. Specifically, we will seek opportunities that extend or supplement our presence into new geographic markets or industrial OEM market categories, expand our customer base, add new products or service applications or provide significant operating synergies. During 2015, we acquired Powertrain Integration (Powertrain), a leading designer and integrator of engines for Class 3 through Class 7 medium duty trucks and busses for the North American and Asian market. This acquisition expands our customer base and provides a foray into medium duty truck platform space in the United States. During 2014, we acquired Professional Power Products, Inc. (“3PI”), a designer and manufacturer of large, custom engineered, integrated electrical power generation systems serving the global diesel and natural

gas power generation market. This acquisition extends our global reach and broadens our product offerings. We believe that there may be additional domestic or international strategic opportunities available to us as the sophistication of technology and amount of resources necessary to develop and supply power systems that meet increasingly stringent emission standards continue to increase.

Expand into On-Road Markets

We have developed an internally designed, state-of-the-art, 8.8 liter fuel flexible engine that we sell into both the industrial market (off-road) and the truck and bus market (on-road). This unique engine has been designed to be easily integrated as a drop-in solution for both off-road and on-road OEM applications. During 2014, the EPA certified our 8.8-liter propane and natural gas fueled engine for on-road applications. This engine has a wide range of applications, including vocational trucks, school and transit buses, medium-duty delivery fleets, recreational vehicles, tow and utility trucks, and waste-hauling trucks. While competitive spark-ignited engines are typically derived from light duty pickup trucks, our 8.8L engine was designed specifically to replace a diesel engine. This requirement led us towards a purpose built, low-speed torque intensive power system with little crossover with light duty automotive applications. The resulting design can be bolted into the chassis where a more expensive diesel engine previously sat. This engine strategically positions us with a comprehensive range of powertrains for vehicles in the Class 3 through Class 7 truck and bus market and the aforementioned acquisition of Powertrain Integration has strengthened our position.

Company History

Founded in 1985, we began as a Perkins diesel power system distributor, and we sought to break the then-prevalent OEM focus on the diesel engine as a commodity by providing value-added engineering, procurement and packaging of products and services to the industrial OEM marketplace. Because of our expanded product and service offerings, we played a significant role in moving the industrial OEM marketplace from a simple, engine-centric model to a more comprehensive model. This comprehensive power system model includes engineering, procurement and packaging solutions for cooling, electronics, air intake, fuel systems, power takeoff, exhaust, hydraulics and packaging application requirements. Through implementation of our strategy, we grew our diesel power system sales and became one of the largest Perkins diesel power system distributors in the world, a position we still maintain today.

Our desire to expand our product and service offerings, coupled with the success of our strategy in the diesel marketplace, motivated us to move into the spark-ignited power systems marketplace. Beginning in the mid-1990s and continuing through today, we have applied our strategy to spark-ignited gasoline and alternative fuel products. In applying our extensive, prior experience developing power systems for our diesel power system OEM customers to the spark-ignited industrial OEM marketplace, and addressing the growing demand for diesel alternatives as a result of environmental and economic considerations, we have developed a comprehensive range of alternative fuel power systems. As a result, we have become a significant supplier of power systems to prominent OEM customers located throughout North America, as defined by the continent to which we ship a product. Sales to OEM customers located throughout North America represent approximately 91% of our net sales in 2015. We also sell our power systems to OEM customers located throughout the Pacific Rim (approximately 7% of our net sales in 2015) and Europe (approximately 2% of our net sales in 2015).

On April 29, 2011, our company, The W Group, Inc. completed a reverse acquisition transaction with Format, Inc. (which is now Power Solutions International, Inc.), in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Format, merged into The W Group, and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the merger. In that transaction, The W Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc.

Format was incorporated in the state of Nevada on March 21, 2001 for the purpose of providing EDGARization service to various commercial and corporate entities. Due to the nominal operations and assets of Format, this reverse acquisition transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization.

The reverse recapitalization transaction was consummated under Delaware corporate law pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger. Upon completion of the reverse recapitalization, Format changed its name to Power Solutions International, Inc. All of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group at the closing of the reverse recapitalization converted into shares of our common and preferred stock. These shares represented a substantial majority of the shares of our common stock and shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction. As a result of the reverse recapitalization, Power Solutions International, Inc. succeeded to the business of The W Group. On August 26, 2011, we completed a migratory merger and Power Solutions International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, merged into its wholly-owned subsidiary, Power Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Power Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, continued as the surviving entity of the migratory merger. Pursuant to the migratory merger, among other things, our shares of preferred stock converted into shares of our common stock, we effected a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of our common stock and we changed our state of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware.

Our Products and Industry Categories

Power Systems for Off-Highway Industrial Equipment

Our power systems are customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements. Power system configurations range from a basic engine block integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combinationcombinations of front accessory drives, cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes, packaging, telematics and other assembled componentry.

Our The Company also designs and manufactures large, custom-engineered integrated electrical power generation systems for both standby and prime power applications. The Company’s comprehensive power systems are tested and validated to meet quality, safety, durability and global environmental standards and regulations.

The Company’s engines and power systems include (1) EPAboth emission-certified compression and CARB emission-certified spark-ignited water-cooled internal combustion engines ranging from 0.970.99 liters (“L”) to 22 liters,53L of displacement, which useare enabled by advanced controls to run on a wide variety of clean, alternative fuels, including natural gas, propane, and gasoline, (2) non-certified spark-ignited water-cooled internal combustion engines ranging up to 22 liters, which similarly use alternative fuels andbiofuels, as well as gasoline and (3) emission-certified Perkins engines ranging from 0.5 liters to 7.1 liters, which use diesel fuel. Our diesel and alternative fuel power systems use water-cooled (as opposed to air-cooled), multi-cylinder engines.

Our products are sold into a diversified set of marketsoptions, within the energy, industrial OEM industry,and transportation end markets.

Impact of COVID-19 and Oil and Gas Market Volatility
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in the implementation of significant governmental measures to control the spread of the virus, including power generation,quarantines, travel restrictions, business shutdowns and restrictions on the movement of people in the United States and abroad.
During 2020, the global economy experienced substantial turmoil which led to challenging market conditions across certain areas of the Company’s business. Due to unprecedented decreases in demand, an oil price war, and economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, average crude oil prices were considerably lower in 2020 as compared to 2019. However, since May 2020 through the date of this 2020 Annual Report, crude oil prices have increased. A significant portion of the Company’s sales and profitability is derived from the sale of products that are used within the oil and gas industry. While the Company did not experience significant supply chain interruptions or material handling, aerial work platforms, sweepers, arbor products, welding, airport ground support, agricultural, turf, constructioncancellations of orders during 2020, the Company did see a decline in orders and irrigation. Different typeslower volumes compared to the prior year. In early 2021, the Company experienced delays in its supply chain due to temporary shortages of power systems are used within different industry categories (from which we receive varying, unequal amountsraw materials and container delays of revenues).

Power Generation

We offer EPAoverseas materials as bottlenecks occurred at ports in Asia and CARB emission-certified power systems, including 0.97 literNorth America. This, in turn, has caused delivery delays to 22 liter power systems that use alternative fuels,some of the Company’s customers. The Company is also experiencing inflationary cost pressures for stationary emergencycertain materials and non-emergency power generation products. Emergency engines are stationary engines which operate solely in emergency situationsis working to mitigate the impact through price increases and during required periodic testingother measures, where possible. The potential for continued disruptions, economic uncertainty, inflationary cost pressures, and maintenance. Examples include engines used in generators to produce power for critical networks when electrical power from the local utility provider is interrupted, and stand-by engines that pump water in the event of a fire or flood. Non-emergency products include prime power generation products, which produce continuous generation of power for an extended period of time, and peak shaving products, which generate power at times of maximum power demand.

We currently supply our power systems to a substantial number of manufacturers of power generation products. We believe that our customers choose our power systems because of our broad range of emission-certified, spark-ignited power systems for this industry category. Additionally, by using a common fuel system and electronic controls across our range of power systems, we provide our customers with the opportunity to support and train their personnel on one standardized fuel system and one set of electronic controls employed throughout the range of products they acquire from us.

Oil and Gas

Theunfavorable oil and gas market category includesdynamics may have a material adverse impact on the timing of

6


delivery of customer orders and the levels of future customer orders. Accordingly, these challenges may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s future results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
These factors, in turn, may not only continue to impact the Company’s operations, financial condition and demand for the Company’s goods and services, but its overall ability to react timely to mitigate the impact of these events. The timing and execution of the strategic initiatives and growth strategies discussed below may be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic including the related oil field pumps/and gas market dynamics.
Strategic Initiatives/Growth Strategies
The Company has initiated a comprehensive set of business objectives aimed at improving profitability, streamlining processes, strengthening the business and focusing on achieving growth in higher-return product lines. Key elements of these objectives and other initiatives are highlighted below.
Improve profitability
The Company has implemented a plan focused on enhancing profitability through the review of its customer and product portfolio. To date, this has resulted in strategic price increases in certain areas of the business, along with product redesign and the re-sourcing of certain components, compressors, on-siteto support improved margins. This program is a multi-year effort and will entail a strategic assessment of certain areas in which profitability does not meet established thresholds. The Company also continues to transform its manufacturing operations through the ongoing adoption of lean, agile and flexible lines, which provides opportunities for improved efficiency, margins and profitability, particularly as volume and sales improve. It has also been investing heavily in the expansion of its heavy-duty engine product line, which has historically provided better margins. Further, the Company is in the early phases of production of certain products and anticipates potential benefits as it gains improved economies of scale through greater volumes. Lastly, from mid-2016 through mid-2020, the Company incurred substantial costs related to its restatement of prior financial statements. The Company saw a meaningful reduction in professional services fees related to the Company’s efforts to restate prior period financial statements and prepare, audit and file delinquent financial statements with the SEC with the completion of the restatement of its prior financial statements in May 2019 and the filing of all delinquent periodic reports in June 2020. However, the Company continues to incur substantial legal costs related to these matters, including for its obligations to indemnify past and present directors and officers and certain current and former employees with respect to the investigations conducted by the SEC and the criminal division of the USAO, which will be funded by the Company with its existing cash resources due to the exhaustion of its historical primary directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage. The Company also continues to incur costs related to the remediation of the deficiencies in its internal control over financial reporting and for the enhancement of its corporate compliance program pursuant to the Non-Prosecution Agreement (“NPA”) with the USAO. Upon the conclusion of these matters, the Company expects to see its expenses decline.
Warranty expense mitigation efforts
The Company aims to curtail its warranty expense through various mitigation efforts.  As part of this, the Company is developing reimbursement and commercial remedies from key suppliers, where applicable.  Also, the Company is undergoing a continued evaluation and improvement of its engineering validation and reliability programs for products and applications.  The Company also continues to make investments in technology to further enhance its tools and processes.
Streamlining of business processes
The Company has an ongoing program to review and identify cost reductions throughout the organization. As part of this program, the Company continues to adopt tighter controls, monitors major areas of spending and is centralizing certain business processes.
Strengthen the business through the optimization of business systems and technology
The Company is working to strengthen its business through the optimization of its business systems and technology to support the remediation of internal controls, improve processes, drive greater operational efficiencies and provide better and timelier decision making across the organization. As part of this initiative, the Company is working on the reimplementation of its Enterprise Resource Planning system.
Grow the business in the highest return on investment areas
The Company has been a major participant in the energy market for many years as a supplier to several of the world’s leading power generation companies and other machinesthrough its large custom Generator Set (“Genset”) enclosure business. Building on its broad product offering, in March 2018, October 2018, and equipment used inOctober 2019, the productionCompany received EPA certification for its 32L, 40L, and 53L heavy-duty engines, respectively. These heavy-duty engines provide a natural-gas-fueled power range from 500 kilowatt-electric (“kWe”) to 1.25 megawatt (“MW”), which is well above the Company’s prior capabilities, allowing it to serve a greater portion of the demand response, microgrid, combined heat and power, and oil and gas. Previously, OEMs competinggas markets. Additionally, in these markets were generally not concerned about fuel economy, cost of repair or efficiency of operation. Today, however, there is a growing focus in this market category on,
7


September 2019, the Company received EPA emergency standby certification for its 20L, 40L and understanding of, the costs associated with down time, the value of fuel savings with more economical solutions and the benefits of using product portfolios with consistent fuel systems and aftermarket support. We53L diesel engines, which provide a power generation systemrange of 550 kWe to completed wells that is significantly more cost competitive when compared to the cost of using1.65 MW. These diesel fuel or utility grid power. Ourengines are largely designed for energy market applications including emergency power, systems are capable of burning free well-head gas, thereby providing a distinct opportunity for oil producers to save on their operating expenses which becomes more important as the cost per barrel of oil decreases, as has happened during 2015. When the price of oil declines, oil becomes a more favorable source of fuel in the short termwastewater treatment, and alternative fuel systems can suffer. Our focus is not with the rigs doing the drilling inherent in oil exploration and requiring significant capital costs, but on the completed wells where existing production is far less sensitive to oil price volatility than is exploration. We believe that our installed base of flare gas fueled generators to the existing number of wells leaves us with significant future opportunities for our power systems in this market category, especially as oil prices rebound.

We are continuing to develop relationships with oil and gas companies for their well head jacks, compressorsexploration and power generators. We provide pre-certified, as opposed to site-certified, power systems. Site certification is a tedious and costly process for oil and gas equipment OEMs thatproduction. Also, the engines can take many hours to source components and integrate them into existing fuel system hardware (if even possible).

Material Handling — Forklift Trucks

The material handling market category includes forklift trucks and other mobile products used for movement, handling and storage of materials within a facility or at a specific location. We provide spark-ignited power systems into the high volume 1.5, 3.5 and 5 ton capacity forklift markets, and may expand productionhandle mission critical customer operations in the futurehealth care, data center, hospitality and transportation industries. In addition to dedicating significant R&D resources within the energy market, the Company has also strategically invested in expanding its management, sales and operations staff to support these efforts. The Company’s heavy-duty engines have historically provided better margins.

Capitalize on key market trends
The Company’s breadth of products and solutions will enable it to capitalize on numerous market trends that it believes have the 8potential to drive customer demand for its products and 10 ton forklift marketscontribute toward its long-term growth. Further, the Company’s R&D activity is largely focused on expanding its solutions to further address trends in connection with anticipated increases in diesel prices resulting from regulations on diesel engines that took effect in 2015.

Demand is currently strongthese areas. The key trends include the following:

the worldwide growth of intermittent sources of energy, such as wind and solar, and an aged electric grid in the United States, coupled with power outage activity due to weather or power shutdowns, which is driving increased demand for our material handlinggenerators, microgrids and demand response equipment;
increasingly stringent regulations and growing efforts to reduce emissions, which are driving demand for clean energy and alternatives to diesel power systems as a result of emission and OSHA regulations. Based upon data supplied by Power Systems Research, Inc.engines (e.g., we believe that, in the United States, nearly 100% of the indoor forklift market uses spark-ignited liquid propane gas or electric powered units (with approximately equal market shares), in contrast to Asian and European forklift markets which currently use diesel in excess of 80% of all applications. In connection with the implementation of EPA Tier 4 emission standards, CARB regulations, MEE policies in China, and European Stage IV regulations,grants, rebates and other incentives for adopting clean energy applications), in particular, in several markets such as the resulting price increases related topower generation market for microgrids and oil and gas applications, school bus and arbor care market, among others;
growth in datacenters and their increasing demand for electricity, which is driving growth for backup power (commercial generators/microgrids);
growth in e-commerce activity around the complianceworld, which is driving demand for last-mile delivery vehicles; and
the availability of automotive engines that are suited for industrial application.
New product expansion by leveraging deep industry experience
Throughout the Company’s history, it has evolved from a provider of diesel engines with these regulations, we expect foreign markets for spark-ignited liquid propane gas power systems to grow. We expect this growth to drive increased international demand for our power systems.

Aerial Work Platforms

The aerial work platforms market category consistsbecome a major supplier of aerial work platforms, or machines used to provide access to areas typically inaccessible because of their height. Rental companies represent a majority of all purchasers in this industry category. We currently sell our liquid propane gas/gasoline dual fuel power systems fueled by alternatives to aerial work platform OEMs.

Asdiesel, including gasoline, propane, and natural gas, among others. By leveraging the deep industry experience of its engineering and new-product development teams, the Company is continuing to take steps to broaden the range of its power system product offerings, including engine classes, power ratings and the OEM and direct user market categories into which it supplies products. The Company plans to capitalize on its technologically sophisticated, in-house design, prototyping, testing and application engineering capabilities to further refine its superior power system technology.

Leverage the Company’s relationship with Weichai
In March 2017, the Company executed a resultshare purchase agreement (the “SPA”) with Weichai America Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Weichai Power Co., Ltd. (HK2338, SZ000338) (herein collectively referred to as “Weichai”). Under the terms of the increase in diesel engine pricing related to the implementation of EPA Tier 4 regulations, we expect to see an increaseSPA, Weichai invested $60.0 million in the numberCompany (the “Weichai Transactions”) by purchasing a combination of OEMs in the aerial work platforms market which consider our liquid propane gasnewly issued Common Stock and gasoline powered power systems as an alternative to diesel powered power systems.

Industrial Sweepers

The industrial indoor sweeper market category consists of machines that clean and sweep various indoor surfaces. The power systems for this market category use both spark-ignited and diesel engines,preferred stock, par value $0.001 (the “Preferred Stock”), as well as electric motors. We currently sell our 30a stock purchase warrant, which significantly strengthened the Company’s financial condition and contributed to 80 horsepower liquid propanethe extinguishment of its $60.0 million term loan in 2017. The Company and Weichai also entered into a strategic collaboration agreement (the “Collaboration Agreement”) under which they have been working together to accelerate market opportunities for each company’s respective product lines across various geographic and end-user markets.

The Collaboration Agreement provides the Company with strategic benefits and opportunities, including the ability to leverage Weichai’s strengths and capabilities in R&D, manufacturing, procurement and distribution and its widespread sales channels in China and other emerging markets. This collaboration has enabled the Company to broaden its existing product portfolio, improve material quality, decrease costs, accelerate the development of new products and bring them to market, and expand access and exposure to new markets.
Among other things, the Collaboration Agreement establishes a joint steering committee, permits Weichai to second a limited number of certain technical, marketing, sales, procurement and finance personnel to work at the Company and establishes several collaborations, including with respect to stationary natural gas applications and gasoline power systemsWeichai diesel engines. The Collaboration Agreement also provides for the steering committee to industrial indoor sweeper OEMs.

Arbor Products

The arbor products market category includes wood chipperscreate different subcommittees with various operating roles, and grinders. We currently provide engines to fourit otherwise governs the treatment of intellectual property of the largest OEMsparties prior to the collaboration and the intellectual property developed during the collaboration. The Collaboration Agreement had a term of wood chippersthree years that was set to expire in March 2020. On March 26, 2020, the Collaboration Agreement was extended for an additional term of three years.

8


The Weichai stock purchase warrant, as last amended (the “Weichai Warrant”), was exercisable commencing on April 1, 2019 for such number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as was sufficient to provide Weichai with majority ownership of the Company’s Common Stock. On April 23, 2019, Weichai exercised the Weichai Warrant resulting in the United States. We also designCompany issuing 4,049,759 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. See Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and manufacture our own proprietary power take-off clutch, which may be applied to anyOther Information–Stock Ownership and Control inPart II.Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Information, for additional information. Weichai is currently the Company’s majority stockholder, holding over 51% of our arborthe Company’s outstanding Common Stock, as of March 12, 2021.
Expand global business
Through the expansion of its product power systems. See “— Other Engine Power Products — Power Take Off (“PTO”) Clutch Assemblies for Industrial Applications.”

We believe that our diesel power systems maintain a leading position in the market for wood chippers that use water-cooled engines. We believe the diesel regulations that took effect in 2015 have caused EPA Tier 4 diesel engine packages to become more expensive and, as a result, have opened the market for consideration of our gasoline and other alternative fuel engine packages.

Other Industry Categories

We provide power systems within other industrial OEM markets, including welding, airport ground support, agricultural, turf, construction and irrigation.

Power Systems for On-Road and Off-Road equipment

We have developed an internally designed, state-of-the-art, 8.8 liter fuel flexible engine that we sell into both the industrial market (off-road)lineup and the truckentry into new markets, the Company has a history of growing its product offerings internationally beyond North America. The Company sees long-term opportunity in continuing to grow its business worldwide with further R&D investment including new-product development and bus market (on-road).offerings.

Strengthened engine development and testing capability
In April 2018, the Company acquired the assets of Chicago Technical Center R&D facility from Ricardo, Inc. This unique enginetransaction has been designedallowed the Company to be easily integrated as a drop-in solution for both off-roadsignificantly strengthen and on-road OEM applications.

Other Engine Power Systems Products

Power Take Off (PTO) Clutch Assemblies for Industrial Applications

We design and manufacture our own proprietary PTO clutch assemblies, which are mechanical components that drive separate power to various parts of a given piece of industrial equipment, for industrial applications. Our PTO clutch assemblies are designed for heavy duty industrial applications.

Customized OEM Subsystems, Kits and Componentry

Through our global sourcing capabilities, we supply engine packaging, subsystems, kits and componentry associated with cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings and power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems and enclosures to industrial OEMs for incorporation into their applications, in addition to the complete engine power systems we provide to these OEMs.

Connected Asset Services

We offer connected asset services through MasterTrak, our telematics tool, which consists of a hardware unit and related services. This hardware unit is integrated into OEM equipment, collects critical data from this equipment and transmits this data back to an OEM, service provider or end-user through wireless telecommunications technology. The services allow our customers to see the data and monitor the performance of their equipment. We provide services to our OEM customers that allow these OEMs and their customers to remain connected to their equipment, even as the equipment is being operated in the field. Theseexpand its testing capabilities and services are in many respects similarincrease its capacity to General Motors Company’s “ONSTAR®” (a registered trademarkmeet current and future engine development, certification and durability testing needs. The advanced R&D facility immediately provided three strategic benefits for the corporate engine programs: (i) increased speed to market response, (ii) greater ability to innovate and optimize product performance and reliability, and (iii) lower cost of OnStar LLC) service.

We offer MasterTrakproduct development through direct control of in-house EPA and CARB-certified testing cell operations, scheduling and management of the industry-leading engine testing center.

Sales and Marketing
The Company employs a direct sales and marketing approach to maintain maximum interface with our engine power systems as a bundled offering, and also on a stand-alone basis both to our OEM customers and to other businesses to which we do not currently supply our power systems. We have also developed a relationship with SmartEquip, based in Norwalk, Connecticut, to incorporate MasterTrak into SmartEquip’s aftermarket service platform for industry suppliers.

Service and Support

Aftermarket and Service Parts

We have extensive aftermarket and service parts programs. These programs consist of: (1)support for its OEM customers. This direct interface incorporates the corporate internal aftermarket service parts programstechnical sales representatives. The Company complements its direct OEM relationships with worldwidea localized, independent sales and distribution capabilities,product support organization. This localized sales and (2) internal OEM developed service parts programs for componentssupport organization provides the necessary knowledge of local customs and products supplied by us. We continue to focus on,requirements while also delivering immediate sales assistance and investcustomer support.

The Company has invested in the aftermarket portion of our business. We have grown our industrial spark-ignited engine parts business by employing experts in the gas engine aftermarket field, increasing our investment in the global sourcing of parts and expanding parts books and online ordering capabilities. We have also developed stocking programs and maintenance kits that enable OEMs, service dealers and distributors to reduce downtime and increase product use.

We haveis focused on capturing the aftermarket sales of the value addedvalue-added components that we includeare included in ourits power systems. With a significant portion of the selling prices of ourthe Company’s power systems coming from value addedvalue-added components, this is a large, continuing growth opportunity for ourits aftermarket business.

Product

Customers
The Company’s customers primarily include global OEMs and Warranty Support

We provide technical support and training to our OEM customers. These services include in-plant training and support through web and phone based field service. Our dedicated teamdirect end-users across a wide range of product and application engineers delivers high quality, responsive technical support to our OEM customers. We further support our OEM customers by engaging regional providers to perform warranty service and offer support for our power systems. In general, we reimburse these third-party regional providers for the warranty services that they perform for our power systems.

Customers

Our customers include companies that are large, industry-leading and/or multinational organizationsapplications that demand high product quality, best-in-class engineering support automotive grade product quality and on-time delivery. We believe thatWithin several applications for which the number of competitors capable of supporting not just the sophisticated technology requirements, but also the world class automotive engineering, quality and delivery requirements emphasized by industrial OEMs is limited. We are solidly positioned to capitalize on the diminishing base of suppliers capable of meeting these increasingly stringent customer expectations. In almost every industrial OEM category, we maintain aCompany provides solutions, it maintains supplier relationshiprelationships with two or more ofcustomers, which are often among the largest OEMs in that category.

Our depth of expertise, technical superiority and broad range of product offerings is the underlying basis for our position as a sole source provider of products to a majority of our OEM customers. Our strong customer base, which includes a diversity of customers across industry categories, provides a broad range of opportunities for continued growth.

Our arrangements with our customers, including our relationships with our industrial OEM customers in Asia, generally do not fix, on other than a short term basis with certain limited exceptions, pricing terms or quantities of our power systems to be sold. They also typically do not mandate exclusivity. Purchases are made by customers on a purchase order basis, with pricing of our power systems driven in large part by the volume of power systems purchased by a particular customer and market-based factors, including the price of raw materials and other components incorporated into our power systems, as well as prices for comparable power systems, if any, offered by our competitors.

Our

The Company’s largest customers, based upon ourits consolidated revenuesnet sales in 2015,2020, included Kohlerthe following subsidiaries/affiliates of Daimler AG: Freightliner Custom Chassis Corporation, Thomas Built Buses and FUSO Company (collectively, “Freightliner”) and Hyster-Yale Materials Handling Group. Freightliner and Hyster-Yale Materials Handling Group Inc. (formerly NACCO Materials Handling Group Inc.),represented 11% and 14% of which each represented more than ten percent of our 20152020 consolidated net sales. Our relationships with these customers are all pursuant to terms and conditions substantially similar to the arrangements described above, including the manner in which prices are determined. Oursales, respectively. The largest customers change from time to time as a result of various factors, including prevailing market conditions, our customers’ strategies (such as their focus on marketing and sales efforts with respect to products into which our power systems are incorporated as compared to their other products) and our customers’ existing inventory of ourthe Company’s power systems.

Operations

Competition
In each of the Company’s end markets there are a variety of competitors, including engine manufacturers, independent suppliers and Research and Development

Design and Engineering / Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are market driven. Our sales team first meets to identify and define market requirements and trends and then communicates that vision to our engineering and new product development groups. Our engineering and new product development groups then review our existing power system portfolio and develop new solutions that build upon the technology within that portfolio. We maintain in-house design, prototyping, testing and application engineering capability, including specialists in EPA and CARB certification,distributors of engines, fuel systems electronics, cooling systems, mechanical engineering and application engineering. Our designcomponent providers, manufacturers of power generation equipment, engine packagers and application engineering expertiseintegrators, and capabilities includethe in-house operations of certain OEMs, some of which have longer operating histories, strong brand recognition and significantly greater financial and marketing resources.

Notwithstanding significant competition, the Company believes that the following factors provide it with a differentiated value proposition that allows the Company to compete effectively:
fuel-agnostic strategy;
demonstrated expertise in (1) on- and off-road applications;
ability to leverage Weichai’s strengths and capabilities;
completeness and comprehensiveness of engines and power systems;
expansive product integrations, including electronics, controls, fuel systems and transmissions;
commonality of technology platform spanning all product lines;
emissions regulation compliance (2) design and developmentcertification;
breadth and depth of standardized and customized products for incorporation into industrial and on-road equipment, (3) three-dimensional solid modeling and finite element analysis, (4) computer-based modeling and testing, (5) rapid OEM product prototyping, (6) industrial OEM product retrofitting and testing and (7) support for applicationadvanced engineering and system integration.

We also rely upon engineering outsourcing relationships for design, development and product testing that allow us to fulfill demands for specialty services and satisfy fluctuating workload requirements. In particular, since 2009, we have used outside engineering relationships to supplement product design, development and testing services as dictated by demands from our industrial OEM customers. We require these third-party engineering service providers to treat all design, development and testing information provided to them as confidential. In addition to these engineering outsourcing relationships, where applicable, we also benefit from the design, development and testing capabilities of our supplier base.

We provide the design, durability testing, validation testing and compliance with other engineering and administrative requirements necessary to meet and obtain EPA and CARB certification for a range of spark-ignited engines. As a result, we provide our OEM customers with emission-certified power systems, without these OEMs having to expend considerable research and development time and resources related to obtaining power system certification. We further provide the tools and services necessary to support revalidation and other EPA and CARB requirements that exist beyond the initial emission compliance requirements. As a result of such revalidation, we become the “manufacturer of record,” which is the entity that holds the applicable regulatory certifications for a power system, for the emission-certified power system.

We staff our engineering support activities associated with released product and component sourcing programs with dedicated internal engineering personnel, separate from ourdisciplines;

9


industry-leading product and application development engineering team. This allows usengineering;
competitive pricing/cost;
ability to provide committed engineeringtailor power systems to specific customer needs;
performance and technical attentionquality;
speed to internal operational support, market; and
customer production support and component sourcing activities, thereby helping to buffer the demands placed on our productservice.
Manufacturing
The Company manufactures and application development engineering group. Through such attention and support, we are able to maximize the focus of our product and application development engineering group on current and future design, prototyping, testing and application development activities resulting in shorter design, prototyping and testing cycles for our OEM customer base.

Our research and development expenditures for our fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were approximately $19.1 million, $14.9 million and $9.4 million, respectively.

Manufacturing

We manufacture and assemble ourassembles its products at our facilities in suburban Chicago, Illinois, and Darien, Wisconsin, and Madison Heights, Michigan. We customize ourcustomizes its power systems to meet specific requirements of industrial OEM applications and the needs of our industrialits OEM customers. We have recentlyThe Company has invested in precision computer numerical control (“CNC”) machining equipment to hone and finish ourits internally designed engine blocks and cylinder heads, which are initially cast at a supplier’s foundry. We also design and manufacture large, custom engineered integrated electrical power generation systems for both standby and prime power applications. Our production operations encompass all aspects of manufacturing our power systems, which range from fitting a basic engine block with appropriate fuel system components to building a comprehensive power system that includes any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry.

by various suppliers. The manufacturing lines in ourthe Company’s production facilities are technologically sophisticated, lean, agile and flexible, and we allocatethe Company allocates production capacity on ourits mixed model manufacturing lines to accommodate the demand levels and product mix required by ourits OEM customers. Our

The Company focuses on safety, people, quality, on-time delivery, cost and environment in its manufacturing lines are equipped with display screens, through which our production personnel are ableoperations. The Company is certified to monitor design and other technological specifications for each product being assembled on the manufacturing line at that time. The information displayed on these screens is supplied from a central server, which is updated in real-time with all current product information. Through this process, we ensure that the product manufacturing and other specifications used by our production personnel represent the most current information available. We have also developed efficient in-line methods to support specialized product testing, as required by a specific customer or product application.

Our engineering and manufacturing systems use sophisticated, paperless, integrated, software-based management and control systems. Our warehouse systems include computerized management systems and high speed infrastructure such as wire guided racking systems and high density automated carousel systems. We use a dynamic, software-driven inventory management system, which allows us to accurately monitor inventory levelsrecent International Organization for our comprehensive power systems, subsystems and individual components. We also incorporate, within our manufacturing process, software that enables us to identify and deliver components and other parts to our OEM customers.

We focus on safety, quality and on-time delivery in our manufacturing operations. We are 9001-2008Standardization (“ISO”) standard, ISO Certified, the highest ISO certification available.9001: 2015. The ISO 9000 family of quality management standards, which must be met in order to become ISO certified, is designed to help organizations monitor and improve the quality and delivery of their products and/or services to their customers. WeThe Company also useuses tools such as Six Sigma, a business management strategy designed to minimize variability in manufacturing and business processes, 5S, a workplace organization methodology designed to maximize efficiency and effectiveness,Lean Manufacturing, 80/20, Value Stream Mapping and other disciplines in our goal of continuous improvements inmanufacturing engineering strategies to help manage its business, build quality, and on-time delivery.drive performance and a continuous improvement culture within the manufacturing operations’ teams. The Company also uses a customer relationship management database to help collect customer feedback and to track overall quality performance at its OEM customers. Structured staff training is a constant priority and includes closed-loop quality monitoring and feedback systems.

Research, Development and Engineering
The Company’s research, development and engineering programs are focused on new product development, enhancements to current products, quality improvements and material cost reductions across its product lines. Its efforts are market driven, with the sales team identifying and defining market requirements and trends and its engineering and new-product development groups reviewing existing power system portfolios and developing new solutions that build upon the technology within that portfolio.
The Company’s product and application development engineering teams include in-house mechanical and electrical engineering functions. Internal resources are supplemented with engineering outsourcing relationships for design, development and product testing. In addition to these engineering outsourcing relationships, the Company benefits from the design, development and testing capabilities of its supplier base. The Company staffs its engineering support activities associated with released product and component sourcing programs with dedicated internal engineering personnel.
Research, development and engineering expenditures include salaries, contractor fees, building costs, utilities, testing, information technology and administrative expenses and are expensed, net of contract reimbursements, when incurred. From time to time, the Company enters into agreements with its customers to fund a portion of the research, development and engineering costs of a particular project. These reimbursements are accounted for as a reduction of the related research, development and engineering expenditure. The Company’s net research, development and engineeringexpenditures for 2020 and 2019 were $25.4 million and $24.9 million, respectively.
Supplier Relationships

Engine and Component Suppliers

We have

In addition to producing its own engines, the Company has established relationships with its suppliers for thecertain engines to bethat are integrated into ourits comprehensive power systems, the most significant of which are Doosan Infracore Co., Ltd. (“Doosan”), a subsidiary of Doosan Group, Shenyang Aerospace Mitsubishi Motors Engine Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (“SAME”), General Motors Company (“GM”) and Perkins/Caterpillar. WeWeichai. The Company also source oursources other power system components from third party suppliers. We coordinateand coordinates design efforts with third-party suppliers for some of ourits key components. In addition, we internally design other parts and components for our products, own the tooling for such parts and components and globally source them from a variety of domestic and global suppliers. Because we design many of our parts and components in-house, we are generally not limited in our choice of suppliers. As such, we are able to select our supplier relationships based upon a supplier’s reliability and performance.

We aggregate our product sourcing efforts across our large and diverse OEM customer base and across industry categories, capitalizing on volume, economies of scale and global supply opportunities. Our OEM customers benefit from the aggregation of our global sourcing, procurement, assembly and packaging services, obtaining cost benefits that they might not obtain if they were to rely on their own internal resources, capabilities and more limited demand requirements. Through this process, industrial OEMs are able to reduce their part numbers and supply base by consolidating their procurement and assembly efforts down to a single part number product supplied by us. We deliver this single assembly to an industrial OEM’s production line as an integrated drop-in to the OEM’s end product.

Arrangements with Key Suppliers

We enter into various arrangements with suppliers from which we source engines and other components which are incorporated into our power systems. These arrangements generally govern the terms and conditions upon which we purchase engines, components and other raw materials for use in our power systems. In general, the prices at which we purchasethe Company purchases engines, components and other raw materials are based on market factors, including the prices offered by other suppliers operating in the same market and the prevailing market prices of raw materials.

The termsCompany aggregates product sourcing efforts across its large and diverse OEM customer base and across industry categories, capitalizing on volume, economies of eachscale and global supply opportunities. The Company’s customers benefit from the aggregation of the individual arrangementsits global sourcing, procurement, and assembly and services, obtaining cost benefits that they might not obtain if they were to rely on their own internal resources, capabilities and more limited demand requirements. Through this process, customers are negotiated with each supplier on an individual basis, but are generally consistent with typical arrangements between manufacturersable to streamline their supply base by consolidating procurement and suppliers in our industry.

Under our new expanded distribution agreement with Perkins, we areassembly efforts down to a distributor of specified Perkins engines within a territory consisting of the states of North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, Michigan, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Nebraska, Kansas, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland (including Washington, District of Columbia), West Virginia, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Maine, Rhode Island, Connecticut and New York. In exchange for this expanded territory, we are required to purchase from Perkins all of our requirements for the same or similar engines coveredsingle part number product supplied by the agreement. As described in further detail below under “Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers; Distribution — Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers,” underCompany. The Company delivers this assembly to its customer’s production line ready to install into the distribution agreement with Perkins, we are also required to establish a service and support network that provides various services to our customers that purchase power systems which use Perkins engines. customers’ product.

10


The initial term of this distribution agreement with PerkinsCompany is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2017.

We are also party to a supply agreement with Doosan, under which we purchaseit purchases and distribute,distributes, on an exclusive basis, specified Doosan engines within a territory consisting of Norththe United States, Canada and Central America. ThisMexico. On October 1, 2019, the supply agreement with Doosan was amended and extended to December 31, 2023, after which the agreement will automatically renews annuallybe extended for successiveadditional one-year periods but may be terminated with six months’ writtenterms unless a notice of termination is provided by either party six months prior to the endscheduled expiration. The addendum also includes minimum product purchase commitments for the period 2019 through 2023, subject to reductions based on market declines in oil prices and defined prescribed payments to Doosan triggered by shortfalls in purchases made by the Company during each annual calendar period. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a $0.4 million liability related to a purchasing shortfall of the then-current term.

Unlike our arrangements with Perkins2020 volume commitment. See Note 10. Commitments and Doosan, we do not maintainContingencies in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplemental Information for further discussion.

The Company had an exclusive relationshipthird-party supply agreement with GM. We receiveGM through December 31, 2019 to purchase and distribute GM 6.0L engines to on-highway customers. With the GM announcement that it will discontinue its production of the GM 6.0L engine, the Company conducted last-time buys of this engine during 2019 and 2020, and anticipates some additional purchases during 2021, to ensure adequate supply to certain transportation customers. The Company does not have a pricing package each year (or sometimes more frequently) containing applicable price quotations, as if we operate as an OEM that usessupply agreement with GM engines as for its successor product to the GM 6.0L engine. However, the Company is actively exploring opportunities to identify engine alternatives for this product.
The Company is also party to a key component of our power systems. Purchasessupply agreement with SAME through December 31, 2021 for the exclusive purchase and distribution of engines from GM are executed througharound the world, with the exception of China (including Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan), within the forklift and marine markets. The agreement, which automatically extends for an additional one-year term on an annual basis, unless either party provides notice of termination at least 180 days before the expiration date, includes minimum purchase orders at prices listed in the pricing package under the general termscommitments.
Product Support
The Company’s dedicated team of sale that GM offersproduct and application engineers enables it to deliver high-quality, responsive technical support to its OEM customers.

Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers; Distribution

Salesend-user customers. The Company provides technical support and Marketing; Value Added Resellers

We employ a direct salestraining to its customers, including in-plant training and marketing approachsupport through web- and phone-based field service. The Company further supports its customers by engaging regional providers to maintain maximum interface with,perform warranty services and serviceoffer support for our OEM customers. This direct interface incorporates our internalits power systems. The Company also leverages its technical sales representatives. In Asia, we currently complement our direct OEM relationships with a local, independent sales and product support organization. This local sales and support organization provides the necessary knowledge of local customs and requirements, while also providing immediate sales assistance and customer support. In general, we engage third

partiesresources to provide local service and support functions for ourits power systems sold to our domestic OEM customerscustomers.

Backlog
Backlog generally is not considered a significant factor in the Company’s business.
Employees and Human Capital
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s workforce consisted of approximately 800 full-time employees. None of the members of the Company’s workforce are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
Part of the Company’s values focus on developing and maintaining a case by case basis, as necessary. Further, as required by our agreement with Perkins, we have also established aworld class workforce through personal accountability, teamwork, customer service and support networkinnovation. The Company monitors and manages attrition. It approves, through its human resources department, the replacement of key positions that it believes are critical to sustaining improved business performance and analyzes departure data to continually improve upon the experience of employees. Turnover for salaried employees in our territory,2020 was 9.7%. The Company’s talent management and succession planning process includes the identification of key positions based on current and future business strategies, the identification of potential successors, and a plan for talent development.
The Company focuses on attracting and retaining the best employees by providing market competitive pay and benefits. This ensures sustainability of the organization. The Company’s short-term and long-term incentive plans are designed to provide a variable pay opportunity to reward the attainment of key financial and operational goals as described under “Supplier Relationships”, which provides various services to our customers that purchase power systems using Perkins engines, including warranty support, servicing of Perkins engines, technical support and parts support (including support for aftermarket parts).

In Europe, we enter into arrangements with third parties, pursuant to which these third parties resell our power systems (in some cases sold with add-on power system components) to European OEM customers. These value-added resellers also provide application and engineering support for these power systems sold in Europe. We currently sell our power systems to value-added resellers in Europe on a similar basiswell as our sales to our OEM customers. At any particular point in time, we are typically selling our power systems to between one and five value-added resellers in Europe.

Aftermarket Distribution

Our aftermarket and service parts distribution organization consist of three main sales and distribution programs:

OEM Customers With an In-House, Spark-Ignited Product Service Parts Program:For our OEM customers that maintain their own service parts distribution and product support programs, we supply them with the information and component products required to support an effective global OEM customer service parts program.

OEM Customers Without an In-House, Spark-Ignited Product Service Parts Program:For our OEM customers that do not maintain their own service parts distribution and product support programs, we maintain a web-based and internal sales-oriented global aftermarket and service parts distribution system for our spark-ignited product and ancillary components. Through this product support program that we provide on behalf of our OEM customers, we capitalize on market opportunities that exist outside of those associated with our OEM customer base.

Perkins Diesel Service Parts Program:We provide Perkins diesel service parts through a network of established service and parts organizations located throughout our distributor territory, as described above under “Supplier Relationships”.

Intellectual Property

Our business depends, in substantial part, upon our proprietary technology, processes, know-how and other confidential and proprietary information. In particular, we consider portions of our emission certification process to be confidential and proprietary trade secrets.shareholder value creation. In addition to putting our OEM customers’ engines through initial emission compliance testing,the base and variable pay plans, the Company offers employees other benefits including durability testing, production line testingmedical, paid-time off, and field compliance audit testing, weretirement savings plans.

Health and safety are also providea key priority, as the tools, and perform sophisticated testing and other services,Company is committed to removing conditions that cause personal injury or occupational illness. Employees participate in trainings sessions focused on these enginestopics and are encouraged to comply with EPApromote behaviors that protect others from risk of injury. The Company sets annual targets for its Total Recordable Incident Rate (“TRIR”) and CARB requirements. AsDays Away, Restricted or Transferred (“DART”) and regularly reviews these metrics. For 2020, the Company achieved an overall TRIR of 2.3, meaning that for every 100 employees, 0.28 employees incurred an injury that resulted in recordable medical treatment. The DART was 2.1 in 2020, meaning that for every 100 employees, 0.26 individuals experienced an incident that resulted in days away from work.


11


In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and to support the Company’s customers and communities, the Company made keeping employees safe a resultpriority. Most of the lengthy and technologically sophisticated testing we perform to revalidate these engines, we becomeCompany’s employees who can work from home have been doing so since the “manufacturer of record” for the emission-certified power system that is incorporated into our OEM customers’ equipment. As the manufacturer of record, we are responsible for compliance with regulations as they relate to our emission-certified power systems (as more fully discussed below under “Government Regulation”). We incur the costs of certification of our power systems, as well as the risk of making sure that these systems remain compliant. Additionally, we use technologically sophisticated development, testing, launching and other manufacturing processes in connection with the manufacturing of our power systems, as well as in coordinating design efforts with power system component suppliers.

In addition, manyoutbreak of the components we source from our suppliersCOVID-19 pandemic. This has allowed the Company to focus resources and which are integrated into our power systems embody proprietary intellectual property of such suppliers. To a limited extent, we also license

proprietary software, much of which is “offinvestments on its R&D and production facilities including the shelf,” from third parties for use in our manufacturing processes, and we also license and rely upon third party technology included in our telematics tool. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws and various contract rightsfollowing steps to protect our proprietary rights, as well as tohelp protect the intellectual property rightshealth and safety of our suppliersemployees:

mandatory temperature screenings at plants and third party licensors. We do not currently own any material patents, but believe thatfacilities for all employees;
visitor/vendor questionnaires for all non-employees entering the policiesCompany’s facilities;
mandatory personal protective equipment provided for employees;
masks required inside open plants and safeguards we have in place, together with the costs associated with the development, testing, launchfacilities;
redesigned exits, entrances, and marketingproduction lines to encourage social distancing; and
enhanced cleaning protocols before, during, and after shifts.
Impact of competitive products, adequately protect our valuable trade secrets and other intellectual property rights.

Competition

We believe we are one of the few providers of comprehensive power systems to the industrial OEM market. However, the market for our products and related services is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and sensitive to new product and service introductions and changes in technical requirements. Some competitors have longer operating histories, strong name recognition and significant financial and marketing resources. Competition in our markets may become more intense as additional companies enter them and as new technologies are adopted. Generally, we believe that the principal competitive factors for our business include the following:

Completeness and comprehensiveness of power systems;

Range of power systems employing a common technology platform;

Emissions regulation (EPA and CARB) compliance and certification;

Industry leading product and applications engineering;

Ease of installation;

Pricing and cost effectiveness;

Breadth of product offerings, including system power and fuel alternatives;

Ability to tailor power systems to specific customer needs;

Performance and quality; and

Customer support and service.

We believe that, with our current product lineup and our ongoing research and product development efforts, as well as our global procurement capabilities, we are able to compete effectively based on each of these factors.

Among our competitors are fuel system providers such as Westport Innovations, Inc., Fuel System Solutions and Woodward Governor, Inc. These companies supply engines and engine system componentry into the industrial OEM marketplace. However, we do not believe that any of the other fuel system providers with which we compete are able to provide the single assembly, integrated, comprehensive power systems that our OEM customers demand and that we provide on a cost-effective basis. Further, some of our competitors do not have the internal resources or capabilities to enable them to meet these customer requirements and, in their efforts to compete, sometimes rely upon third party logistic companies to fit and dress engine systems with specific engine parts and components which these competitors are unable to provide themselves. As a result of the changing environment of the marketplace, some fuel system providers have been forced into non-core competency areas and some have exited the marketplace entirely.

Other competitors have been automotive engine companies, but a number have ceased directly supplying power systems to industrial OEMs (although they continue to supply their standard engines and components to producers of power systems for this market). They have left this market primarily because production of emission-compliant and certified industrial engines is not in their core competency area and because the changing regulations create difficulties for them, as engine life spans are short. More generally, we believe that

the significant costs associated with developing and certifying emission-compliant power systems as applicable regulations change have led some companies to exit our markets and have deterred others from entering them.

Government Regulation

Our Power Systems

Our

The Company’s power systems are subject to extensive statutory and regulatory requirements that directly or indirectly impose standards governing exhaust emissions, evaporative emissions, Green House Gasesgreenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions and noise. OurThe Company’s power systems are subject to compliance with all current regulatory standards imposed by the EPA, state regulatory agencies in the United States, including the CARB, and other regulatory agencies around the world.world, such as the MEE. Since ourits engines are sold into both off-road and on-road markets, wethe Company must ensure we are certifiedcertification to the specific regulations within the applicable statutory segment. BothFor products sold into the U.S. market, both EPA and CARB have imposed specific regulations on engines used in both off-road equipment and on-road vehicles. These regulations generally serve to restrict exhaust emissions, with a primary focus on oxides of nitrogen, hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide. Exhaust emission regulations for engines used in off-highway industrial and power generation equipment vary based upon the use of the equipment into which the engine is incorporated (such as stationary power generation or mobile off-highway industrial equipment), and the type of fuel used to drive the power system. Similarly, on-road regulations from the EPA and CARB focus on the same exhaust constituents however, GHG’sas well as sophisticated requirements to meet on-board diagnostic (“OBD”) system regulations. Emissions of GHGs such as CO2carbon dioxide, methane and methanenitrogen dioxide are also regulated, and are required to demonstrate and certify sophisticated On-Board Diagnostics (“OBD”) monitors that ensure that the vehicle will remain emissions compliant over the useful life of the vehicle. We continuewith more stringent regulatory requirements starting in 2021. The Company continues to make significant investments into the necessary intellectual property that supports full compliance of ourthe Company’s engines now and into the foreseeable future.

The first EPA emissions regulations adopted for diesel engines, known as Tier 1, applied to diesel engines used in mobile off-highway applications in the U.S., and similar standards for diesel engines, known as Stage I regulations, were implemented thereafter in Europe.the EU. The EPA and applicable agencies in Europethe EU have continued to develop emissionemissions regulations for diesel engines in the U.S. and Europe,the EU, respectively, and have adopted more restrictive standards. The current diesel engine emission requirements in the U.S are known as Tier 4 and are applicable to off-road diesel engines used in industrial equipment. Similarly, Europethe EU has adopted more restrictive standards under its Stage IVV regulations. Tier 4 and Stage IVV regulations call for reductions in levels of particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen (by approximately 90% from current levels in a majority of power categories under the Tier 4 requirements). nitrogen.
The phase-in of Tier 4 regulations commenced for the smallest engines (based on horsepower) at the beginning of 2008, and the final phase-in of Tier 4 regulations for engines of all sizes was completed in 2015. The phase-in of the Stage IV regulations commenced in 2014 and was completed in 2015. Because we do not sell diesel power systems in Europe, only the Tier 4 regulations directly impact any of our power systems. With respect to our power systems that use Perkins/Caterpillar diesel engines, Perkins/Caterpillar is responsible for all testing and manufacturing processes associated with obtaining original emission certification and continued compliance for its diesel engines. We are not responsible for emissions compliance on Perkins/Caterpillar products, and as a result, Perkins/Caterpillar is ultimately responsible for modifications to its engines necessary to meet these, and any future, emissions regulations. The EPA and CARB have similarly adopted regulations to reduce pollutant exhaust emissions for spark-ignited engines used in off-road equipment. In 2004, the EPA fully introduced Tier 1 exhaust emission regulations for mobile off-highway large spark ignited engines to control hydrocarbon, oxides of nitrogen and carbon monoxide following a phase in program that started in 2001. In 2007, the EPA introduced Tier 2 exhaust emission regulations for off-highway large spark ignited engines which further reduced hydrocarbon and oxides of nitrogen emissions by approximately 33% and carbon monoxide emissions by 91% over Tier 1. In 2010, CARB enacted new exhaust emission regulations for off-highway large spark-ignited engines, for California only, that further reduced hydrocarbon and oxides of nitrogen emissions by 68% over EPA Tier 2. In 2008, the EPA finalized and enacted New Source Performance Standards to regulate emission for stationary off-highway spark-ignited engines to control hydrocarbon, oxides of nitrogen, carbon monoxide and volatile organic compound.

OurCompany’s entry into the on-roadtransportation end market began in 2013 with the development of ourits 8.8L power systems targeted for 2015 regulatory standards. In 2014, the EPA and CARB certified ourthe Company’s new engine as a Model Year 2015

product for liquid propane gas (“LPG”) and Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)compressed natural gas (“CNG”) fuels, and in 2015 wethe Company launched ourits first propane fueledpropane-fueled engine for on-road application.applications. To assist the adoption of alternative fueledalternative-fueled vehicles in the marketplace, the EPA and CARB granted alternative fueledalternative-fueled engines an exemption from OBD regulations until 2018. We have leveraged this exemption on our 8.8L certifications to date.2018 (CARB)/2019 (EPA). Gasoline engines are not exempt from OBD regulations, therefore, we are in 2017, the process ofCompany achieved full OBD certification for ourits 2018 and beyond gasoline 6.0L and 8.8L product.products. The knowledge gained from this gasoline OBD development will be transitionedwas applied to our alternative fuelthe Company’s alternative-fueled engines for 2018 when the exemption ends.2019 after all OBD exemptions ended as of December 31, 2018. In 2016, the EPA launched new Phase 1 GHG emission regulations. However, we are exempt from these newNew EPA Phase 2 GHG emission regulations since we are consideredbegan January 1, 2021.

Historically, the Company’s 6.0L and 8.8L gasoline engines qualified for the small manufacturer exemption for Phase 1 GHG under Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulation Section 1036.150(d). Starting in 2020, as a small business (less than 1000 employees). As we grow, ourresult of the Weichai ownership change in April 2019, those products no longer qualified for the exemption will sunset and our engines will be enhancedhad to meet all applicablePhase 1 GHG standards.

In order to address the impact of the transition of its emission regulation requirements in 2020 and 2021, the Company licensed its technology to a third-party small manufacturer to produce and certify the 6.0L gasoline engine and utilized averaging, banking, and trading compliance provisions for the sale of its 8.8L gasoline engine. The Company is also utilizing averaging, banking, and trading compliance provisions for compliance with the EPA Phase 2 GHG emission regulations.

The initial and on-goingongoing certification requirements vary by power system application.application and market segment. Each application must undergo a series of rigorous and demanding tests to meetdemonstrate compliance with regulatory standards, including useful life, zero hours and durability testing to meet the appropriate regulatory standards.

testing. Once a power system is certified, regulatory agencies impose ongoing compliance requirements, on us, which include our testing newly produced power systems on a regular quarterly schedule to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable regulations. In addition, there are field audit requirements, which require the removal of power systems from service at specified stages of their useful lives to perform confirmatory exhaust emissions testing and/or OBD

12


system audits and testing.

All of ourthe Company’s emission-certified power systems meet existing exhaust emission standards of the EPA and CARB. Failure to comply with these standards could result in adverse effects on ourthe Company’s future financial results.

Our Telematics Tool

We are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to our telematics tool and connected asset services. Among other things, wireless transceiver products are required to be certified by

Information about the Federal Communications Commission and comparable authorities in foreign countries where they are sold. We currently maintain applicable certifications from governmental agencies inCompany’s Executive Officers
The following selected information for each of the jurisdictionsCompany’s current executive officers was prepared as of March 30, 2021.
NameAgeExecutive Officer SincePresent Position with the Company
Lance Arnett502019Chief Executive Officer
Donald P. Klein472018Chief Financial Officer
Kenneth J. Winemaster562017Executive Vice President
Jason Lin672019Chief Quality Officer
C. (Dino) Xykis622020Chief Technical Officer
Lance Arnett was appointed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer effective February 15, 2021. Mr. Arnett previously served as the Company’s Chief Commercial Officer since November 18, 2019. Prior to joining the Company, from January 2009 to November 2019, he worked at Cummins Inc., a publicly traded company on the NYSE that designs, manufactures, distributes and services a broad portfolio of power solutions. During his tenure, he served in which our telematics tool is requiredvarious capacities for Cummins Central Region in Minnesota, most recently serving as Director and Chief of Staff of their North American OEM Performance Cell. In this capacity, he oversaw direct strategy for their North American business including sales, engineering, assembly and upfit, pricing, marketing, and customer support. His previous roles at Cummins Central Region include serving as Interim President, Vice President of OEM business, Vice President of OEM and Customer Care and Executive Director of Operational Effectiveness. Prior thereto, from 2006 to be so certified.

Our Operations

Our operations are also subject2009, he worked as Business Development Manager for PreVisor, Inc. and, from 2001 to numerous federal, state2006, he served as Director, Franchise Sales and local laws relatingDevelopment at Mighty Distributing System of America (Mighty Auto Parts). Earlier in his career, he served in management and sales roles within the staffing industry.

Donald P. Klein has served as the Chief Financial Officer since January 2021 and as the Principal Accounting Officer since May 14, 2018. Mr. Klein previously served as PSI’s Interim Chief Financial Officer from July 20, 2020 to such mattersJanuary 19, 2021 and PSI’s Corporate Controller from May 14, 2018 to July 20, 2020. Prior to joining the Company, he served as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may be required to incur significant costs to complyAssistant Corporate Controller at Littelfuse, Inc., a publicly traded company on the NASDAQ, with such laws and regulationscustomers in the future. Any failureelectronics, automotive and industrial markets with products that include fuses, semiconductors, polymers, ceramics, relays and sensors. Prior to comply with these laws or regulations could havethat role, from 2008 to 2017, Mr. Klein served in various positions of increasing responsibility within finance and accounting, including most recently as Assistant Corporate Controller, at Navistar International Corporation, a material adverse effect upon our abilityNYSE-listed global manufacturer of commercial and military trucks, school buses, diesel engines and provider of service parts for trucks and diesel engines. Prior to do business.

Employees

AsNavistar, he worked for Hewitt Associates as Manager of February 22, 2016, our workforce consistedExternal Reporting and at Ernst & Young LLP as a senior manager of approximately 819 persons, including 4 part-time staff. Of this total, approximately 59 persons are individuals whose services we obtain through an arrangement withassurance and advisory services.

Kenneth J. Winemaster was appointed as Executive Vice President on November 28, 2017. Mr. Winemaster served as the Company’s Senior Vice President from 2001 to 2017 and also served as the Company’s Secretary from 2001 to 2013. In addition, Mr. Winemaster served as a professional employer organization and 144 persons are from individuals whose services we obtain through a temporary employment agency.

NoneDirector of the membersCompany from 2001 to 2011. Mr. Winemaster has served on the Board of our workforce are representedDirectors of Avon Old Farms School, an independent boarding school in Connecticut, since 2014. He served on the Caterpillar Industrial Strategy Council from 2001 to 2015, a council that developed market strategy for Perkins Distributors and CAT Dealers in North America.

Jason Linwas appointed as the Chief Quality Officer on March 15, 2021 after serving as Chief Technical Officer since June 2019. His role as Chief Quality Officer includes the oversight of the Company’s Total Quality System, including setting up corporate wide quality structure, processes and organizations, including the central quality group and each related functional area; building close loop measures and continuously improving processes with selected tools, and reducing warranty expenses and increasing customer satisfaction. Mr. Lin served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) from May 2017 until June 2019. From 2009 to July 2016, Mr. Lin served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Société Internationale des Moteurs Baudouin, a France-based marine engine manufacturing subsidiary of Weichai Power Co., Ltd., a publicly traded company on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange. During this tenure, he also served as an Executive Technical Director and adviser to the Chairman of Weichai Power Co., Ltd. From February 2001 to July 2006, Mr. Lin was employed by International Truck and Engine Corporation, a union or coveredtruck, bus and diesel engine manufacturer subsidiary of NYSE-listed Navistar International Corporation, in engineering management positions. Earlier in his career, Mr. Lin was employed in engineering positions by Cummins Engine Company, a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we haveNYSE-listed company and worked in Japan for Komatsu-Cummins Engine Company as Vice President.
13


C. (Dino) Xykis was appointed as the Chief Technical Officer on March 15, 2021. Mr. Xykis is responsible for the oversight of the Company’s advanced product development, engineering design and analysis, on-highway engineering, applied engineering, emissions and certification, Waterford, Michigan engineering operations, program management and product strategic planning. Since joining the Company in 2010 and until his appointment as Chief Technical Officer in March 2021, Mr. Xykis served as Vice President of Engineering for the Company. He has more than 30 years of professional experience in multi-disciplined engineering areas including senior management and executive positions at various companies including Cummins Inc., an NYSE-listed company, and Generac Power Systems, an NYSE-listed company. Mr. Xykis also served as Adjunct Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics at the Milwaukee School of Engineering and previously served on the audit and compensation committees of the Board of Directors of Image Sensing Systems, a good relationship withpublicly traded company on NASDAQ, from 1996 to 2001. Mr. Xykis has also served on the membersadvisory board of our workforce.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

OurCEGE, College of Science and Engineering, University of Minnesota for the past eight years.

Item 1A.Risk Factors.
The Company’s business financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks, including those describedlisted below, which in turn may affect the value of our securities. In addition, other risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects, perhaps materially. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and actual results and events may differ substantially from those discussed or highlighted in these forward-looking statements. Before making an investment decision with respect to any of our securities, you should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties described below and elsewhere in this report. See also “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to our Business and our Industry

The market for alternative fuel spark-ignited power systems may not continue to develop according to our expectations and, as a result, our business may not grow as planned and our business plan may be adversely affected.

Our future growth is dependent upon the market for efficient alternative fuel spark-ignited power systems (including natural gas and propane) expanding as a result of our customers and potential customers substituting alternative fuel power systems for diesel power systems. Part of our business plan is dependent on our market forecasts with respect to this expected substitution trend. However, there can be no assurance that we can accurately predict the potential impact of new diesel emission regulations, which we assume will help drive this trend by increasing the cost and product footprint of diesel power systems, nor can we assure that customers or potential customers would substitute natural gas and propane powered power systems for diesel power systems in response to these regulations. In addition, to the extent that diesel power system manufacturers develop the ability to design and produce emission-compliant diesel power systems that they can sell at a lower price and have smaller product footprints than we currently expect, diesel power systems will be more competitive with our alternative fuel power systems, and customers and potential customers may be less likely to substitute alternative fuel power systems for diesel power systems. Furthermore, even if alternative fuel power systems are substituted for diesel power systems, there can be no assurance that our power systems would capture any portion of the potential market increase. If the industrial OEM market generally, or more specifically any of the industrial OEM categories which represent a significant portion of our business or in which we anticipate significant growth opportunities for our power systems, fails to develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, the growth of our business and our business plan could be materially adversely affected.

Our 8.8 liter engine block is the first engine block manufactured in-house by our company, and may not be successful.

We have introduced a newly designed 8.8 liter, fuel flexible engine block that we have internally developed to replace an engine that we previously purchased from a third party engine supplier. This is our first engine produced in-house by us. We may not be successful in obtaining acceptance of this product in the marketplace, particularly given that it is in part the replacement for an engine block produced by a well-known and long-time engine manufacturer. Even if this product is accepted in the marketplace, we do not have sufficient history with this engine to assess whether it will succeed without significant performance issues.

The discovery of any significant problems with these engines, or any of the other engines we develop, could result in recall campaigns, increased warranty costs, potential product liability claims, reputational risk and brand risk. More specifically, sales of our own internally developed engine could lead to significantly higher warranty costs to service this engine if it does not perform to expectations, as we would be unable to rely on a warranty provided by a third-party engine manufacturer. Additionally, any performance issues with our internally developed engine could also result in increased product liability claims, and we would be unable to rely on any indemnification provided by a third-party engine manufacturer. Potential losses could also arise from other unforeseen issues associated with the internal production of our own base engine block. For additional detail

regarding the risk of introducing a new product such as our 8.8 liter engine, see “New products, including new engines we develop, may not achieve widespread adoption.” For additional detail regarding the risk of warranty costs and product liability claims, see “We could suffer warranty claims that could materially and adversely affect our business” and “We could become subject to product liability claims.”

We may have difficulty managing the expansion of our operations.

In order to effectively manage our operations and growth, including growth in the sales of, and services related to, our power systems, we may need to:

scale our internal infrastructure, including establishing additional facilities, while continuing to provide technologically sophisticated power systems on a timely basis;

attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented personnel, including application engineers, customer support staff and production personnel;

continue to enhance our compliance and quality assurance systems; and

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures.

Rapid expansion of our operations could place a strain on our senior management team, support teams, manufacturing lines, information technology platforms and other resources. In addition, we may be required to place more reliance on our strategic partners and suppliers, some of whom may not be capable of meeting our production demands in terms of timing, quantity, quality or cost. Difficulties in effectively managing the budgeting, forecasting and other process control issues presented by any rapid expansion could harm our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

We may not succeed with the expansion of our product into the on-road market.

Our current products have historically been sold and used in the off-road industrial markets. We have announced our intention to expand our product line to on-road markets into which we have not previously sold.

The costs and regulations involved with certifying an engine for on-road applications may be more than expected, which could affect our ability to successfully expand our product line into these markets. Additionally, the stresses and demands on engines and power systems used for on-road applications could result in unexpected issues. Not only are we attempting to expand into markets into which we have not previously sold, we are attempting to do so using our newly designed and internally developed 8.8 liter engine. This unproven engine for on-road applications (and other additional applications) may not gain acceptance as an alternative to proven engines already used in on-road applications, and our company may not generally gain acceptance as a supplier to on-road markets. For additional detail regarding the risks related to our newly developed 8.8 liter engine, see “— Our 8.8 liter engine block is the first engine block manufactured in-house by our company, and may not be successful.”

As we begin to sell into these markets, we may expose ourselves to additional costs associated with on-road engine failures. These costs could be significant, not only if the vehicle into which the engine is installed becomes damaged, but because of the increased potential for injuries or fatalities that could arise from a malfunction or manufacturing defect in an engine used for on-road applications. Finally, we may face significantly increased competition in the on-road markets from competitors with longer operating histories, greater name recognition and greater financial and marketing resources than our current competitors in the off-road industrial markets. For additional detail regarding the competition faced by our company, see “We currently face, and will continue to face, significant competition, which could result in a decrease in our revenue.”

We have expanded our on-road product line by entering a multi-year supply agreement with General Motors for 4.8-liter and 6.0-liter engines. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in expanding our on-road product line which could have an adverse impact on our on-road supply agreement with General Motors.

New products, including new engines we develop, may not achieve widespread adoption.

Our growth may depend on our ability to develop and/or acquire new products, and/or refine our existing products and power system technology, to complement and enhance the breadth of our power system offerings with respect to engine class and the industrial OEM market categories into which we supply our products. We will generally seek to develop or acquire new products, or enhance our existing products and power system technology, if we believe they will provide significant additional revenues and favorable profit margins. However, we cannot know beforehand whether any new or enhanced products will successfully penetrate our target markets. There can be no assurance that newly developed or acquired products will perform as well as we expect, or that such products will gain widespread adoption among our customers.

Additionally, there are greater design and operational risks associated with new products. The inability of our suppliers to produce technologically sophisticated components for our new engines and power systems, the discovery of any product or process defects or failures associated with production of any new products and any related product returns could each have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If new products for which we expend significant resources to develop or acquire are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

Changes in environmental and regulatory policies could hurt the market for our products.

Our business is affected by government environmental policies, mandates and regulations around the world, most significantly with respect to emission standards in the United States. Examples of such regulations include those that (1) restrict the sale of power systems that do not meet emission standards, (2) impose penalties on sellers of non-compliant power systems, and (3) require the use of more expensive ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel. There can be no assurance that these policies, mandates and regulations will be continued or expanded as assumed in our growth strategy. Incumbent industry participants with a vested interest in gasoline and diesel, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do,are not within the Company’s control, which may invest significant resources in an effortcause actual financial performance to influence environmental regulations in ways that delaydiffer materially from historical or repeal requirements for more stringent carbon, particulate matter (a mixture of solid particles and liquid droplets found in the air that contain a variety of chemical components, such as dust, dirt, soot or smoke) and other emissions.

We generally must obtain product certification from both the EPA and CARB to sell our products in the United States. Weprojected future performance. New risks may attempt to expand sales of our certified power systems to industrial OEMs that sell their products in Europe, which also has stringent emissions requirements. Accordingly, future sales of our product will depend upon their being certified to meet the existing and future air quality and energy standards imposed by the relevant regulatory agencies. While we incur significant research and developments costs to ensure that our products comply with emission standards and meet certification requirements in the regions where our products are sold, we cannot provide assurance that our products will continue to meet these standards. The failure to comply with certification requirements would not only adversely affect future sales but could result in the recall of our products or civil or criminal penalties.

The adoption of new, more stringent and burdensome government emission regulations, whetheremerge at the foreign, federal, state, or local level, in markets in which we supply our power systems, may require modification of our emission certification and other manufacturing processes for our power systems. Thus, we might incur unanticipated expenses in meeting future compliance requirements, and may be required to increase our research and product development expenditures. Increases in such costs and expenses could necessitate increases in the prices we charge our OEM customers for our power systems, which could adversely affect demand for them.

We currently face, and will continue to face, significant competition, which could result in a decrease in our revenue.

The market for our products and related services is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and sensitive to new product and service introductions and changes in technical requirements. New developments in power system technology may negatively affect the development or sale of some or all of our power systems or make

our power systems uncompetitive or obsolete. Other companies, some of which have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and greater financial and marketing resources than us, are currently engaged in the development of products and technologies that are similar to, or may be competitive with, certain of our products and power system technologies. If the markets for our products (including particular industrial OEM market categories) grow as we anticipate, competition may intensify, as existing and new competitors identify opportunities in such markets.

We face competition from companies that employ current power system technologies, and may face competition in the future from additional companies as new power system technologies are adopted. Among our competitors are fuel system providers such as Westport Innovations, Inc., Fuel System Solutions and Woodward Governor, Inc., which supply engines and engine system components to the industrial OEM marketplace. Additionally, we may face competition from companies developing technologies such as cleaner diesel engines, bio-diesel, fuel cells, advanced batteries and hybrid battery/internal combustion power systems. We may not be able to incorporate such technologies into our product offerings, or may be required to devote substantial resources to do so. The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to provide single assembly, integrated, comprehensive, technologically sophisticated power systems to our customers. The development or enhancement by our competitors of similar capabilities could adversely affect our business.

Our industrial OEM customers may not continue to outsource their power system needs.

The purchasers of our power systems are industrial OEMs that manufacture industrial equipment. As a result of the significant resources and expertise required to develop and manufacture emission-certified power systems, these customers have historically chosen to outsource production of power systems to us. Our business depends in significant part on our industrial OEMs continuing to outsource design and production of power systems, power system components and subsystems. However, there can be no assurance that our OEM customers will continue to outsource, or outsource as much of, their power system production in the future. Industrial OEMs that otherwise might use our power systems may instead seek to internalize the production of these power systems and related components. Increased levels of OEM vertical integration could result from a number of factors, such as shifts in our customers’ business strategies, acquisition by a customer of a power system manufacturer or the emergence of low-cost production opportunities in foreign countries.

We are dependent on certain products and industrial OEM market categories for a significant share of our revenues and profits.

During fiscal 2015, a significant portion of our revenues were derived from sales of our power systems to be incorporated into equipment used in the power generation and forklift market categories, and we anticipate that sales of power systems in these market categories will continue to represent a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. We further believe that our growth may depend in a significant part upon our ability to increase sales of our power systems in the material handling and oil and gas market categories, as well as certain other industrial OEM categories. There can be no assurance that the material handling and oil and gas market categories, or any other industrial market category into which we sell our power systems, will grow as quickly or as significantly as we expect (if at all), or that the current, or any future, demand for our power systems in any of these market categories will not decrease.

We are dependent on relationships with our OEM customers and any change in our relationships with any of our key OEM customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Our power systems are integrated into our OEM customers’ equipment for subsequent sales and distribution to end-users of off-highway industrial equipment. Two and three of our customers represented more than 10% of our sales in 2015 and 2013, and 2014, respectively. We do not currently have formal, written agreements with certain of these customers or some of our other largest customers. There can be no assurance that our current material customers, or industrial OEMs in general, will continue manufacturing equipment that uses our power

systems or, if they do manufacture such equipment, that the end-users of our OEM customers will choose to purchase products into which our power systems are incorporated. Any integration, design, manufacturing or marketing problems encountered by our OEM customers could adversely affect the demand for our power systems and the ability of our OEM customers to timely pay us amounts due for our products and services. Any change in our relationships with any of our key OEM customers, whether as a result of economic or competitive pressures or otherwise, including any decision by our OEM customers to reduce their commitments to purchase our power systems in favor of competing products, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

In addition, we may be subject to disputes arising from agreements and other arrangements with our OEM customers. Disputes with our OEM customers could lead to termination of arrangements with our OEM customers and delays in collaborative development or commercialization of power systems that we design for, and supply to, these customers. Moreover, disagreements may arise with our OEM customers over rights to proprietary technology and other intellectual property incorporated in our power systems and our customers’ products into which our power systems are integrated. Significant disagreements with our OEM customers could result in costly and time-consuming litigation. Any such conflicts with our OEM customers could negatively impact our relationships, reduce the number of power systems which we supply, and negatively impact our ability to obtain future business, in each case with these and other OEM customers.

We are dependent on relationships with our material suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these key suppliers, or the failure to find replacement suppliers or manufacturers in a timely manner, could adversely affect our business.

In addition to our internally produced engines, we source engines from third party suppliers. We have established relationships with these third party engine suppliers and other suppliers from which we source our components for our power systems. We are substantially dependent on our three key engine suppliers, General Motors, Perkins/Caterpillar, SAME and Doosan. Sales of our power systems incorporating engines from General Motors, Perkins/Caterpillar, SAME and Doosan represented approximately 37%, 5%, 14% and 24% of our total sales for fiscal 2015, respectively, and represented approximately 38%, 8%, 14% and 36% of our total sales for fiscal 2014, respectively. If any of these four engine suppliers were to fail to provide engines in a timely manner or to supply engines that meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements, or were to discontinue manufacturing any engines we source from them or providing any such engines to us, and we were unable to obtain substitute sources in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to manufacture our products could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we currently source other important components used in our power systems, such as catalysts, engine controllers, fuel mixers, wiring harnesses, engine sensors and intake manifolds, from a limited number of suppliers. Much of the technology incorporated into these components that we source from a limited number of suppliers is technologically sophisticated, and we do not believe that our competitors have access to some of this sophisticated technology. Our business could be harmed by adverse changes in our relationships with our non-engine component suppliers, or if our competitors gain access to the technology. Further, if our suppliers are unable to provide components to us in a timely manner, or are unable to meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements, we may not in all cases be able to promptly obtain substitute sources. Any extended delay in receiving engines or other critical components could impair our ability to deliver products to our OEM customers.

We do not have formal, written agreements with many of our component suppliers. Most of our non-engine component supply agreements did not extend past the end of 2015. In any event, a component supplier may fail to provide components on a timely basis, or fail to meet our specifications or other requirements for a component, regardless of whether we have a written contract with such supplier.

We derive a substantial majority of our diesel power systems revenues from our relationships with Perkins and Caterpillar.

We derive a significant portion of our diesel power systems business from our distribution agreement with Perkins, our packaging and distribution agreements with Caterpillar engine dealers and our association with

Caterpillar. Our business with Perkins and Caterpillar represented approximately 7% and 10% of our revenues in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively. Any material change in our relationships with Perkins and Caterpillar, including the termination of our distribution agreement with Perkins, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

The quality and performance of our power systems are, in part, dependent on the quality of their component parts that we obtain from various suppliers, which makes us susceptible to performance issues that could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation and financial results.

Our power systems are sophisticated and complex, and the success of our power systems is dependent, in part, upon the quality and performance of key components, such as engines, fuel systems, generators, breakers, and complex electrical components and associated software. There can be no assurance that the power system parts and components will not have performance issues from time to time, and the warranties provided by our suppliers may not always cover the potential performance issues. We may face disputes with our suppliers with respect toCompany cannot predict those performance issues and their warranty obligations, and our customers could claim damages as a result of such performance issues.

If any of the component parts we obtain from our suppliers are defective, we may incur liabilities for warranty claims. The supplier in any such case may not fully compensate us for any such liabilities. We may also be responsible for obtaining replacement parts and incur liability related thereto.

We maintain a significant investment in inventory, and a decline in our customers’ purchases could lead to a decline in our sales and profitability and cause us to accumulate excess inventory.

We cannot always predict the timing, frequencyrisks or size of the future orders of our OEM customers. Our ability to accurately forecast our sales is further complicated by the continuing global economic uncertainty. We maintain significant inventories in an effort to ensure that our OEM customers have a reliable source of supply. If we fail to anticipate the changing needs of our customers and accurately forecast our customer demands, our customers may not continue to place orders with us, and we may accumulate significant inventories of products that we will be unable to sell or return to our suppliers. This may result in a significant decline in the value of our inventory and a decrease in our future gross profit.

Changes in our product mix could materially and adversely affect our business.

The margins on our revenues from some of our product and service offerings are higher than the margins on some of our other product and service offerings. In particular, the margins vary between sales of our power systems as compared to sales of our aftermarket parts and components. A decrease in demand for our higher margin products and service offerings, such as our heavy duty power systems, could have a negative impact on our profitability. Our margins can also fluctuate based upon competition, alternative products and services, operating costs and contractual factors. In addition, we may not be able to accurately estimate the marginsextent to which they may affect its results of some of our new and developing products and services due to our limited operating history with sales of these products. Our new products and services may have lower margins than our current products and services.

Ouroperations.

COVID-19 Pandemic
The Company’s financial position,condition, results of operations and cash flows have been and may in the futurewill continue to be negativelyadversely impacted by challenging globalthe COVID-19 pandemic and future periods may continue to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic or other outbreaks of infectious disease or similar public health threats and the resulting economic conditions.

Challenging global economic conditions, which can have a particularly severe impact on industrial markets, have had,impact.

Any outbreaks of contagious diseases and may in the futureother adverse public health developments could have a material and adverse effect on our business. More specifically, such conditionsthe Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significantly reduced demandthe implementation of significant governmental measures to control the spread of the virus, including quarantines, travel restrictions, business shutdowns and restrictions on the movement of people in 2009 for our power systemsthe United States and other products from our industrial OEM customers, as those customers faced sharp declinesabroad. As discussed in marketItem 1. Business, these factors have impacted and will continue to impact the Company’s operations, financial condition and demand for their products into which our power systems are incorporated. Our net sales decreased from 2008the Company’s goods and services. Depending on the severity and longevity of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company’s business, employees, customers, suppliers and stockholders may continue to 2009, primarilyexperience significant negative impacts for future periods. In addition, due to lower power system shipment volumesthe speed with which the COVID-19 situation continues to develop and aftermarket parts sales resulting fromevolve, there is significant uncertainty around its ultimate impact on public health, business operations and the overall economy; therefore, the negative impact on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition cannot be reasonably estimated at this reduced demand. This sales

decrease was reflected across our base of customerstime, but the impact may continue to be material in allthe future.

In April 2020, the Company implemented contingency actions as a result of the OEM categoriesexpected significant negative impacts of these factors. The Company’s temporary cost reduction measures included:
reduced hours of operations of the Company’s production facilities;
reduced work week for all office employees;
reduced pay for salaried employees between 10% and 30%, depending on the employee’s position;
suspended the Company’s 401(k) plan match;
deferred spending on certain R&D programs;
implemented a hiring freeze;
restricted all non-essential travel; and
minimized discretionary expenses and consulting services.
The measures with regard to pay for salaried employees and the suspension of the Company’s 401 (k) plan match were in effect through December 31, 2020. Any additional cost savings initiatives or other cash actions the Company undertakes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may not achieve the intended results and may result in other adverse impacts, which our power systemscould be material.
The degree to which the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact the Company’s financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations depends upon future developments, which are used. Difficult markethighly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including, but not limited to, the duration, location, and spread of the outbreak, its severity, government and business measures to contain the virus and address its impact, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can also cause us to experience pricing pressure, negatively impacting our margins.

Future economic downturns may materially impact our OEM customers, as well as suppliers and other parties with which we do business. Economic conditions that adversely affect our customers may cause them to terminate existing supply agreements or to reduceresume. We cannot, at this time, predict the volumemany potential impacts of power systems they purchase from us in the future. In the case of another economic downturn, we may have significant receivables owing from customers that face liquidity issues. Failure to collect a significant portion of amounts due on those receivablesCOVID-19 pandemic, but it could have a material adverse effect on ourthe Company’s business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.


14


Liquidity and Indebtedness
The Company’s management has concluded as of the filing of this 2020 Annual Report that, due to uncertainty surrounding the Company’s ability to extend or refinance its current debt agreements and uncertainty as to whether it will have sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, substantial doubt exists as to its ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s plans to alleviate the substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern may not be successful, and it may be forced to limit its business activities or be unable to continue as a going concern, which would have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition. Similarly,
The consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had debt outstanding under its credit agreement between the Company and Standard Chartered Bank (“Standard Chartered”) (the “ Credit Agreement”) of $130.0 million. In March 2021, the Company amended and restated the Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement”). The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement matures on March 25, 2022, is uncommitted, and is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement includes certain financial covenants as well as a change of control provision. In addition, Standard Chartered has the right to demand payment of any and all outstanding borrowings and other amounts outstanding under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement at any point in time at its discretion. In connection with adverse market conditions, our key suppliers from which we source power system componentsthe execution of the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company entered into an amendment and restatement of the shareholder’s loan agreement originally executed with Weichai in December 2020 (the “First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement”). The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement provides the Company with access to $130.0 million of credit solely for purposes of repaying outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement. The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement expires on April 25, 2022. Due to the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement’s current maturity date, the Company will need to extend and amend or refinance the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement on or before March 25, 2022.
The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on generating profitable operating results, having sufficient liquidity, maintaining compliance with the covenants and other requirements under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement and extending and amending, refinancing or repaying the indebtedness outstanding under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement.
There can be no assurance that it will be able to complete a financing on acceptable terms or repay this outstanding indebtedness, when required or if at all. If the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, it may be forced to limit its business activities or be unable to provide componentscontinue as a going concern, which would have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition.
Furthermore, if the Company cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, it may not, among other things, be able to usdo the following:
continue to expand the Company’s research and product investments and sales and marketing organization;
expand operations both organically and through acquisitions; and
respond to competitive pressures or extend us credit. Furthermore, weunanticipated working capital requirements.
The Company has a significant amount of indebtedness and is highly leveraged. Its existing debt or any potential new debt could adversely affect its business and growth prospects.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s total debt obligations, including indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, was $131.1 million. The Company’s debt arrangements contain and may contain in the future certain requirements, including specific financial and other covenants or restrictions. The failure or the inability to meet such obligations under existing debt or any new debt could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business and financial condition. In addition, the Company’s debt obligations could make it more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions and could limit its flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in its business and the industries in which it operates. The Company’s indebtedness and the cash flow needed to satisfy its debt obligations and the covenants contained in current and potential future debt agreements could have important consequences, including the following:
limiting funds available for borrowing through the imposition of availability blocks;
limiting funds otherwise available for financing capital expenditures by requiring dedication of a portion of cash flows from operating activities to the repayment of debt and the interest on such debt;
limiting the ability to incur additional indebtedness;
15


limiting the ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities, including mergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
making the Company more vulnerable to rising interest rates or higher interest rates; and
making the Company more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in its business.
The Company’s Amended and Restated Uncommited Revolving Credit Agreement places limitations on its ability to make acquisitions and restricts its ability to incur additional indebtedness. Any future failure by the Company to comply with the financial covenants set forth under the Amended and Restated Uncommited Revolving Credit Agreement, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of debt maturities or prevent the Company from accessing availability under the Amended and Restated Uncommited Revolving Credit Agreement. If the maturity of the indebtedness is accelerated, the Company may not have sufficient cash resources, or have the ability to obtain financing through alternative resources, to satisfy its debt and other obligations, and the Company may not be able to successfully anticipate, plancontinue as a going concern.
Litigation and Internal Control Remediation

The Company has identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting that have not been fully remediated. If its remediation measures are insufficient to address the material weaknesses, or if the Company otherwise fails to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to accurately report financial results, timely file periodic reports, maintain its reporting status or prevent fraud.
In connection with the Company’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, the Company concluded that there were material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. See Item 9A. Controls and Procedures, included in Part II, for additional information regarding these matters.
The Company’s management may identify other material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting in the future. The existence of internal control material weaknesses could harm its business, the market price of its Common Stock and respondits ability to changing economic conditions,retain the Company’s current, or obtain new, lenders, suppliers, key employees, alliance and our businessstrategic partners or require the implementation of certain undertakings with the SEC. In addition, the existence of material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting may affect its ability to timely file periodic reports under the Exchange Act. The inability to timely file periodic reports could beresult in the SEC revoking the registration of the Company’s Common Stock, which would negatively affected.

Fuel price differentials are hardimpact the Company’s ability to predict and may have an adverse impactre-list its Common Stock on the demand for our productsNASDAQ Stock Market or any other stock exchange.

The Company has incurred significant costs in connection with the restatement of previously issued consolidated financial statements and its failure to timely file prior periodic reports and will continue to incur significant costs to remediate material weaknesses in internal control.
The Company has incurred significant expenses, including audit, legal, consulting and other professional fees, and lender and noteholder consent fees, related to the restatement of its previously issued consolidated financial statements and the ongoing remediation of material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. The Company anticipates that it will continue to incur certain of these expenses in the future.

The pricesCompany has taken a number of various fuel alternativesactions, including adding significant internal resources and implementing a number of additional procedures and controls, in order to strengthen its accounting function and reduce the risk of future material misstatements in its financial statements. In addition, in September 2020, the Company settled the investigations by the SEC and USAO into the Company’s past revenue recognition practices. As part of the settlement, among other undertakings, the Company committed to remediate the deficiencies in its internal control over financial reporting that constituted material weaknesses as identified in Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures by April 30, 2021 unless an extension is provided by the SEC. To the extent that the Company’s actions are subject to fluctuation, based upon many factors, including changesnot successful and completed in resource bases, pipeline transportation capacity for natural gas, refining capacity for crude oilaccordance with the provisions of the settlement with the SEC and government excise and fuel tax policies. The price differential among various fuel alternatives can impact OEMs and their decisions to buy power systems from us. For example, if fossil fuel prices increase significantly, OEMs may choose to seek power systems powered by electric motors instead of ones that use fossil fuels. Furthermore, if OEMs do decide to purchase power systems from us, relative fuel prices may affect which power systems they purchase from us. The margins on our sale of certain of our power systems are higher thanUSAO, the margins on other power systems that we sell to our OEM customers. See “Changes in our product mix could materially and adversely affect our business.”

The volatility of oil and gas prices may affect our stock price.

While our company develops alternative fuel spark-engine power systems for off-road industrial equipment and the 8.8 liter engine for on-road vehicles, weCompany may be affected by the price of oil and gas. The investing public may categorize our stock with other fuel or alternative energy stocks, thus the volatility of the price of oil and gas may affect the price of our stock. In particular, when the price of oil declines, oil becomes a more favorable source of fuel in the short term and alternative fuel and energy producers suffer as a result. This, as with any commodity volatility, will occur from timeforced to incur additional time and may adversely affect the price of our stock.

Also, certain of our products are used in the oilexpense towards further remediation efforts and gas industry, primarily in support of operating wells and not exploration activities. At times of severely depressed energy prices, such as have recently occurred, oil and gas producers can and do curtail capital expenditures, sometimes sharply. In addition, oil and gas producers may cease or suspend production at well sites that have or are likely to become unprofitable. As a result, sales of our products could be severely impacted during periods of a prolonged depression in energy pricesincremental substantive procedures, which could have a material adverse effect on ourits results of operations. In addition, failure to comply with the provisions of the settlement agreements with the SEC and USAO could result in further actions by one or both governmental agencies which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Limitations of the Company’s Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and potential indemnification obligations will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Under its bylaws and certain indemnification agreements, the Company has obligations to indemnify current and former officers and directors and certain current and former employees. Based on cumulative legal fees and settlements incurred, the Company fully exhausted its primary directors and officers insurance coverage of $30.0 million during the first quarter of 2020. Additional expenses currently expected to be incurred and that may occur in the future and/or liabilities that may be imposed in connection with actions against certain of the Company’s past and present directors and officers and certain current and former employees who are entitled to indemnification will be funded by the Company with its existing cash resources. Since
16


exhausting its primary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage in early 2020, the Company has incurred over $7 million related to its indemnification obligation. Such expenses could continue to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Financial Condition, Results of Operations, and Cash Flows
The Company has experienced substantial net losses in recent fiscal years and may continue to experience net losses.
The Company generated a net loss in fiscal year 2020 compared to net income in fiscal year 2019 and has an accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2020. The net loss experienced in 2020 was principally attributable to low sales volume largely due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the related historic decline in oil demand, significant warranty expense primarily related to certain engines sold into the transportation end market, legal and professional expenses associated with efforts to file the Company’s prior financial statements, remediate material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting, respond to the government investigations and defend the lawsuits related to the restatements as well as indemnifications of certain current and former directors and officers of the Company, high outstanding debt, and borrowing costs. The Company expects that many of these costs will remain significant in future periods. Continued losses could reduce cash available from operations to service or refinance the Company’s indebtedness as necessary, as well as limit the Company’s ability to finance future growth in its business and implement its strategies.
The Company could incur restructuring and impairment charges as it evaluates its portfolio of assets and identifies opportunities to restructure its business to optimize its cost structure.
The Company continuously evaluates its portfolio of assets and its operational structure in an effort to identify opportunities to optimize its cost structure including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. These actions could result in restructuring and related charges, including but not limited to asset impairments and employee termination costs, any of which could be significant and could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

Price

The Company has substantial amounts of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, which are subject to periodic impairment analysis and review. Identifying and assessing whether impairment indicators exist, or if events or changes in circumstances have occurred, including market conditions, operating results, competition and general economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, requires significant judgment. Declines in profitability due to changes in volume, market pricing, cost or the business environment could result in charges that could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
The Company is subject to price increases in some of the key components in ourits power systems could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

systems.

The prices of some of the key components of ourthe Company’s power systems are subject to fluctuation due to market forces, beyond our control, including changes in the costs of raw materials incorporated into these components. Such price increases occur from time to time due to spot shortages of commodities, increases in labor costs or longer-term shortages due to market forces. In particular, the prices of certain precious metals, such as palladium and rhodium, used in our emissions controlemissions-control systems fluctuate frequently and often significantly. Substantial increases in the prices of raw materials used in components which we sourcethat the Company sources from our suppliers may result in increased prices charged by our suppliers. If we incurthe Company incurs price increases from our suppliers for key components in ourits power systems, our

production costs will increase. Givenincrease, and given competitive market conditions, wethe Company may not be able to pass all or any of those cost increases on to our OEM customers in the form of higher sales prices. To the extent ourthat its competitors do not suffer comparable component cost increases, to our customers, wethe Company may have even greater difficulty passing along price increases, and ourthe Company’s competitive position may be harmed. As a result, increases in costs of key components may adversely affect ourthe Company’s margins and otherwise adversely affect our operatingits results and cash flows.

of operations.

Many of ourthe Company’s power systems involve long and variable design and sales cycles, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations for any given quarter or year.

cycles.

The design and sales cycle for our customized power systems, from initial contact with our potential OEM customercustomers to the commencement of shipments, of our power systems, may be lengthy. Customers generally consider a wide range of issuessolutions before making a decision to purchase our power systems. Before an industrial OEM commits to purchase our power systems, they often require a significant technical review, assessment of competitive products and approval at a number of management levels within their organization. During the time ourthe Company’s customers are evaluating ourits products, wethe Company may incur substantial sales and marketing, engineering, and research and development expenses to customize ourthe power systems to the customer’s needs. We may also expend significant management efforts, increase manufacturing capacity, order long-lead-time components or purchase significant amounts of power system components
Warranty, Safety Standards, and other inventory prior to receiving an order. Even after this evaluation process, a potential customer may not purchase our products.

Our existing debt or new debt that we incur could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

We are required to meet certain obligations under a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, NA. and an indenture with respect to our 5.50% Senior Notes. Failure or inability to meet such obligations under our current credit agreement, indenture or any new credit facility could materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, our debt obligations could make us more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions and could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate. Our indebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in current and potential future credit and debt agreements and indenture have important consequences, including:

Emissions
limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

limiting our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

limiting our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities, including mergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

placing us at a competitive disadvantage to those of our competitors that are less indebted than we are;

making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates;

and making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

More specifically, pursuant to our current credit agreement with our senior lender, we have agreed to certain financial covenants, including maintaining certain ratios between our adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and our fixed charges. In addition, our current credit agreement places limitations on our ability to make acquisitions of other companies and our current credit agreement and our indenture restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. Any failure by us to comply with the financial covenants set forth in our current credit agreement in the future, if not cured or waived, could result in our senior lender accelerating the maturity of our indebtedness or preventing us from accessing availability under our credit facility. If the maturity of our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash resources to satisfy our debt obligations and we may not be able to continue our operations as planned.

Furthermore, we may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If new debt or other liabilities are added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face, as described above, could intensify.

Our quarterly operating results are subject to variability from quarter to quarter.

Our quarter-to-quarter and quarter-over-quarter operating results (including our sales, gross profit and net income) and cash flows have been, and in the future may be, impacted by a variety of internal and external events associated with our business operations, many of which are outside of our control. Examples of such events include (1) changes in regulatory emission requirements (which generally occur on January 1 of the year in which they become effective), (2) customer product phase-in/phase-out programs, (3) supplier product (i.e. a specific engine model) phase-in/phase-out programs, (4) changes in pricing by suppliers to us of engines, components and other parts (typically effective January 1 of any year), and (5) changes in our pricing to our customers (typically effective January 1 of any year), which may be related to changes in the pricing by suppliers to us.

In order to mitigate potential availability or pricing issues, customers may adjust their demand requirements from traditional patterns. We may also extend special programs to customers in advance of such events, and we are more likely to offer such programs in our fourth quarter of a year in anticipation of events expected to occur in the first quarter of the next year. The occurrence of any of the events discussed above may result in fluctuations in our operating results (including sales and profitability) and cash flows between and among reporting periods.

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we could lose important proprietary technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

We believe that the success of our business depends, in substantial part, upon our proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how. The unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology by others could materially harm our business. We do not own any material patents and rely on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, along with confidentiality agreements, contractual provisions and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. Although certain of our employees have entered into confidentiality agreements with us to protect our proprietary technology and processes, not all of our employees have executed such agreements, nor can we ensure that employees who have executed such agreements will not violate them.

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, existing laws afford only limited protection, and our actions may be inadequate to protect our rights or to prevent others from claiming violations of their proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain, use or exploit aspects of our products and services, develop similar technology independently, or otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not independently develop technology similar or superior to our technology or design around our intellectual property.

In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights as fully or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. In particular, we sell our power systems to industrial OEM customers, and source certain components from suppliers, in China, where commercial laws are relatively underdeveloped compared to other geographic markets into which we sell our products. Protection of intellectual property is limited under Chinese law, and the sale of our products and the local sourcing of components may subject us to an increased risk of infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. As a result, we cannot be certain that we will be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights in China.

We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights to protect our trade secrets and to determine the validity and scope of other companies’ proprietary rights in the future. However, litigation could result in significant costs or in the diversion of financial resources and management’s attention. We cannot assure you that any such litigation will be successful or that we will prevail over counterclaims against us.

In addition, many of the components we source from our suppliers and which are incorporated into our power systems use proprietary intellectual property of our suppliers. We also license or rely upon certain intellectual property from third parties, including the “back office” software and functionality for our telematics tool, MasterTrak. For a description of MasterTrak, our telematics tool, see “Business — Our Products and Industry Categories — Connected Asset Services.” Any of these third parties from which we source our power system components, from which we license intellectual property or on whose intellectual property we rely, may also supply these components (or other components that incorporate the same intellectual property) or license or provide such intellectual property, as applicable, to others, including our competitors, or terminate our access to such intellectual property.

If we face claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties, we could encounter expensive litigation, be liable for significant damages or incur restrictions on our ability to sell our products and services.

We cannot be certain that our products, services and power system technologies, including any intellectual property licensed from third parties for use therein or incorporated into components that we source from our suppliers, do not, or in the future will not, infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. We are not aware of all of the proprietary technology incorporated into, or used in developing, the components that we source and integrate into our power systems, nor are we familiar with all of the technology included in, or used in developing, products that are competitive with these components. Furthermore, the design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities we use to manufacture our power systems are technologically sophisticated, and we consider the processes by which we develop our power systems to be confidential and proprietary trade secrets. To compete in the industrial OEM market, our competitors likely also use proprietary development processes to manufacture their products. Given that neither we nor our competitors make information regarding such manufacturing and development processes available to the public, we cannot know the extent to which there may be any commonality between our respective processes and cannot be certain that we are not infringing on any intellectual property rights of others. In addition, for the above reasons, we cannot assure you that third parties will not claim that we have infringed their intellectual property rights.

We may in the future be subject to infringement claims that may result in litigation. Successful infringement claims against us could result in substantial monetary liability, require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, or otherwise materially disrupt the conduct of our business. In addition, even if we prevail in the defense of any such claims, any such litigation could be time-consuming and expensive to defend or settle, and could result in the diversion of the time and attention of management and of operational resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

stop selling and/or using the specific products and/or services incorporating the allegedly infringing technology and/or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such products and/or services;

obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license to sell and/or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; or

redesign the products and/or services that incorporate the allegedly infringing technology.

WeCompany could suffer warranty claims or be subject to product liability claims, both of which could materially and adversely affect ourits business.

From time to time, we

The Company’s power systems are sophisticated and complex, and the success of the power systems is dependent, in part, upon the quality and performance of key components, such as engines, fuel systems, generators, breakers, and complex electrical components and associated software. The Company may incur liabilities for warranty claims as a result of defective products or
17


components, including claims arising from defective products or components provided by ourits suppliers that are integrated into ourits power systems.
The provisions we makethe Company makes for warranty accrual may not be sufficient, or weit may be unable to rely on a warranty provided by a third-party manufacturer and weor recover costs incurred associated with defective components or products provided by its suppliers. The Company may recognize additional expenses as a result of warranty claims in excess of ourits current expectations. Such warranty claims may

necessitate a redesign, re-specification, a change in manufacturing processes and/or a recall of ourits power systems, which could have ana material adverse impact on our financesthe Company’s financial condition and results of operations and on existing or future sales of ourits power systems and other products. Even in the absence of any warranty claims, a product deficiency such as a manufacturing defect or a safety issue may necessitate a product recall, which could have ana material adverse impact on our financesthe Company’s financial condition and results of operations and on existing or future sales.

Our business exposes us

The Company is exposed to potential product liability claims that are inherent to natural gas, propane, gasoline and diesel and products that use these fuels. Natural gas, propane, diesel and gasoline are flammable and are potentially dangerous products. Any accidents involving ourthe Company’s power systems could materially impede widespread market acceptance and demand for ourits power systems. In addition, wethe Company may be subject to a claim by end-users of ourits OEM customers’ products or others alleging that they have suffered property damage, personal injury or death because ourits power systems or the products of ourits customers into which ourits power systems are integrated did not perform adequately. Such a claim could be made whether or not ourthe Company’s power systems perform adequately under the circumstances. From time to time, wethe Company may be subject to product liability claims in the ordinary course of business, and we carryit carries a limited amount of product liability insurance for this purpose. However, our current insurance policies may not provide sufficient or any coverage for such claims, and wethe Company cannot predict whether weit will be able to maintain our insurance coverage on commercially acceptable terms.

If we

The Company and its products are subject to numerous environmental and regulatory policies, including emission and fuel economy rules.
The Company’s business is affected by government environmental policies, mandates and regulations around the world, most significantly with respect to emission standards in the United States. Examples of such regulations include those that (i) restrict the sale of power systems that do not properly managemeet emission standards and (ii) impose penalties on sellers of noncompliant power systems.
The Company generally must obtain product certification from both the EPA and the CARB to sell its products in the United States. The Company may attempt to expand sales of ourits certified power systems to OEMs that sell their products in other countries, which may also have stringent emissions requirements. Accordingly, future sales of the Company’s products will depend upon its products being certified to meet the existing and future air quality and energy standards imposed by the relevant regulatory agencies. While the Company incurs significant research and development costs to ensure that its products comply with emission standards and meet certification requirements in the regions in which its products are sold, the Company cannot provide assurance that its products will continue to meet those standards. The failure to comply with certification requirements would not only adversely affect future sales but could result in the recall of products or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
The adoption of new, more stringent and burdensome government emissions regulations, whether at the foreign, federal, state or local level, in markets in which the Company supplies power systems may require modification of emission certification and other manufacturing processes for its power systems. The Company might incur additional and/or unanticipated expenses in meeting future compliance requirements, and it may be required to increase its research and product development expenditures. Increases in such costs and expenses could necessitate increases in the prices the Company charges for its power systems, which could adversely affect demand for such power systems. There are no assurances that the Company will have adequate financial or technical resources in the future to maintain compliance with government emissions standards.
Historically, the Company’s 6.0L and 8.8L gasoline engines qualified for the small manufacturer exemption for Phase 1 GHG under Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulation Section 1036.150(d). Starting in 2020, as a result of the Weichai ownership change in April 2019, those products no longer qualified for the exemption and must meet Phase 1 GHG standards. In order to address the impact of the transition of its emission regulation requirements in 2020 and 2021, the Company licensed its technology to a third-party small manufacturer to produce and certify the 6.0L gasoline engine and utilized averaging, banking, and trading compliance provisions for the sale of its 8.8L gasoline engine. New EPA Phase 2 GHG regulations began January 1, 2021. The Company plans to meet Phase 2 GHG standards utilizing averaging, banking, and trading compliance provisions. Future changes to the regulations and/or failure of the Company to comply with the regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.



18


Supply Chain
The Company is dependent on third-party suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these key suppliers, or the failure to find replacement suppliers or manufacturers in a timely manner, could result in supply shortages.
The Company sources engines, components and replacement parts used in the assembly of its power systems and aftermarket sales from various third-party suppliers. Much of the technology incorporated into foreign markets, ourthe components that the Company sources from a limited number of suppliers is technologically sophisticated, and the Company does not believe that its competitors have access to some of this sophisticated technology. The Company’s business could suffer.

We have salesbe harmed by adverse changes in its relationships with these suppliers, including through the management of the timing of payables, or if its competitors gain access to such technology. The viability of certain key third-party suppliers, or the exiting by certain suppliers of certain business lines, could require the Company to find other suppliers for materials or components. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in work stoppages at certain suppliers that are part of the Company’s supply chain. In early 2021, the Company experienced delays in its supply chain due to temporary shortages of raw materials and distribution activitiescontainer delays of overseas materials as bottlenecks occurred at ports in Asia and Europe,North America. This, in turn, has caused delivery delays to some of the Company’s customers. If future work stoppages were to be prolonged or expanded in scope, there could be additional supply shortages, which could continue to impact the Company’s ability to deliver its products to customers on schedule. Some components cannot be quickly or inexpensively re-sourced to another supplier due to long lead times and contractual commitments that might be required by another supplier in order to provide the components or materials. Any extended delay in receiving engines or other critical components, or the inability of third-party suppliers to meet the Company’s quality, quantity or cost requirements, could impair or prohibit the Company’s ability to deliver products to its OEM customers.

The loss of certain of the Company’s exclusive supply and distribution agreements, coupled with the Company’s inability to manufacture or source alternative products, could have a material adverse impact on its financial results.
The Company is the exclusive supplier and distributor of certain engine products sourced from certain engine manufacturers. The agreements provide the Company with the exclusive rights to distribute the associated products in certain geographic regions. The Company may not be able to extend the agreements or may not achieve acceptable pricing. For example, the Company was an exclusive supplier of the GM 6.0L engine to OEMs and GM is discontinuing the engine. The Company does not have an agreement with GM to supply on-highway OEMs with GM’s successor product to the 6.0L engine. If the Company is not able to maintain the arrangements or achieve competitive pricing, then it may need to find alternative products through either alternative supply sources or the design and manufacture of competitive products to meet customer demands. The loss of any of the exclusive supply agreements and failure to source alternative products could have a materially adverse impact on the Company’s financial results. In addition, the exclusive agreements often include minimum purchase requirements. The failure to reach the minimum purchase requirements could result in financial penalties or the loss of exclusivity that could be material to the Company.
The Company utilizes a global supply chain to source products, including engines, components and materials, which may subject it to tariffs, including U.S. tariffs imposed on imports from China. The Company also sells its products on a global basis, and therefore its export sales could be impacted by tariffs.
Several of the Company’s products are sourced internationally, including from China, where wethe United States has imposed tariffs on specified products imported from China. These tariffs have an impact on the Company’s material costs and have the potential to have an even greater impact, depending on the outcome of future trade negotiations and policies. The Company is evaluating U.S. government policy, which is subject to change in the current negotiating environment, pricing, its supply chain and its operational strategies to mitigate the impact of these tariffs; however, there can be no assurances that any mitigation strategies employed will remain available under government policy or that the Company will be able to offset tariff-related costs or maintain competitive pricing of its products. Further, the imposition of tariffs on imports from China and other countries has the potential to materially and adversely impact the Company’s sales, profitability and future product launches. The Company also sells its products on a global basis; and, therefore, its export sales could be impacted by the tariffs. Any material reduction in sales may lack sufficient expertise, knowledgehave a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of local customsoperations.
Growth and Profitability
The market for alternative-fueled, spark-ignited power systems may not continue to develop as expected.
The continued growth of the market for efficient alternative-fueled, spark-ignited power systems, including natural gas, propane and gasoline, is a key tenet of the Company’s growth strategy. The impact of diesel emission regulations is expected to increase the cost and complexity of diesel power systems, but this may not materialize to the expected extent or contacts.at all. Also, customers, or potential customers, may not substitute natural gas-, propane- and gasoline-powered power systems for diesel power systems in response to these regulations. In Asia, we dependaddition, to the extent that diesel power system manufacturers develop the ability to design and produce emission-compliant diesel power systems that are more competitive than the Company’s alternative-fueled power systems, customers and potential customers may be less likely to substitute alternative-fueled power systems for diesel power
19


systems. Furthermore, if alternative-fueled power systems are substituted for diesel power systems, there can be no assurance that the Company’s power systems would capture any portion of the potential market increase. If the industrial OEM market generally, or more specifically any of the OEM categories that represent a significant portion of the Company’s business or in which it anticipates significant growth opportunities for its power systems, fails to develop or develops more slowly than the Company anticipates, its business could be materially adversely affected.
The Company may be impacted by volatility of oil and gas prices and/or fuel price differentials.
The prices of various fuel alternatives are subject to fluctuation, based upon an independentmany factors, including global supply and demand, changes in resource base, pipeline transportation capacity for natural gas, refining capacity for crude oil, and government excise and fuel tax policies. The price differential among various fuel alternatives can impact OEMs and their decisions on which, if any, power systems they purchase from the Company. Furthermore, if OEMs do decide to purchase the Company’s power systems, relative fuel prices may affect which power systems they purchase, and the margins can vary significantly among the Company’s various power systems.
The Company may be affected by the price of oil and gas. For example, when the price of oil declines, oil becomes a more favorable source of fuel in the short term, and alternative fuel and energy producers suffer as a result. This volatility, as with any commodity, will occur from time to time and may adversely affect the Company’s business.
Also, a significant portion of the Company’s sales and profitability is derived from sales of products that are used in the oil and gas industry, primarily in support organizationof operating wells. At times of severely depressed oil prices, as was experienced in the market during 2020, oil and gas producers have curtailed capital expenditures, sometimes sharply. In addition, oil and gas producers may cease or suspend production at well sites that have or are likely to become unprofitable. As a result, sales of the Company’s products could be severely impacted during periods of a prolonged depression in energy prices, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. The Company estimates that as much as approximately $45.0 million and $105.0 million of its 2020 and 2019 net sales, respectively, were attributable to the sale of products used within the oil and gas industry. The potential impact of future disruptions, continued economic uncertainty, and continued depressed crude oil prices and low rig count levels may have a significant adverse impact that may result in the recognition of material impairments or other related charges.
The introduction of new products, including new engines that the Company develops, and the continued expansion of products in the energy and transportation markets may not succeed or achieve widespread acceptance.
The Company’s growth depends on its ability to develop and/or acquire new products and/or refine existing products and power system technology, to complement ourand enhance the breadth of its power system offerings with respect to engine class and the OEM relationshipsmarket categories into which the Company supplies its products. The Company will generally seek to develop or acquire new products, or enhance existing products and power system technology, if it believes such acquisitions or enhancements will provide knowledge of local customssignificant additional sales and requirements, while also providing immediate sales assistance and customer support.favorable profit margins. However, the Company cannot know beforehand whether any new or enhanced products will successfully penetrate target markets. There can be no assurance that wenewly developed or acquired products will perform as well as the Company expects, or that such products will gain widespread adoption among the Company’s customers.
Additionally, there are greater design and operational risks associated with new products. The inability of the Company’s suppliers to produce technologically sophisticated components for new engines and power systems, the discovery of any product or process defects or failures associated with production of any new products, and any related product returns could each have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and its results of operations. If new products that the Company expends significant resources to develop or acquire are not successful, or such products do not achieve the required production volume and scale, its business could be adversely affected.
The Company’s strategy includes production of in-house developed and manufactured engines used by OEM customers, including large transportation OEMs. The costs and regulations involved with developing and certifying an engine for transportation applications are significant and may be higher and more stringent than expected. Additionally, the stresses and demands on engines and power systems used for transportation applications could result in unexpected issues. The discovery of any significant problems with these engines could result in recall campaigns, increased warranty costs, potential product liability claims, and reputational and brand risks. Sales of the Company’s internally developed engines could lead to significantly higher warranty costs to service these engines if they do not perform to expectations.
The Company’s OEM customers may not continue to outsource their power system needs.
The purchasers of the Company’s power systems are OEMs that manufacture a wide range of applications and equipment that include standby and prime power generation, demand response, microgrid, combined heat and power, utility power, arbor equipment, material handling (including forklifts), agricultural and turf, construction, pumps and irrigation, compressors, utility vehicles, light- and medium-duty vocational trucks, and school and transit buses. As a result of the significant resources and expertise required to develop and manufacture emission-certified power systems, certain of these customers have historically
20


chosen to outsource production of power systems to the Company. To a significant extent, the Company depends on OEMs continuing to outsource design and production of power systems, power system components and subsystems. OEM customers may not continue to outsource as much or any of their power system production in the future. Increased levels of OEM vertical integration could result from a number of factors, such as shifts in the Company’s customers’ business strategies, acquisition by a customer of a power system manufacturer or the emergence of low-cost production opportunities in foreign countries. Any number of these factors could have an adverse impact on the Company’s business.
The Company currently faces, and will continue to face, significant competition.
The market for the Company’s products and related services is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and sensitive to new-product and service introductions and changes in technical requirements. New developments in power system technology may negatively affect the development or sale of some or all of the Company’s power systems or make them uncompetitive or obsolete. Other companies, some of which have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and significantly greater financial and marketing resources than the Company, are currently engaged in the development of products and technologies that are similar to, or may be competitive with, certain of the Company’s products and power system technologies. If the markets for its products grow as the Company anticipates, competition may intensify, as existing and new competitors identify opportunities in such markets.
The Company faces competition from companies that employ current power system technologies, and it may face competition in the future from additional companies as new power system technologies are adopted. Additionally, the Company may face competition from companies developing technologies such as cleaner diesel engines, biodiesel, fuel cells, advanced batteries and hybrid battery/internal combustion power systems. The Company may not be able to incorporate such technologies into its product offerings, or it may be required to devote substantial resources to do so. The success of its business depends in large part on its ability to provide single assembly, integrated, comprehensive, technologically sophisticated power systems to its customers. The development or enhancement by its competitors of similar capabilities could adversely affect the Company’s business.
Technology and Intellectual Property
Failure to keep pace with technological developments may adversely affect the Company’s operations.
The Company is engaged in an industry that will be affected by future technological developments. The Company’s success will depend upon its ability to develop and introduce, on a timely and cost-effective basis, new products, applications and processes that keep pace with technological developments and address increasingly sophisticated customer requirements. The Company may not be successful in identifying, developing and marketing new products, applications and processes, and product or process enhancements. The Company may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of product or process enhancements or new products, applications or processes. The Company’s products, applications or processes may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. If the Company were to incur delays in developing new products, applications or processes, or product or process enhancements, or if its products do not gain market acceptance, its results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
The Company could fail to adequately protect its intellectual property rights or could face claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties.
The Company believes that the success of its business depends, in substantial part, upon its proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how. The Company does not own any material patents and relies on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, along with confidentiality agreements, contractual provisions and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect its intellectual property rights. Despite the Company’s efforts to protect its intellectual property rights, existing laws afford only limited protection, and the Company’s actions may be inadequate to protect its rights or to prevent others from claiming violations of their proprietary rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect the Company’s proprietary rights as fully or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. The unauthorized use of the Company’s intellectual property rights and proprietary technology by others could materially harm its business.
In addition, the Company cannot be certain that its products, services and power system technologies, including any intellectual property licensed from third parties for use therein or incorporated into components that it sources from its suppliers, do not, or in the future will not, infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. In the future, the Company may be subject to infringement claims that may result in litigation. Successful infringement claims against the Company could result in substantial monetary liability, require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, or otherwise materially disrupt the conduct of the Company’s business. In addition, even if the Company prevails in the defense of any such claims, any such litigation could be time-consuming and expensive to defend or settle and could materially adversely affect its business.

21


Human Capital
The loss of key members of management or failure to attract and retain other highly qualified personnel could, in the future, affect the Company’s business results.
The Company’s success depends on its ability to attract, retain and motivate a highly-skilled and diverse management team and workforce. In the last six months, the Company has experienced significant leadership changes, including appointing a new Chief Executive Officer and a new Chief Financial Officer. Executive leadership transitions can be difficult to manage and could cause disruption to the Company’s business. Failure to ensure that the Company has the depth and breadth of management and personnel with the necessary skill set and experience could impede its ability to deliver growth objectives and execute its operational strategy. Competition for qualified employees among companies that rely heavily upon engineering and technology is at times intense, and the loss of qualified employees could hinder the Company’s ability to conduct research activities successfully and develop marketable products. As the Company continues to expand, it will need to promote or hire additional staff, and, as a result of increased compensation and benefit mandates, it may be difficult to attract or retain such individuals without incurring significant additional costs.
Common Stock Ownership and Stockholder Influence
Ownership of the Company’s stock is concentrated among certain current and former employees and Weichai, therefore limiting other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.
As of March 12, 2021, Weichai beneficially owned 51.3% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock. Additionally, Gary S. Winemaster, the Company’s founder, former Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, and President and nonexecutive Chief Strategy Officer, beneficially owned approximately 14.5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, and Kenneth J. Winemaster, the Company’s co-founder and Executive Vice President, beneficially owned approximately 9.7% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock. Each of these stockholders, by virtue of their significant equity ownership in the Company, may be able to significantly influence, and, in the case of Weichai, control the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not coincide with the interests of other stockholders. The concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company that other stockholders may view as beneficial. With the exercise of the Weichai Warrant, Weichai alone owns a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and, therefore, it possesses voting control over the Company sufficient to prevent any change of control from occurring.
Weichai also maintains certain rights through its Investor Rights Agreement with the Company.
Weichai entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) with the Company upon execution of the SPA. The Rights Agreement provides Weichai with representation on the Company’s Board and management representation rights. Weichai currently has four representatives on the Board which constitutes the majority of the directors serving on the Board. According to the Rights Agreement, during any period when the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, it will take such measures as to avail itself of the “controlled company” exemptions available under Rule 5615 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules of Rules 5605(b), (d) and (e). With Weichai being the majority owner of the Company’s outstanding shares of its Common Stock, Weichai will be able to maintain our current relationshipexercise control over matters requiring stockholders’ approval, including the election of the Directors, amendment of the Company’s Charter and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions impractical without the support of Weichai.
The continued delisting of its Common Stock could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The historical failure to timely file its periodic reports with this independent sales and support organization, or that we will be able to develop effective, similar relationships in foreign markets into which we supply our productsthe SEC resulted in the future.

Growing Company not being in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5250(c)(1), which requires listed companies to timely file all required periodic financial reports with the SEC, and triggered the delisting of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company’s delisting and potential inability to remediate failures to comply with applicable NASDAQ rules to be relisted could have a material adverse effect on the Company by, among other things, reducing:

the liquidity of its Common Stock;
the market for our products in Asiaprice of its Common Stock;
the number of institutional and other marketsinvestors that will consider investing in its Common Stock;
the number of market makers in its Common Stock;
the availability of information concerning the trading prices and volume of its Common Stock;
22


the number of broker-dealers willing to execute trades in shares of its Common Stock;
the Company’s ability to obtain equity financing for the continuation of its operations;
the Company’s ability to use its equity as consideration in any merger transaction; and
the effectiveness of equity-based compensation plans for its employees used to attract and retain individuals important to the Company’s operations.
NOLs and Future Tax Payments
The Company’s inability to generate sufficient taxable income in the future may limit the Company’s ability to use net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards to reduce future tax payments.
The Company has NOL carryforwards with which to offset its future taxable income for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes. If the Company should fail to generate a sufficient level of taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforward periods, then it will lose the ability to apply the NOLs as offsets to future taxable income. Similar limitations also apply to certain U.S. federal tax credits.
General Risk Factors
The Company is exposed to, and may be adversely affected by, potential security breaches or other disruptions to its information technology systems and data security.
The Company relies on its information technology systems and networks in connection with many of its business activities. The Company’s operations routinely involve receiving, storing, processing and transmitting sensitive information pertaining to its business, customers, dealers, suppliers, employees and other sensitive matters. Cyber incidents could materially disrupt operational systems, result in loss of trade secrets or other proprietary or competitively sensitive information, compromise personally identifiable information regarding customers or employees, and jeopardize the security of the Company’s facilities. A cyber incident could be caused by malicious outsiders using sophisticated methods to circumvent firewalls, encryption and other security defenses. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, the Company may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. Information technology security threats, including security breaches, computer malware and other cyber-attacks, are increasing in both frequency and sophistication and could create financial liability, subject the Company to legal or regulatory sanctions, or damage its reputation with customers, dealers, suppliers and other stakeholders. The Company continuously seeks to maintain a robust program of information security and controls, but the impact of a material information technology event could have a material adverse effect on its reputation and results of operations.
The Company is exposed to political, economic and other risks, in addition to various laws and regulations that arise from operating a multinational business.
The Company sells products internationally and sources a significant amount of materials from suppliers outside of the United States may take longer and cost more to develop than we anticipate andU.S. Accordingly, the Company is subject to the political, economic and other risks that are inherent in operating a multinational company, including risks including unexpected changes in government policies, related to the following:
general economic conditions;
the imposition of tariffs and other import or export barriers, which could potentially disrupt the Company’s existing supply chains and impose additional costs on the Company’s business;
trade barriers restricting our ability to sell our products in those countries, longer payment cycles, exposure to and technology protection measures;
compliance with regulations governing import and export activities;
import and export duties and restrictions;
currency fluctuations and foreign exchange controls that restrictrestrictions;
transportation delays and interruptions;
potentially adverse income tax consequences;
political and economic instability;
terrorist activities;
labor unrest;
natural disasters; and
23


public health concerns including the potential negative impacts to suppliers, customers or prohibit repatriation of funds. Asthe Company’s business as a result if we do not properly manage foreign sales, ourof the COVID-19 pandemic.
Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.
The COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted the Company’s business in 2020 and will likely have future impacts in 2021 and beyond. Furthermore, the extent and duration of such impacts over the longer term remain uncertain and dependent on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the coronavirus, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions taken, including mobility restrictions and work restrictions, and the impact of these and other factors on the Company’s customer base, suppliers, and general commercial activity.
Also, the Company is subject to, and may become subject to, various state, federal and international laws and regulations governing its business, environmental, labor, trade and tax practices. These laws and regulations, particularly those applicable to the Company’s international operations, are or may be complex, extensive and subject to change. The Company needs to ensure that it and its OEM customers and suppliers timely comply with such laws and regulations, which may result in increased operating costs. Other legislation has been, and may in the future be, enacted in other locations in which the Company manufactures or sells its products. If the Company or its component suppliers fail to timely comply with applicable legislation, its customers may refuse to purchase its products, or it may face increased operating costs as a result of taxes, fines or penalties. In connection with complying with such environmental laws and regulations as well as with industry environmental initiatives, the standards of business conduct required by some of its customers and its commitment to sound corporate citizenship in all aspects of its business, the Company could suffer.

incur substantial compliance and operating costs and be subject to disruptions to its operations and logistics. In addition, our foreignif the Company were found to be in violation of these laws or noncompliant with these initiatives or standards of conduct, it could be subject to governmental fines, liability to its customers and damage to its reputation and corporate brand, any of which could cause its financial condition or results of operations to suffer.

Lastly, the Company’s overseas sales are subject us to numerous stringent U.S. and foreign laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and comparable foreign laws and regulations, which prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Safeguards that we may implementthe Company implements to discourage these practices could prove to be ineffective, and violations of the FCPA and other laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, or other liabilities or proceedings against us,the Company, including class action lawsuits and enforcement actions from the SEC, Department of Justicethe USAO and overseas regulators. Any of these factors, or any other international factors, could impair ourthe Company’s ability to effectively sell ourits power systems, or other products or services that weit may develop, outside of the U.S.

If our production facilities become inoperable, our business, including our ability to manufacture our power systems, will be harmed.

We operate our business, including all of our production and manufacturing processes, out of facilities thatUnited States.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.    Properties.
The Company’s operations are located in West Suburban Illinois, Darien, Wisconsin and Madison Heights, Michigan. If damaged, our10 leased facilities our manufacturing lines,in the equipment we use to perform our emission certification and other tests and our other business process systems would be costly to replace and could require substantial time to repair or replace. We are particularly subject to this risk becauseUnited States, totaling approximately 1.0 million square feet of the current geographic concentration of our facilitiesfloor space. The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in Wood Dale, Illinois, which accounted for over 83%a suburb of our fiscal 2015 net sales. OurChicago.
The Company’s primary manufacturing, assembly, engineering, research and development, sales and distribution facilities may be harmed or rendered

inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including inclement weather, earthquakes, wildfires, floods, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaksare located in suburban Chicago, Illinois and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to efficiently operate our business for some period of time. In addition, such events may temporarily interrupt our ability to receive engines, fuel systems or other components for our power systems from our suppliers and to have access to our various production systems necessary to operate our business. Our insurance covering damage to our properties and the disruption of our business may not be sufficient to coverDarien, Wisconsin.

The Company believes that all of our potential lossesits facilities have been adequately maintained, are in good operating condition and are suitable for its current needs. These facilities are expected to meet the Company’s needs in the foreseeable future.
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.
See Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for a discussion of legal proceedings, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
24


PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
    Securities.
The Company’s Common Stock traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol “PSIX” from May 28, 2013 through April 18, 2017. The Company’s Common Stock was suspended from trading on NASDAQ effective at the open of business on April 19, 2017 (and subsequently delisted) and began trading on the OTC Pink marketplace (“OTCPink”), operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (“OTC Market”) on that date under “PSIX.”
The OTCPink is a quotation system and not a national securities exchange, and many companies have experienced limited liquidity when traded through this quotation system. The quotations represent inter-dealer prices without adjustment for retail markups, markdowns or commissions, and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

In the event our facilities are damaged or destroyed, we may need to find another facility into which we can move our operations. Finding a facility that meets the criteria necessary to operate our business would be time-consuming and costly and result in delays in our ability to provide our sophisticated power systems or to provide the same level of quality in our services as we currently provide.

We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters.

Our workforce consists of full-time and part-time employees, as well as members of our production team whose services we obtain through an arrangement with a professional employer organization. While none of the members of our workforce are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement, there have been unsuccessful efforts to unionize our manufacturing employees in the past, and there can be no assurance that members of our workforce will not in the future join a union. If our employees organize and join a union in the future, there can be no assurance that future issues with our workforce will be resolved favorably or that we will not encounter future strikes, work stoppages or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our employees. Any of these consequences may have an adverse effect on us or may limit our flexibility in dealing with our workforce.

In addition, many of our suppliers have unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by our material suppliers could result in slow-downs or closures at the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers from where our power system components are sourced. If one or more of our key suppliers experience a material work stoppage, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our business could be adversely affected by increased compensation costs or difficulties in attracting staff for our business including those related to our acquisitions.

Compensation is a significant component of our operating costs, and we believe talented and hardworking staff are a key part of our success. We devote significant resources to training our staff. Increased compensation costs due to factors like additional taxes or benefit costs, including the requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as well as competition, increased minimum wage requirements, and other benefit mandates that may be required in the future could adversely impact our operating results. Our success depends in part on our ability to hire, motivate, and retain qualified staff. As we continue to expand, we will need to promote or hire additional staff, and it may be difficult to attract or retain such individuals as a result of these increased compensation and benefit mandates without incurring significant additional costs.

The loss of one or more key members of our senior management, or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depends to a significant degree on the skills and continued services of our management team, in particular Gary Winemaster, our Chief Executive Officer and President, Eric Cohen, our Chief Operating Officer and Michael Lewis, our Chief Financial Officer, as well as other members of management and key employees of our affiliates and subsidiaries. The loss of any of our key members of management could inhibit our growth prospects, limit our acquisition and joint venture opportunities or impede upon our integration of acquired businesses, technologies services or products, including Powertrain Integration, LLC and Professional Power Products, Inc. Our future success also depends in large part on our ability to attract,

retain and motivate key management, engineering, manufacturing and operating personnel. As we develop additional capabilities, we may require more skilled personnel. Given the highly specialized nature of our power systems, these personnel must be highly skilled and have a sound understanding of our industry, business and our technology. The market for such personnel is highly competitive. As a result, we may not be able to continue to attract and retain the personnel needed to support our business.

Our products could become subject to additional emissions regulations under the EPA if our headcount exceeds threshold amounts codified under federal regulations in the U. S and the compliance cost and development timing required to support these potential additional regulations could adversely affect or operating results.

We currently qualify for an exemption for Phase I Greenhouse Gas Emissions under 40 CFR Section 1036.150(d). Failure to qualify for this exemption could have a material adverse effect on our ability to sell our products to some of our largest customers. While we are aware of and are planning to comply with such regulations should the regulations change or if the exemption is no longer available, the cost and development of compliance could adversely affect our operating results.

Governmental regulation in one or more of the following areas may adversely affect our existing and future operations and financial results, including harming our ability to expand or by increasing our operating costs.

We are subject to various federal and state laws governing our relationship with and other matters pertaining to our staff, including wage and hour laws, requirements to provide meal and rest periods or other benefits, family leave mandates, requirements regarding working conditions and accommodations to certain employees, citizenship or work authorization and related requirements, insurance and workers’ compensation rules and anti-discrimination laws. Complying with these rules can be cumbersome and subjects us to substantial expense. These rules can also expose us to liabilities arising from claims for non-compliance. We could suffer losses from, and we could incur legal costs to defend lawsuits or claims, and the amount of such losses or costs could be significant. In addition, several states and localities in which we operate and the federal government from time to time have enacted minimum wage increases, paid sick leave and mandatory vacation accruals, and similar requirements and such changes, when enacted, could increase our compensation costs and have an adverse impact on our operating results.

We are subject to state and federal immigration laws, and the U.S. Congress and Department of Homeland Security from time to time consider or implement changes to Federal immigration laws, regulations or enforcement programs. Changes in immigration or work authorization laws may increase our obligations for compliance and oversight, which could subject us to additional costs and make our hiring process more cumbersome, or reduce the availability of potential qualified staff. Although we require all workers to provide us with government-specified documentation evidencing their employment eligibility, some of our staff may, without our knowledge, be unauthorized workers. Ineligible staff may subject us to fines or penalties, and we could experience adverse publicity that negatively impacts our business, disrupted operations and difficulty hiring and retaining qualified staff. Claims arising from inadequate documentation of the eligibility of our staff as a result of not fully complying with all recordkeeping obligations of federal and state immigration compliance laws could result in other penalties and costs that could have a material adverse effect our operating results.

We are also audited from time to time for compliance with citizenship or work authorization requirements. Unauthorized staff may subject us to fines or penalties, and if any of our staff are found to be unauthorized our business may be disrupted as we try to replace lost staff with other qualified individuals. On the other hand, in the event we wrongfully reject work authorization documents, or if our compliance procedures are found to have a disparate impact on a protected class, such as a racial minority or based on the citizenship status of applicants, we could be found to be in violation of anti-discrimination laws. We could experience adverse publicity arising from enforcement activity related to work authorization compliance, anti-discrimination compliance, or both, that negatively impacts our business, adversely impacts our operating results, and may make it more difficult to hire and retain qualified staff.

We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures, including those in the Asian markets.

From time to time, we may seek to expand our business through investments in, joint ventures with or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, subject to our business plans and management’s ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing industrial OEM market categories and geographic markets. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including: (1) difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure; (2) potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations; (3) difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position; (4) difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided; (5) potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses; (6) overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements; (7) increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets; (8) challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business; (9) failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and (10) loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases.

We may be subject to some or all of the risks and uncertainties described above in connection with our acquisition of Professional Power Products, Inc., particularly because it was the first acquisition we completed, or any of the acquisitions made during 2015. See Note 3, “Acquisitions”, to our consolidated financial statements for further details. The economic benefits, cost savings and other synergies that we anticipate as a result of that transaction may not be fully realized or may take longer to realize than we expect. Furthermore, the operating results of these acquisitions may be more volatile and less predictable than those of our core business. In addition, we incurred substantial additional indebtedness to finance the cash purchase price we paid to acquire these operations, reducing our capacity to borrow additional amounts and requiring us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new technologies and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry.

If we were to pursue future acquisition or investment opportunities, the potential risks could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, under the terms of our credit facility, we may be restricted from engaging in certain acquisitionnecessarily represent actual transactions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and capital resources.”

In 2012, we entered into a joint venture with another entity for the purpose of manufacturing, assembling and selling certain power systems into the Asian market, and specifically to distribute such power systems from the joint venture’s manufacturing facility in China. The facility in China was completed in 2013 and manufacturing is due to commence in the near future. Further, in late 2014, we entered into a joint venture with a worldwide construction and utility equipment manufacturer headquartered in South Korea. The joint venture, equally owned by both companies, will leverage the strengths of each to design, develop, produce, market and distribute industrial gas power systems to the global market. There can be no assurances that the joint ventures will be successful. The formation of the ventures and establishment of the businesses will require significant management and capital resources and there can be no assurances that such resources will be available. Operations at the joint ventures could expose us to risks inherent in such activities, such as protection of our intellectual property, economic and political stability, labor matters, language and cultural differences, including cultural differences that could be construed as violations of U.S. or other anti-bribery laws; and the need to manage product development, operations and sales activities that are located a long distance from our

headquarters. The management of new product development activities and the sharing or transfer of technological capabilities to the joint ventures will expose us to risks. In addition, from time to time in the future, our joint venture partners may have economic or business interests or goals that are different from ours. Furthermore, each joint venture will require us to make equity contributions from time to time up to specified amounts. If each joint venture business does not progress according to our plans and anticipated timing, our investment in the joint ventures may not be considered successful.

Failure to raise additional capital or to generate the significant capital necessary to continue our growth could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. Our current credit facility and our indenture governing our 5.50% Senior Notes contain covenants restricting our ability to enter into additional debt financing. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and capital resources — Credit agreement” for a description of our credit facility and indenture. We may offer and sell up to $150,000,000 of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, depositary shares, warrants, subscription rights, stock purchase contracts and units under a universal shelf registration statement. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the per share value of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in additional debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, and take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of our stockholders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not, among other things, be able to:

continue to expand our research and product development operations and sales and marketing organization;
Quarterly Period *
HighLow
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
First quarter$13.25 $4.00 
Second quarter7.00 3.64 
Third quarter4.30 2.50 
Fourth quarter5.36 2.40 
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
First quarter$9.20 $6.69 
Second quarter11.49 7.03 
Third quarter10.75 6.70 
Fourth quarter7.49 3.55 

expand operations both organically and through acquisitions; or

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

We are and will continue to be subject to foreign laws, rules and regulations as our business expands into these foreign markets and cannot be certain as to our continued compliance and costs related thereto.

We are subject to, and may become subject to additional, state, federal and international laws and regulations governing our environmental, labor, trade and tax practices. These laws and regulations, particularly those applicable to our international operations, are or may be complex, extensive and subject to change. We will need to ensure that we and our OEM customers and suppliers timely comply with such laws and regulations, which may result in an increase in our operating costs. For example, in August 2012, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted final rules to implement Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act intended to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries, which obligates us to conduct a reasonable country of origin inquiry with respect to conflict minerals included in components of products we directly manufacture, contract to manufacture and purchase to include in products. Other legislation has been, and may in the future be, enacted in other locations where we manufacture or sell our products. In addition, climate change and financial reform legislation in the United States is a significant topic of discussion and has generated and may continue to generate federal or other regulatory responses in the near future. If we or our component suppliers fail to timely comply with applicable legislation, our customers may refuse to purchase our products or we may face increased operating costs as a result of taxes, fines or penalties, which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In connection with our compliance with such environmental laws and regulations, as well as our compliance with industry environmental initiatives, the standards of business conduct required by some of our customers, and our commitment to sound corporate citizenship in all aspects of our business, we could incur substantial compliance

and operating costs and be subject to disruptions to our operations and logistics. In addition, if we were found to be in violation of these laws or noncompliant with these initiatives or standards of conduct, we could be subject to governmental fines, liability to our customers and damage to our reputation and corporate brand which could cause our financial condition or operating results to suffer.

We could become liable for damages resulting from our manufacturing activities.

The nature of our manufacturing operations exposes us to potential claims and liability for environmental damage, personal injury, loss of life and damage to, or destruction of, property. Our manufacturing operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations that govern environmental protection and human health and safety. These laws and regulations have changed frequently in the past and it is reasonable to expect additional and more stringent changes in the future. Our manufacturing operations may not comply with future laws and regulations, and we may be required to make significant unanticipated capital and operating expenditures to bring our operations within compliance with such regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, manufacturing guidelines, and workplace safety requirements, governmental authorities may seek to impose fines and penalties on us or to revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of operating permits, and private parties may seek damages from us. Under such circumstances, we could be required to curtail or cease operations, conduct site remediation or other corrective action, or pay substantial damage claims for which we may not have sufficient or any insurance coverage for claims.

We may have unanticipated tax liabilities that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to various types of taxes in the U.S., as well as foreign jurisdictions into which we supply our products. The determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax accruals involves various judgments, and therefore the ultimate tax determination is subject to uncertainty. Also, changes in tax laws, regulations, or rules may adversely affect our future reported financial results, may impact the way in which we conduct our business, or may increase the risk of audit by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authority. In addition, in our normal course of business, we are subject to Internal Revenue Service audit or other audit by state, local and foreign tax authorities. The final determinations of any tax audits in the U.S. or abroad could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. If any taxing authority disagrees with the positions taken by us on our tax returns, we could incur additional tax liabilities, including interest and penalties.

Changes in accounting standards or inaccurate estimates or assumptions in applying accounting policies could adversely affect us.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations and are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. If those assumptions, estimates or judgments were incorrectly made, we could be required to correct and restate prior-period financial statements.

The Company has significant goodwill and amortizable intangible assets. An impairment of goodwill or amortizable intangible assets could result in a significant charge to earnings.

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we test goodwill for impairment at least annually and review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill would also be tested for impairment when factors might indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. One such factor may be reduced cash flow estimates. Another factor could be a sustained decline in our stock price which reduces our market capitalization

below our book value. We would be required to record a charge in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or amortizable intangible assets is determined.

Impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.

Future events may occur that might adversely affect the reported value of our assets and require impairment charges. Such events may include, but are not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to changes in economic and competitive conditions, the impact of the economic environment on our customer base, a material adverse change in our relationship with significant customers or business partners, or a sustained decline in our stock price.

We evaluate the impact of economic and other developments on the Company. We currently utilize market capitalization to assess the fair value of the Company. If our total market capitalization is below reported consolidated stockholders’ equity at a future reporting date and for a sustained period, we would consider this an indicator of potential impairment of goodwill. As a result, we may be required to perform additional impairment tests based on changes in the economic environment and other factors, to corroborate an initial indication of impairment, and such corroboration could result in an impairment charge at that time.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Common Stock

We incur significant costs and demands upon management and accounting and finance resources as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies; any failure to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or to recruit, train and retain necessary accounting and finance personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to accurately and timely prepare our financial statements.

As a public operating company, we incur significant administrative, legal, accounting and other burdens and expenses beyond those of a private company, including those associated with corporate governance requirements, public company reporting obligations and NASDAQ listing requirements. In particular, we have needed to enhance and supplement our internal accounting resources with additional accounting and finance personnel with the requisite technical and public company experience and expertise, as well as refine our quarterly and annual financial statement closing process, to enable us to satisfy such reporting obligations.

Furthermore, we are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures and prepare annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These assessments must include disclosure of identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The existence of one or more material weaknesses could affect the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting. Testing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting involves significant costs and could divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. Additionally, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in remediating any deficiencies that may be identified. If we are unable to remediate any such deficiencies or otherwise fail to establish and maintain adequate accounting systems and internal control over financial reporting, or we are unable to continue to recruit, train and retain necessary accounting and finance personnel, we may not be able to accurately and timely prepare our financial statements and otherwise satisfy our public reporting obligations. Any inaccuracies in our financial statements or other public disclosures (in particular if resulting in the need to restate previously filed financial statements), or delays in our making required SEC filings, could have a material adverse effect on the confidence in our financial reporting, our credibility in the marketplace and the trading price of our common stock.

In prior periods, as a “smaller reporting company,” we were able to take advantage of an exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As we no longer

qualify as a smaller reporting company, compliance with these auditor attestation requirements have required additional costs and significant time and resources from our management and finance and accounting personnel. See “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures,” for Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Furthermore, we are now deemed to be an “accelerated filer” and are subject to time constraints with respect to our financial and public reporting obligations. While we used every effort to plan accordingly for this reporting obligation and NASDAQ listing requirements we cannot be certain that our planning will continue to be effective and timely. The reporting obligations pertain not only to the finance and accounting departments, but impact almost all employees, processes and technology throughout our company.

In addition, our management team must continue to adapt to other requirements of being a public company. We need to devote significant resources to address these public company-associated requirements, including compliance programs and investor relations, as well as our financial reporting obligations. We incur substantial legal and financial compliance costs as a result of complying with these rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

As of February 22, 2016, Gary Winemaster, our Chairman ofMarch 12, 2021, the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Kenneth Winemaster, Senior Vice President, beneficially owned in the aggregate approximately 56.29% of our outstanding shares of common stock. On a fully-diluted basis, assuming the exercise of all outstanding warrants and outstanding stock appreciation rights, such individuals beneficially owned in the aggregate approximately 53.68% of our outstanding shares of common stock. As of February 22, 2016, Gary Winemaster alone beneficially owned approximately 36.02% of our outstanding shares of common stock. On a fully diluted basis, assuming the exercise of all outstanding warrants and outstanding stock appreciation rights, Gary Winemaster alone beneficially owned approximately 34.34% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

As a result of Messrs. Winemasters’ beneficial ownership of a significant majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, these stockholders can exercise control over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our articles of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions impossible without the support of these stockholders.

The price of our stock may be volatile and may decline in value.

The trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including the price of oil and gas or other fuel sources, some of which are beyond our control. The stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies with securities traded in those markets. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of companies’ stock, including ours, regardless of actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Future sales by us or our existing stockholders could depress the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock, or the perception that sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. We may offer and sell up to $150,000,000 of common

stock, preferred stock, debt securities, depositary shares, warrants, subscription rights, stock purchase contracts and units and certain selling stockholders may offer to sell up to 500,000 shares of common stock under a universal shelf registration. If we or our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock, or if we sell additional securities that are convertible into common stock, in the future, the market price of our common stock similarly could decline. Further, even the perception in the public market that we or our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could depress the market price of our common stock.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.

From time to time, we release guidance regarding our future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which consists of forward-looking statements, is prepared by our management and is qualified by, and subject to, the assumptions and the other information contained or referred to in the release. Our guidance is not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the guidance and, accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. Guidance is based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, is inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. The principal reason that we release this data is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such persons. Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance, and the variations may be material. Investors should also recognize that the reliability of any forecasted financial data diminishes the farther in the future that the data is forecast. In light of the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in context and not to place undue reliance on it. Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K could result in the actual operating results being different than the guidance, and such differences may be adverse and material.

We have discretion in the use of borrowings under our revolving line of credit and may use them in a manner in which our stockholders would not consider appropriate.

Our management has broad discretion in the application of the borrowings under our revolving line of credit. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend these funds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

In addition to the concentration of ownership described under “Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions” above, which will prevent any attempt to acquire control of our company not supported by these significant stockholders, our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our organizational documents, include provisions authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which may be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. Provisions of Delaware law may also have anti-takeover effects. Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our stockholders may experience significant dilution if future equity offerings are used to fund operations or acquire complementary businesses.

If we engage in capital raising activities in the future, including issuances of common stock, to fund the growth of our business, our stockholders could experience significant dilution. In addition, securities issued in connection with future financing activities or potential acquisitions may have rights and preferences senior to the rights and preferences of our common stock.

During 2012, we adopted the 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan, which was amended in 2013 to increase the number of shares available for awards pursuant to this plan. The issuance of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of any equity awards granted pursuant to this plan may result in dilution to our stockholders and adversely affect our earnings.

If securities or industry analysts cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the extent to which industry or securities analysts publish research and reports about us, our business, our market or our competitors and what they publish in those reports. Any analysts that do cover us may make adverse recommendations regarding our stock, adversely change their recommendations from time to time, and/or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors. If any analyst who covers us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The payment of dividends is currently restricted by our credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and the indenture governing our 5.50% Senior Notes with a final maturity in 2018. We intend to retain our future earnings to support operations and to finance expansion and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Because we do not anticipate paying dividends in the future, the only opportunity to realize the value of our common stock will likely be through an appreciation in value and a sale of those shares. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which a stockholder purchased his, her or its shares.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

Item 2.Properties.

We operate within approximately an aggregate of 818,000 square feet of space in four facilities located in the Chicago, Illinois area, one located in Darien, Wisconsin and one located in Madison Heights, Michigan. The following table lists the location of each of our six facilities materially important to our business (one of which we own, and the others of which are leased by us), that facility’s principal use, the approximate square footage of that facility, and the current lease expiration date (to the extent applicable):

Location

Principal Use

Square FootageLease Expiration

Wood Dale, Illinois

Research & Development42,000Owned

Darien, Wisconsin

Company Offices; Finance; Human Resources; Production; Warehousing & Distribution; Sales Support134,000March 31, 2021

Wood Dale, Illinois

Executive Offices; Production; Warehousing & Distribution; Sales Support261,000July 31, 2018

Wood Dale, Illinois

Corporate Offices; Finance; Human Resources; Production Warehousing116,000July 31, 2018

Itasca, Illinois

Research & Development; Production197,000July 31, 2023

Madison Heights, Michigan

Company Offices; Production; Warehousing & Distribution; Sales Support; Finance; Human Resources47,000September 30, 2016

The facilities collectively house our manufacturing operations. As noted above, we have expanded the square footage in which we operate and believe our newly expanded facilities are adequate to meet our current and future needs.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, in the normal course of business, we are a party to various legal proceedings. We do not expect that any currently pending proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol PSIX. The table below sets forth the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market for the last two fiscal years.

   High   Low 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

    

First Quarter

  $  66.61    $40.83  

Second Quarter

  $69.79    $49.28  

Third Quarter

  $54.44    $22.09  

Fourth Quarter

  $28.92    $16.75  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

    

First Quarter

  $87.40    $56.53  

Second Quarter

  $88.96    $66.03  

Third Quarter

  $79.50    $58.03  

Fourth Quarter

  $74.57    $43.74  

As of February 22, 2016, the last reported sale price for our common stock on The NASDAQ Capitalthe Company’s Common Stock, as reported by the OTC Market, was $10.76$6.82 per share.

Holders

As of February 22, 2016,March 12, 2021, there were approximately 32900 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is significantly greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

the Company’s Common Stock.

Dividend Policy

We have

The Company has not paid any cash dividends on our common stockits Common Stock to date. The payment of dividends is currently restricted by our credit agreement withthe Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement and was restricted by the Wells Fargo Bank, National AssociationCredit Agreement and the indenture governing our 5.50%the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2018. We intendNotes. The Company intends to retain ourits future earnings to support operations, and to finance expansion. See “Management’sexpansion and reduce debt.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During 2020 and 2019, the Company did not repurchase any equity securities.
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.
The Company is a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and it is not required to provide the information under this item.
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Credit Agreements” below for a further discussion regarding restrictions on the payment of dividends under our credit facility and indenture.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Compensation Plans

See Item 12, Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Compensation Plans.

Performance Graph

Comparison of the Russell 2000 and our Peer group

The basis of comparison is a $100 investment at April of 2012 in each of: (i) Power Solutions International, Inc., (ii) our Peer Group (which consists of Westport Innovations, Inc., Fuel Systems Solutions, Inc. and Woodward, Inc.), and (iii) the Russell 2000. The Company believes the companies included in this index provide the most representative sample of enterprises that are in primary lines of business that are similar to Power Solutions International, Inc. The above graph, including the related table is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed to be “filed” with the SEC and is not incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not make any repurchases of equity securities.

Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

   Year ended
December 31,
2015
   Year ended
December 31,
2014
   Year ended
December 31,
2013
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
   Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Results of operations data

         

Net sales

  $389,446    $347,995    $237,842   $202,342    $154,969  

Operating income

   9,195     26,044     14,967    12,316     9,805  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   13,890     34,539     (14,001  10,845     6,834  

Net income (loss)

  $14,278    $23,726    $(18,760 $6,702    $4,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings

  $14,278    $23,726    $(18,760 $6,702    $4,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings allocable to Series A convertible preferred shares

  $—      $—      $—     $—      $2,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings allocable to common shares

  $14,278    $23,726    $(18,760 $6,702    $1,548  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (a)

         

Basic

   10,808,005     10,706,780     9,779,457    9,068,846     3,512,534  

Diluted

   11,073,647     11,131,617     9,779,457    9,068,846     3,512,534  

Earnings per share – basic Common shares

  $1.32    $2.22    $(1.92 $0.74    $0.44  

Earnings per share – diluted Common shares

  $0.45    $1.58    $(1.92 $0.74    $0.44  
   As of
December 31,
2015
   As of
December 31,
2014
   As of
December 31,
2013
  As of
December 31,
2012
   As of
December 31,
2011
 

Balance sheet data

         

Total assets (b)

  $359,936    $262,637    $126,619   $90,765    $71,083  

Total liabilities

   253,639     171,838     76,198    68,031     55,759  

Long-term obligations (c)

   154,377     95,790     43,813    35,367     3,917  

Common stockholders’ equity

   106,297     90,799     50,421    22,734     15,324  

(a)On July 16, 2013, the Company closed an underwritten public offering of 2,005,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $35.00 per share. The Company sold 1,050,000 shares of its common stock, and certain selling stockholders, sold 955,000 shares of common stock in the offering. The proceeds to the Company, net of the underwriter’s fees and expenses, were $34,530,000 before deducting offering expenses of approximately $514,000 paid by the Company. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

(b)During 2015 and 2014, the Company made four acquisitions collectively. Refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to the consolidated financial statements, for a further discussion of these acquisitions.

(c)

Prior to 2012, the Company’s revolving line of credit was required to be classified as a current liability on its consolidated balance sheet. The revolving line of credit was classified as a long-term obligation as of December 31, 2012 and thereafter on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Accordingly, the long-term obligation amount reported herein as of December 31, 2011 excludes the revolving line of credit. The revolving line of credit was $97,299,000, $78,030,000, $17,933,000, $30,942,000 and $19,666,000 as of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On April 24, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with certain institutional investors for a private sale of an aggregate amount of $55.0 million of the Company’s unsecured 5.50% Senior Notes. The sale closed on April 29, 2015. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company entered into an indenture agreement dated April 29,

2015, by and among the Company, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, and the Company’s subsidiaries as guarantors. The Company received net proceeds of $53,483,000 after financing costs of $1,517,000. Refer to Note 8, “Debt” to the consolidated financial statements, for a further discussion of this long-term obligation.

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Operations.

The following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements about ourthe Company’s business financial condition and consolidated results of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, including discussions about management’s expectations for ourthe Company’s business. These statements represent projections, beliefs and expectations based on current circumstances and conditions and in light of recent events and trends, and youthese statements should not construe these statementsbe construed either as assurances of performance or as promises of a given course of action. Instead, various known and unknown factors are likely to cause ourthe Company’s actual performance and management’s actions to vary, and the results of these variances may be both material and adverse. A description of material factors known to usthe Company that may cause ourits results to vary, or may cause management to deviate from its current plans and expectations, is set forth under “Risk Factors.”Factors” in this report. See “Cautionary Note Regarding also
25


Forward-Looking Statements.” The following discussion should also be read in conjunction with ourthe Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notesNotes included in this report.

Executive Overview

Organization

We design, manufacture, distribute

The Company designs, engineers, manufactures, markets and support power systems and large custom-engineered integrated electrical power generation systems for industrial OEMs acrosssells a broad range of industries including stationary electricity power generation, oil and gas, material handling, aerial work platforms, industrial sweepers, arbor, welding, airport ground support, turf, agricultural, construction and irrigation. We also develop and deliver power systems aimed at on road-markets including medium duty fleets, delivery trucks, school buses and garbage trucks. Our engineering personnel design and test power system solutions and components supporting those solutions. We operate as one business and geographic operating segment. Accordingly, the following discussion is based upon this presentation.

Net sales

We generate revenues and cash primarily from the sale of off-highway industrial power systems and aftermarket parts to industrial OEMsadvanced, emission-certified engines and power systems to on-road markets. Our productsthat run on a wide variety of clean, alternative fuels, including natural gas, propane, and services are sold predominantly to customers throughout North America, as well as, to customers located throughout the Pacific Rim and Europe. Net sales are derived from gross sales less sales returns and/or sales discounts.

Cost of sales

We manufacture and assemble our products at our primary facilities in suburban Chicago, Illinois, Darien, Wisconsin and Madison Heights, Michigan. Materials used to manufacture and assemble our power systems account for the most significant component of our costs. Our cost of sales includes, labor, freight, depreciation and other inventoriable costs such as allocated overhead. Additionally, we also include the costs to procure materials and service our products as components of our cost of sales.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses include research & development and engineering, selling and service and general and administrative expenses. Research & development and engineering expense includes both internal personnel costs and expenses associated with outsourced third party engineering relationships. Research & development and engineering activities are staff intensive. Costs incurred primarily consist of salaries and benefits for professional engineers, materials used in the development of new products and applications, and amounts paid to

third parties under contractual engineering agreements. Research & development and engineering staff focus on advanced product development, application design, customer product support and other engineering related activities. Our advanced product development and application design staff primarily focus on current and future product design, prototyping, testing and application development activities. Our customer product support group provides dedicated engineering and technical attention to customer production support, including a direct communication link with our internal operations.

Selling and service expense represents the costs of our sales team, an aftermarket sales group and certain costs associated with field service and support of our products. We utilize a direct sales and marketing approach to maintain maximum customer interface and service support. Salaries and benefits, together with expenses associated with travel, account for the majority of the costs in this category.

General and administrative expense principally represents costs of our corporate office and personnel that provide management, accounting, finance, human resources, information systems and related services which support the organization. In addition to salaries and benefits, costs include public company expenses, consulting and professional services fees, insurance premiums, banking fees and other general facility and administrative support costs.

Amortization expense principally represents costs associated with the amortization of certain acquisition-related intangible assets.

Other (income) expense

Other (income) expense includes interest expense on our revolving line of credit and other obligations upon which we pay interest, changes in the valuation of the warrants issued in the private placement that closed on April 29, 2011, and other pre-tax transactions. The change in the valuation of our private placement warrants liability is based upon fluctuations in the market price of our common stock which can vary significantly from period to period. Other (income) expense may also include other non-operating expenses from time to time, such as a loss on debt extinguishment, valuation adjustments associated with acquisition activity, and other matters which are not otherwise considered operating income or expense.

2015 Significant developments

5.50% Senior Notes Due 2018

On April 24, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement with certain institutional investors for a private sale of an aggregate amount of $55.0 million in unsecured 5.50% Senior Notes. The sale closed on April 29, 2015. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we entered into an indenture agreement dated April 29, 2015, by and among us, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, and our subsidiaries as guarantors. We received net proceeds of $53,483,000 after financing costs of $1,517,000. The Senior Notes are unsecured debt of our Company and are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt including the obligation under our revolving line of credit. The Senior Notes have a final maturity date of May 1, 2018, subject to earlier mandatory repurchase, under certain circumstances, as more fully described below under, “Credit Agreements, 5.50% Senior Notes Due 2018”.

Acquisition of Powertrain Integration, LLC

On May 4, 2015, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with Powertrain Integration, LLC (“Powertrain”) and its owners, to acquire the assets of Powertrain. Powertrain provides on-road powertrain solutions, including systems, components and services for niche OEM automakers and fleets. Powertrain also specializes in alternative-fuelbiofuels, as well as gasoline and diesel systemsoptions, within the energy, industrial and offers design,transportation end markets with primary manufacturing, assembly, engineering, testingR&D, sales and production capabilitiesdistribution facilities located in suburban Chicago, Illinois and Darien, Wisconsin. The Company provides highly engineered, comprehensive solutions designed to deliver one-stop vehicle integration. meet specific customer application requirements and technical specifications, including those imposed by environmental regulatory bodies, such as the EPA, the CARB and the MEE.

The acquisitionCompany’s products are primarily used by global OEM and end-user customers across a wide range of applications and equipment that includes standby and prime power generation, demand response, microgrid, combined heat and power, arbor care, material handling (including forklifts), agricultural and turf, construction, pumps and irrigation, compressors, utility vehicles, light- and medium-duty vocational trucks, school and transit buses, and utility power. The Company manages the business as a single reporting segment.
For 2020, net sales decreased$128.4 million, or 24%, compared to 2019, as a result of sales decreases of $73.5 million, $49.1 million, and $5.9 million in the energy, industrial, and transportation end markets, respectively. Gross margin was completed on May 19, 2015.14.0% and 18.3% during 2020 and 2019, respectively. Gross profit decreased during 2020 by $41.4 million compared to 2019, while operating expenses decreased by $2.5 million as compared to 2019. Interest expense decreased by $2.2 million in 2020 versus 2019. The cash consideration paid, netCompany recognized a loss of working capital adjustments totaled $20,776,000. We also$1.4 million in 2019 as a result of the change in the value of the Weichai Warrant including the impact of the exercise in the second quarter of 2019. See Note 3. Weichai Transactions, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for additional information. There was no impact from a change in the value of warrants for 2020 due to the Weichai Warrant being exercised in April 2019. Also, the Company recorded an initial

liabilityincome tax benefit of $8,200,000$3.7 million for 2020 versus an expense of $0.4 million for 2019. Collectively, these factors contributed to a $31.2 million increase in the net loss, which totaled $23.0 million in 2020 compared to net income of $8.2 million in 2019. Diluted loss per share was $1.00 in the 2020 period compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.38 in 2019. Adjusted net loss, which excludes certain items described below that the Company believes are not indicative of its ongoing operating performance, was $11.1 million in 2020 compared to Adjusted net income of $28.1 million in 2019. Adjusted loss per share was $0.48 in 2020 compared to Adjusted earnings per share of $1.30 in 2019. Adjusted earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) was $3.0 million in 2020 compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $45.2 million in 2019. Adjusted net (loss) income, Adjusted (loss) earnings per share and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of each of these measures to the nearest applicable GAAP financial measure, as well as additional information about these non-GAAP measures, see the section entitled Non-GAAP Financial Measures in this Item 7.

Net sales by geographic area and by end market for 2020 and 2019 are presented below:
(in thousands)For the year ended December 31, 2020For the Year Ended December 31, 2019
Geographic Area% of Total% of Total
North America$376,276 90 %$483,302 89 %
Pacific Rim25,869 %39,180 %
Europe9,339 %16,562 %
Others6,155 %7,032 %
Total$417,639 100 %$546,076 100 %

(in thousands)For the year ended December 31, 2020For the Year Ended December 31, 2019
End Market% of Total% of Total
Energy$149,282 36 %$222,779 41 %
Industrial131,026 31 %180,111 33 %
Transportation137,331 33 %143,186 26 %
Total$417,639 100 %$546,076 100 %

26


During 2020, the Company sold over 44,000 engines of which approximately 63% utilized propane or natural gas as their fuel source and 31% utilized gasoline. The remaining 6% of engines were dual fuel gasoline/propane, diesel and service/base engines.
Weichai Transactions
In March 2017, the Company and Weichai entered into a number of transactions (see Note 3. Weichai Transactions, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for additional information), including the issuance of Common and Preferred Stock and a stock purchase warrant to Weichai for aggregate proceeds of $60.0 million. The stock purchase warrant issued to Weichai was exercisable for any number of additional shares of Common Stock such that Weichai, upon exercise, would hold 51% of the Common Stock then outstanding on a fully dilutive basis, on terms and subject to adjustments as provided in the SPA. On April 23, 2019, Weichai exercised the Weichai Warrant and increased its ownership to 51.5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, as of such date.
Through the Weichai Transactions, the Company sought to expand its range of products and its presence in the Pacific Rim.
The Company and Weichai executed the Collaboration Agreement in order to achieve their respective objectives, enhance the cooperation alliance and share experiences, expertise and resources. Among other things, the Collaboration Arrangement established a joint steering committee, permitted Weichai to second a limited number of technical, marketing, sales, procurement and finance personnel to work at the Company and established several collaborations related to stationary natural-gas applications and Weichai diesel engines. The Collaboration Agreement also provides for the steering committee to create various subcommittees with operating roles and otherwise governs the treatment of intellectual property of parties prior to the collaboration and the intellectual property developed during the collaboration. The Collaboration Agreement had a term of three years that was set to expire in March 2020. On March 26, 2020, the Collaboration Agreement was extended for an additional term of three years. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, sales to Weichai were not material. The Company purchased $18.6 million and $4.4 million of inventory from Weichai during 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Incremental Financial Reporting, Internal Control Remediation, and Government Investigation and Other Legal Matter Expenses
Incremental financial reporting, internal control remediation and government investigation and other legal matter expenses consist of professional services fees related to the Company’s efforts to restate prior period financial statements, prepare, audit and file delinquent financial statements, and remediate internal control material weaknesses as well as fees and reserves related to Company, SEC, and USAO investigations. Since August 2016, the Company has experienced a substantial and disruptive diversion of management resources to address various accounting, financial reporting and financial issues. During that time, the Company determined that it was necessary to restate financial results for 2014 and 2015 as well as the first quarter of 2016 and, since then, has also focused on becoming timely on all of its SEC financial reporting requirements, which was achieved with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. Additionally, the SEC and the USAO conducted investigations into the Company’s financial reporting, revenue recognition practices and related conduct. These investigations were completed and settled in September 2020 (see Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, included in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for additional information). Incremental financial reporting, internal control remediation, and government investigation and other legal matter expenses, included in the 2020 and 2019 operating results, were $15.3 million and $17.5 million, respectively.
Recent Trends and Business Outlook
Recent COVID-19 Outbreak, Oil and Gas Market Volatility, and 2021 Outlook
The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in the implementation of significant governmental measures to control the spread of the virus, including quarantines, travel restrictions, business shutdowns, and restrictions on the movement of people in the United States and abroad. These factors, in turn, have impacted and may continue to impact the Company’s operations, financial condition, and demand for its goods and services, as well as its overall ability to react timely to mitigate any further impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In April 2020, the Company aggressively implemented contingency actions as a result of the expected significant negative impacts of these factors. The Company’s temporary cost reduction measures included:
reduced hours of operations of the Company’s production facilities;
reduced work week for all office employees;
reduced pay for salaried employees between 10% and 30%, depending on the employee’s position;
suspended the Company’s 401(k) plan match;
deferred spending on certain R&D programs;
27


implemented a hiring freeze;
restricted all non-essential travel; and
minimized discretionary expenses and consulting services.
The measures with regard to pay for salaried employees and the suspension of the Company’s 401 (k) match plan match were in effect through December 31, 2020. As of the date of this 2020 Annual Report, the Company continues to judiciously manage its expenses through the continuation of certain measures, including the restriction of all non-essential travel and minimized discretionary expenses and consulting services. The Company continues to review operating expenses, including prioritizing certain R&D investments in support of the Company’s long-term growth objectives.
The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve as of the date of acquisition representingthis 2020 Annual Report.
During 2020, as a result of the contingent consideration associatedCOVID-19 pandemic, the global economy experienced substantial turmoil, which led to challenging market conditions across certain areas of the Company’s business and, in part, contributed to an overall reduction in demand for the Company’s products. In addition, due to unprecedented decreases in demand, an oil price war, and economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, average crude oil prices were considerably lower in 2020 as compared to 2019. However, since May 2020 through the date of this 2020 Annual Report, crude oil prices have increased. A significant portion of the Company’s sales and profitability is derived from the sale of products that are used within the oil and gas industry. In early 2021, the Company experienced delays in its supply chain due to temporary shortages of raw materials and container delays of overseas materials as bottlenecks occurred at ports in Asia and North America. This, in turn, has caused delivery delays to some of the Company’s customers. The Company is also experiencing inflationary cost pressures for certain materials and is working to mitigate the impact through price increases and other measures, where possible. The potential for continued disruptions, economic uncertainty, inflationary cost pressures, and unfavorable oil and gas market dynamics may have a material adverse impact that may result in the recognition of material impairments or other related charges.
The Company expects its sales and profitability for the full year of 2021 to be above 2020 levels as a result of anticipated growth across all of its end markets. As compared to 2020, the sales growth is projected to occur in the second, third and fourth quarters of 2021. Notwithstanding this positive outlook, which is being driven in part by expectations for improved economic conditions within the United States and across the Company’s various markets, the Company cautions that significant uncertainty still remains as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
GM 6.0L Engine Offering: The Company had an exclusive third-party agreement with GM through December 31, 2019 to purchase and distribute GM 6.0L engines to on-highway customers. With the GM announcement that it will discontinue its production of the GM 6.0L engine, the Company conducted last-time buys of this engine during 2019 and 2020, and anticipates some additional purchases during 2021, to ensure adequate supply to certain transportation customers. The Company anticipates robust sales of this product during 2021. However, with the Base Earn-out Payment and Additional Earn-out Paymentanticipated exhaustion of its inventory for a provisional aggregate purchase priceparticular customer near the end of $28,976,000. As2021, future sales to this customer are anticipated to decline as sales of the GM 6.0L to this customer will cease. For other customers, the Company anticipates that it will have a certain stock of pre-purchased GM 6.0L engines in inventory for future sales. The Company does not have a supply agreement with GM for its successor product to the GM 6.0L engine. However, the Company is actively exploring opportunities to identify engine alternatives for this product. In relation to these last-time buys, the Company had a net positive cash impact from customer prepayments of approximately $9.3 million as of December 31, 2015,2020.
Hyster-Yale Supply Arrangement:The Company had a multi-year supply agreement with Hyster-Yale, which ended December 31, 2018, for the Base Earn-out Paymentsupply of a range of engines at certain specified volume levels. Since the beginning of 2019, the Company has continued to supply products to Hyster-Yale while the two parties continued to negotiate a new agreement. The Company is nearing the completion of a renewed supply agreement; however, Hyster-Yale has indicated that it will be obtaining alternative supply beginning in late 2021 for several high-volume engines that the Company currently provides, including the 2.0L and 2.4L engines sourced from the Company’s supplier SAME. As a result of this, the Company expects to see a decline in sales volumes to Hyster-Yale in 2022 and 2023. The Additional Earn-out Payment were finalizedCompany believes it is positioned to continue its relationship in a moderated capacity with this customer in 2023 and beyond.
Strategic Initiatives/Growth Strategies: The Company has initiated a set of business objectives aimed at $8,248,000. The additional liability was recorded as an adjustmentimproving profitability, streamlining processes, strengthening the business and focusing on achieving growth in higher-return product lines. Central to this plan is the Company’s increased emphasis on energy product offerings through new product development and investments, in addition to leveraging the Company’s relationship with Weichai. With the introduction of numerous natural gas and diesel engines in 2019 and 2020, coupled with its existing strong product lineup, despite economic disruptions related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company believes that it has a solid foundation to achieve long-term growth, particularly within “Other (income) expense” within our consolidated statementthe energy market.
28


Results of Operations
Results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

We have accounted for this acquisition as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and as such, the excess of the purchase price over the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. The acquisition of Powertrain has been accounted for as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities were assumed to be the same at the date of acquisition, and therefore, a provision for deferred income tax was not recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation, and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. Refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our consolidated financial statements, for a further discussion of the acquisition. The acquisition was funded by the proceeds received from the issuance of the 5.50% Senior Notes described in Note 8, “Debt”, to our consolidated financial statements.

Acquisition of Bi-Phase Technologies, LLC

On May 1, 2015, we acquired all of the membership interests in Bi-Phase Technologies, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company (“Bi-Phase”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of TPB, Inc., a Minnesota corporation. Bi-Phase is engaged in the design and manufacture of liquid propane electronic fuel injection systems to allow for the conversion of vehicles from gasoline to propane. The purchase price was $3,500,000 plus certain working capital, assumption of certain liabilities and Earn-out Payments as defined in the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement. The cash paid was $3,885,000 which represented the purchase price of $3,500,000 plus an adjustment for working capital. We also recorded a contingent consideration liability of $540,000, representing an estimate of the Earn-out Payments expected to be payable in connection with the acquisition of Bi-Phase. This contingent consideration, payable to TPB, Inc., is based upon sales of Bi-Phase fuel systems over a period of three to five years. Accordingly, the aggregate purchase price approximated $4,425,000.

We have accounted for this acquisition as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and as such, the excess of the purchase price over the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. The acquisition of Bi-Phase was accounted for as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities were assumed to be the same at the date of acquisition, and a provision for deferred income tax was not recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. Refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our consolidated financial statements, for a further discussion of the acquisition. The acquisition was funded by the proceeds received from the issuance of the 5.50% Senior Notes described in Note 8, “Debt”, to our consolidated financial statements.

Acquisition of Buck’s

On March 18, 2015, we acquired all of the membership interests in Buck’s Acquisition Company, LLC (“Buck’s”) from UE Powertrain d/b/a Buck’s Engines and United Holdings, LLC, for cash of $9,735,000. Buck’s is a manufacturer of alternative-fuel engines for industrial markets and was formerly a product line of United Engines, LLC. Buck’s supplies a range of alternative-fuel engines that run on natural gas, propane and liquid propane gas fuels. Buck’s targets an extensive range of industrial applications, including irrigation, gas compression, oil production, industrial equipment, power generation, mobile equipment, wind turbines, and re-power applications.

We have accounted for this acquisition as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and as such, the excess of the purchase price over the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. The acquisition of Buck’s was accounted for as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities were assumed to be the same at the date of acquisition, and a provision for deferred income tax was not recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. Refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our consolidated financial statements, for a further discussion of the acquisition.

Amended credit agreement

On April 29, 2015, we entered into an amendment with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, for the purpose of facilitating the issuance of 5.50% Senior Notes, as described above, and this amendment also provides for the earlier maturity of our revolving credit agreement to insure that the revolving line of credit will come due before the Senior Notes are payable. The Amended Wells Credit Agreement will become due 75 days prior to the earliest date that a Special Mandatory Purchase Date (as defined in the Indenture agreement) may occur or 90 days prior to the final maturity date of the Senior Notes, all as described in the Indenture agreement below under, “Credit agreements”.

Retirement of Chief Financial Officer

On October 5, 2015, we announced the retirement of our Chief Financial Officer, effective October 19, 2015. Our new Chief Financial Officer, Michael Lewis, joined us effective October 19, 2015 as our new Chief Financial Officer. As contemplated by Mr. Lewis’ Executive Employment Agreement, he was granted a stock appreciation right pursuant to the 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended. The award of the SAR was approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and the terms of the SAR are set forth in a Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2015 (“the Grant Date”). The SAR provides for the right to receive, upon exercise, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, based upon the appreciation in market value (determined as provided in the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement) of the shares of our common stock covered by the SAR above a strike price of $24.41 per share. The SAR covers an aggregate of 60,000 shares of our common stock and is to be settled only in whole shares of our common stock. It will vest ratably and become exercisable with respect to one fourth of the covered shares beginning on the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

2014 Significant developments

Acquisition of Professional Power Products, Inc.

On April 1, 2014, we acquired Professional Power Products, Inc. (“3PI”), a designer and manufacturer of large, custom engineered integrated electrical power generation systems serving the global diesel and natural gas power generation markets. We acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of 3PI for an initial cash purchase price of approximately $45.4 million, including cash acquired of approximately $1.3 million, and agreed to pay additional consideration of between $5.0 million and $15.0 million in shares of our common stock, valued at $76.02 per share (i.e., between 65,772 and 197,316 shares), based upon, and following the final determination in accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement of, the 2014 3PI EBITDA (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement). As of the date of acquisition, this consideration was valued at $8.9 million, and accordingly the total consideration payable for 3PI was valued at $54.3 million and subsequently adjusted to $54.5 million under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement. The consideration payable in shares of the company’s common stock consisted of (i) fixed consideration (65,772 shares of our common stock) and (ii) contingent consideration (i.e., between 65,772 shares and 131,544 shares of our common stock). The Stock Purchase Agreement included a

provision by and among us and the sellers to treat the purchase of the 3PI stock as an acquisition of assets for income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2014, 3PI’s EBITDA was less than the minimum amount as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement and as a result, the liability arising from the contingent consideration of $3,840,000 was reversed into income in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Amended credit agreement and term loan

To facilitate the acquisition of 3PI, on April 1, 2014, we entered into an amended credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to increase our revolving line of credit from $75.0 million to $90.0 million and added a secured $5.0 million term loan, among other things. See Note 8, “Debt”, to our consolidated financial statements and below under “Credit agreements” for further detail relating to the financing associated with the acquisition. On September 30, 2014 and again on February 11, 2015, we further amended our $90.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to increase our revolving line of credit facility to $100.0 million and $125.0 million, respectively. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Credit Agreements” for further discussion of the credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Factors affecting comparability

We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:

5.50% Senior Notes due 2018

As discussed above, we entered into a purchase agreement for a private sale of an aggregate amount of $55.0 million in unsecured 5.50% Senior Notes. We received net proceeds of $53,483,000 after financing costs of $1,517,000. As a result, interest expense related to the Senior Notes included in “Interest expense” was $2,379,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to none in the comparable periods in 2014 and 2013.

Acquisitions

Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, include the results of operations of the three acquisitions which we completed during 2015, Powertrain, Bi-Phase and Buck’s. The cash paid for the acquisition of these businesses was $34,396,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015. In addition to the receivables and inventories acquired, we also recognized amortizable intangible assets of $14,540,000, $700,000 and $600,000 for customer relationships, developed technology and backlog, respectively, plus goodwill of $17,720,000 in connection with these acquisitions.

On April 1, 2014, we acquired Professional Power Products, Inc. As a result of this acquisition, the consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 include 3PI for the entire year while the consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 do not include any operating results attributable to 3PI for the first quarter of 2014 or any of 2013.

See Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of our acquisitions during 2015 and 2014.

Acquisition expenses

We incurred total transaction costs, including due diligence expenses related to acquisition activities of $526,000, excluding lease termination expenses discussed below, for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively, all of which was recognized as an expense classified within general and administrative expense. We

incurred $811,000 of such costs related to acquisitions in 2014 all of which was recognized as an expense within general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2014. We did not incur any such costs related to acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In connection with the acquisition of Bi-Phase and Buck’s we assumed the lease obligations of the facilities in which these entities operated. During 2015, we exited these facilities. However, the leases are on-going beyond December 31, 2015. As such, lease termination expenses relating to such leases of $543,000 were included in general and administrative expense in our 2015 consolidated results of operations.

Joint venture with South Korean manufacturer

We entered into a joint venture with a construction and utility equipment manufacturer headquartered in Incheon, South Korea for the purpose of designing, developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling specific engines throughout the global markets except North America and South Korea. We and our joint venture partner each have a 50% equity interest in the joint venture. In connection with this agreement, we were required to contribute $1,000,000 to the joint venture which payment was made during the second quarter of 2015. We expect to account for the results of the joint venture as an equity investment in our consolidated financial statements.

Balance sheet classification of deferred taxes

In November 2015, the FASB issued final guidance that requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the consolidated balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Although the standard is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, we elected the early adoption provision of this standard as of the year ended December 31, 2015, and have prospectively classified all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on our consolidated balance sheet as of that date in accordance with the standard. Prior year’s balances were not required to be retrospectively adjusted.

Amended credit agreement and term loan

As noted above, to facilitate the acquisition of 3PI, on April 1, 2014, we entered into an amended credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. As a result of the amendment, we had greater borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility in 2014 as compared to 2013. We secured a $5.0 million term loan on April 1, 2014 also to facilitate the acquisition of 3PI. This term loan was repaid from a portion of the proceeds received from the 5.50% Senior Notes in 2015. We did not have any term loan as of December 31, 2015 or 2013.

Private placement warrants

Our year-to-year and year-over-year results can be impacted by our private placement warrants liability. The change in estimated fair value of the liability associated with the private placement warrants is primarily attributable to fluctuations in the value of our common stock during a period. Our consolidated results of operations included $9,299,000 of income in 2015, $6,169,000 of income in 2014 and $28,031,000 of expense in 2013 all related to the change in the estimated fair value of the private placement warrants during each period.

Stock-based and other executive compensation

On October 19, 2015, as contemplated by his Executive Employment Agreement, our Chief Financial Officer was granted a stock appreciation right pursuant to the 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended. This SAR covers an aggregate of 60,000 shares of our common stock and is to be settled only in whole shares of

our common stock. It vests ratably and becomes exercisable with respect to one fourth of the covered shares beginning on the third anniversary of the grant date. SAR expense initially recognized was $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 in connection with this SAR grant.

On June 6, 2012, we granted a SAR award to our Chief Operating Officer. This SAR covers an aggregate 543,872 shares of our common stock and is also to be settled only in whole shares of our common stock. This SAR was originally scheduled to vest ratably on June 6, 2013, 2014 and 2015. On June 5, 2015, we and the COO agreed to defer the vesting of the remaining unvested portion of the SAR granted for 30 days until July 6, 2015 pursuant to an amendment to the initial SAR. On July 6, 2015, we and the COO entered into a SAR and Bonus Agreement which amended the SAR by extending the vesting period applicable to the remaining unvested portion of the SAR. The unvested portion covers 181,290 underlying shares of the our common stock which, prior to the amendment, would have vested on June 6, 2015. The amendment extended the vesting of these shares to June 6, 2017 with respect to 100,000 underlying shares of the our common stock and to June 6, 2019 with respect to the remaining 81,290 shares of underlying Company common stock (in each case subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment by the Company for “Cause” (as defined in the SAR and Bonus Agreement)). The SAR and Bonus Agreement also provides the COO with an annual bonus in the amount of $250,000 for each of calendar years 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 as long as the conditions of the SAR agreement are met and subject to forfeiture under certain circumstances enumerated in the SAR agreement. We determined that the fair value attributable to the extension of the vesting period approximated $333,000 which will be recognized through the final vesting date of June 6, 2019. Including the effect of this amendment in 2015, SAR expense attributable to this grant was $197,000, $329,000 and $907,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In consideration for this extension, the amendment also provides the Chief Operating Officer with an annual bonus in the amount of $250,000 for each of calendar years 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

In addition, late in the second quarter of 2013 and at times since that date, we granted restricted stock awards under our 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan to certain of our employees. As a result of such awards and the vesting thereof, stock compensation expense recognized was $989,000, $925,000 and $361,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

On July 31, 2013, our Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, adopted an amendment to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan by 700,000 shares, which amendment was approved by our stockholders on August 28, 2013. We expect to make additional share-based awards to our directors, officers and other employees and possibly to consultants, and if we do, we will incur additional non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses related to such awards.

Loss on debt extinguishment

We recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $270,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the write-off of remaining unamortized loan fees associated with our prior credit facility. No such item was present for the year ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

Underwritten public offering

During 2013, we closed an underwritten public offering of 2,005,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $35.00 per share. We sold 1,050,000 shares of our common stock, and certain selling stockholders sold 955,000 shares of common stock, in the offering. We received proceeds, net of underwriters’ fees and expenses, of approximately $34,530,000 before deducting offering expenses of approximately $514,000. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

Significant sales growth

Our year-over-year sales growth directly correlates with various other aspects of our consolidated financial statements. Our significant sales growth also resulted in higher accounts receivable balances, inventory balances and related reserves for such balances. Our sales growth also required a correlated increase in our costs and capital required in order to support and sustain the significant growth achieved.

Other events affecting sales and profitability comparisons

Our year-to-year and year-over-year operating results (including our sales, gross profit and net (loss) income) and cash flows can be impacted by a variety of internal and external events associated with our business operations. Examples of such events include (1) changes in regulatory emission requirements (which generally occur on January 1 of the year in which they become effective), (2) customer product phase-in/phase-out programs, (3) supplier product (e.g., a specific engine model) phase-in/phase-out programs, (4) changes in pricing by suppliers to us of engines, components and other parts (typically effective January 1 of any year), and (5) changes in our pricing to our customers (typically effective January 1 of any year), which may be related to changes in the pricing by suppliers to us. In order to mitigate potential availability or pricing issues, customers may adjust their demand requirements from traditional patterns. We may also extend special programs to customers in advance of such events, and we are more likely to offer such programs in our fourth quarter of a year in anticipation of events expected to occur in the first quarter of the next year. The occurrence of any of the events discussed above may result in fluctuations in our operating results (including sales and profitability) and cash flows between and among reporting periods.

Results of operations

Year ended December 31, 20152020 compared with the year ended December 31, 2014

2019:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)For the Year Ended December 31,
 20202019Change% Change
Net sales $417,639 $546,076 $(128,437)(24)%
Cost of sales359,191 446,188 (86,997)(19)%
Gross profit 58,448 99,888 (41,440)(41)%
Gross margin %14.0 %18.3 %(4.3)%
Operating expenses: 
Research, development and engineering expenses25,375 24,932 443 %
Research, development and engineering expenses as a % of sales6.1 %4.6 %1.5 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses51,744 54,115 (2,371)(4)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a % of sales12.4 %9.9 %2.5 %
Amortization of intangible assets3,053 3,638 (585)(16)%
Total operating expenses80,172 82,685 (2,513)(3)%
Operating (loss) income (21,724)17,203 (38,927)NM
Other expense, net: 
Interest expense 5,714 7,871 (2,157)(27)%
Loss from change in value and exercise of warrants — 1,352 (1,352)(100)%
Loss on debt extinguishment and modifications497 — 497 — %
Other income, net(1,240)(677)(563)83 %
Total other expense, net4,971 8,546 (3,575)(42)%
(Loss) income before income taxes (26,695)8,657 (35,352)NM
Income tax (benefit) expense (3,713)409 (4,122)NM
Net (loss) income $(22,982)$8,248 $(31,230)NM
(Loss) earnings per common share:    
Basic $(1.00)$0.38 $(1.38)NM
Diluted $(1.00)$0.38 $(1.38)NM
Non-GAAP Financial Measures:
Adjusted net (loss) income *$(11,091)$28,112 $(39,203)(139)%
Adjusted (loss) earnings per share *$(0.48)$1.30 $(1.78)(137)%
EBITDA *$(12,781)$25,327 $(38,108)(150)%
Adjusted EBITDA *$3,015 $45,191 $(42,176)(93)%
NM    Not meaningful
*    See reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP results below
Net Sales
Net sales

Our net sales increased $41,451,000 (11.9%) decreased $128.4 million, or 24%, in 2020 compared to $389,446,000 2019, as a result of sales decreases of $73.5 million, $49.1 million and $5.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015energy, industrial, and transportation end markets, respectively. Lower energy end market sales were driven by decreased demand for the Company’s power generation products, especially those used within the oil and gas industry. The decreased sales within the industrial end market reflects lower demand for products used across a wide range of applications, with the largest decreases attributable to those products used in the material handling/forklift and arbor care markets. The decrease in transportation end market sales was primarily due to lower medium duty truck market business, in part driven by the inclusion of approximately $30 million of sales associated with the shipment of certain engines at the request of one of the Company’s customers (Freightliner) during the 2019 period, which impacted sales volume in 2020. Partly offsetting the lower transportation sales were increases in the school bus and terminal tractor markets.



29


Gross Profit
Gross profit decreased by $41.4 million, or 41%, to $58.4 million in 2020, compared to $347,995,000$99.9 million in 2019. Gross margin was 14.0% and 18.3% in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decline in gross margin is primarily due to higher warranty expenses, unfavorable product mix and the impact of lower sales, partly mitigated by cost savings driven by reductions in the production facility workforce and other actions, as well as favorable tariff costs. For 2020, warranty costs were $19.5 million (net of supplier recoveries of $7.5 million), including an $8.7 million charge for the same periodadjustments to preexisting warranties, an increase of 2014. Our sales increased $55.7$9.4 million compared to warranty costs of $10.1 million (net of supplier recoveries of $3.0 million), including $2.7 million for adjustments to preexisting warranties. The increase in warranty expense in 2020 was primarily attributable to incremental saleshigher than expected claims experience for certain engines sold to customers primarily within the transportation end market.
Research, Development and Engineering Expenses
Research, development and engineering expenses in 2020 were $25.4 million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 2%, from businesses acquired. This increase was2019 levels, primarily as a result of increased spending on project activity during the year, partly offset by a $14.2the impact of cost savings actions.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) decreased in 2020 by $2.4 million, or 4%, compared to 2019. The decrease in organic sales principallywas primarily due to volume year overlower financial reporting costs as a result of the completion of the restatement of the Company’s financial statements in May 2019, lower incentive compensation expense, the impact of cost savings actions, lower severance costs and lower key employee retention program costs. Partly offsetting the decline were higher legal costs related to the Company’s indemnification obligations of former officers and employees as a result of the exhaustion of its directors’ and officers’ insurance during the early part of 2020 (see additional discussion in Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies of Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data), among other items.
Interest Expense
Interest expense decreased $2.2 million to $5.7 million in 2020 from $7.9 million in 2019 largely due to lower overall interest rates on the Company’s debt in 2020, as compared to the prior year.

Gross profit

Our gross profit decreased $4,211,000 (6.3%) Lower interest rates in 2020 were primarily due to $62,834,000refinancing the debt in April 2020. See Note 6. Debt, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information.

Loss from Change in Value and Exercise of Warrants
There was no impact from a change in value of warrants for 2020 due to the Weichai Warrant being exercised in April 2019. The Company recognized a loss of $1.4 million in 2019 as a result of the change in the value of the Weichai Warrant including the impact of the exercise.
See Note 3. Weichai Transactions and Note 8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for additional information.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
The Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $67,045,000 in2020 of $0.5 million. There was no loss on the comparable periodextinguishment of 2014. Although net sales of our large custom-engineered power generation systems included approximately $2.3 million of additional sales of these systems in 2015 as compared to 2014, our gross profit arising from the sales of such systems decreased approximately $3.7 million year over year due to current competitive pricing for such products as well as general production inefficiencies associated with these systems. In addition, our gross profit decreased due to a shift in the product mix of our power systems primarily due to the oil and gas end markets into which our higher end products are sold, combined with higher production spending and production inefficiencies. As a percentage of net sales, gross margin was 16.1%debt for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 19.3%2019.
See Note 6. Debt, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for the same periodadditional information.
Other Income, Net
Other income, net increased by $0.6 million in 2014.

Research & development and engineering

Research & development and engineering expense increased $4,781,000 (28.3%) to $21,681,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $16,900,000 for the same period in 2014. Approximately $1,934,000 of the increase was a result of the research & development and engineering expense attributable2020 primarily due to the activitiesreceipt of our recent acquisitions in 2015.

Excludinglife insurance proceeds upon the expensesdeath of our recently acquired businesses, research & development and engineering expense increased approximately $2,847,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. Wages and benefits increased $1,554,000 as we increased headcount while consulting and outside services, including product testing, increased $876,000 to support activities related to development of new engines and pursuing on-road applications for our products, among other things. The remaining net increase in other research & development and engineering expense was $417,000 of which none of the individual components was individually significant as compared to the same period in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, research & development and engineering expense increased to 5.6% in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to 4.9% for the same period in 2014.

Selling and service

Selling and service expense increased $1,972,000 (20.4%) to $11,658,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, from $9,686,000 in the comparable period of 2014. The increase was principally a result of the incremental selling and service expense attributable to the activities of our acquisitions which totaled $2,057,000 in 2015 and $1,123,000 in 2014, an increase of $934,000 year over year.

Excluding the incremental expenses attributable to our acquisitions, selling and service expense increased approximately $1,038,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. Wages and benefits increased $469,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014 as we have increased our staff to pursue growth opportunities. Bad debt expense increased $222,000 as we increased our allowance for doubtful accounts and other selling and service expenses accounted for the remaining net increase of $347,000 period over period, of which none of the components was individually significant. As a percentage of net sales, selling and service expenses increased to 3.0% in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2.8% for the same period in 2014.

General and administrative

General and administrative expense, increased $2,316,000 (17.3%) to $15,718,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, from $13,402,000 in 2014. Of this increase, $1,367,000 was attributable to general and administrative expenses of our acquired businesses. In addition, we incurred an incremental $258,000 of due diligence and related transaction expenses including lease termination expenses relating to these acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014.

Excluding the expenses attributable to our acquired businesses and transaction related expenses, general and administrative expenses increased $691,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014. Placement fees increased approximately $509,000 year over year as we replaced certain senior management positions and added other senior positions within the organization. Legal fees increased $339,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014 arising from various litigation matters in which we are engaged. Other consulting and professional expenses and insurance expense also increased approximately $430,000 and $234,000, respectively, year over year, primarily attributable to the growth in our business. These increases wereformer employee, partially offset by lower expensesequity earnings from the Company’s joint venture.

Refer to Note 15. Related Party Transactions, in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for wages and benefits expense of $1,191,000 principally attributable to a decrease in variable compensation expenses in 2015. The remaining individual expense components resulted in a net increase in general and administrative expense of $370,000 of which nonefurther discussion of the individual components was individually significant in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses increased to 4.0% in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 3.9% for the same period in 2014.

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization expense increased $3,569,000 to $4,582,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, from $1,013,000 in the comparable period of 2014. As a result of acquisitions in 2015, we recognized amortizable

intangible assets relating to customer relationships and developed technology of $14,540,000 and $700,000, respectively. Company’s joint venture.

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
The amortization of these intangible assets, along with intangible assets recognized and attributable to the acquisition of 3PI in 2014 gave rise to the increase in amortization expense in 2015 over 2014. Specifically, amortization expense attributable to customer relationships and trade names and trademarks arising from the acquisition of 3PI increased $2,203,000 in 2015 as compared to 2014. The remaining increase of $1,366,000 was attributable to the amortization of these newly acquired intangible assets. As a percentage of net sales, amortization of intangible assets expense increased to 1.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 0.3% for the same period in 2014.

Other (income) expense

Interest expense increased $2,996,000 to $4,327,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $1,331,000 for the same period in 2014. Interest expense attributable to the 5.50% Senior Notes was $2,379,000, including $337,000 of amortization of debt issuance costs in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to none for the same period in 2014. The remaining $617,000 increase in interest expense was principally attributable to an increase in the overall average amount outstanding on our revolving line of credit during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. Our average borrowings outstanding were approximately $96.5 million during 2015 as compared to approximately $62.1 million during 2014. Including only our revolving line of credit and our term loan which was paid in full on April 29, 2015, our weighted average borrowing rate was 1.80% for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 1.86% for the same period in 2014.

Our results in the year ended December 31, 2015 included $48,000 of expense arising from an increase in the valuation of a contingent consideration liability as compared to $3,840,000 of income for the same period in 2014. The contingent consideration expense of $48,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 was attributable our acquisition of Powertrain in 2015. The contingent consideration payable was based upon Powertrain achieving certain sales targets for the full year 2015 plus additional consideration as defined in the asset purchase agreement. The change in the contingent consideration represents the change in the liability from the Powertrain date of acquisition to December 31, 2015. The accounting guidance requires changes in contingent consideration that is accounted for as a liability to be recognized in the results of operations when such changes occur.

In 2014, we recognized a non-cash gain of $3,840,000 arising from a decrease in the contingent consideration liability attributable to our acquisition of 3PI. The total consideration for the acquisition of 3PI was payable in cash and shares of our common stock. A portion of the fixed consideration and all of the contingent consideration was payable in shares of our common stock. The actual amount of shares of our common stock that was payable to the former owners of 3PI was based upon financial performance measures set forth in the stock purchase agreement related to the 3PI acquisition. The valuation of the contingent consideration was based upon certain factors, including the price of our common stock, as defined in the stock purchase agreement, and 3PI’s projected performance for 2014 and was recognized as a $3,840,000 liability on our balance sheet as of April 1, 2014, the date of acquisition. The performance measurement period upon which the contingent liability was based ended on December 31, 2014. As a result of 3PI not achieving the financial performance measures set forth in the stock purchase agreement, the entire contingent consideration obligation was reversed, which resulted in a $3,840,000 non-cash gain recognized in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Private placement warrant (income) expense was income of $9,299,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to income of $6,169,000 for the same period in 2014. We are required to recognize changes in the estimated fair value of unexercised private placement warrants in our consolidated statement of operations. The change in estimated fair value of the private placement warrants was attributable to fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock at each balance sheet date.

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense decreased $11,201,000 toCompany recorded an income tax benefit of $388,000$3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2015,2020, a decrease of $4.1 million, as compared to income tax expense of $10,813,000 for the same period$0.4 million in 2014. Our pre-tax

book2019. The Company’s pretax loss was $26.7 million in 2020, compared to pretax income decreased $20,649,000 to $13,890,000of $8.7 million in 2019. The increase in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014. Excluding the change in the valuation of our private placement warrants, a non-taxable transaction, our pre-tax book income decreased $23,779,000 to $4,591,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the 2014. The lower pre-tax book income in 2015 combined with an increase in research tax credits recognized in 2015 as compared to 2014 were the principal drivers resulting in the decrease in income tax expense from 2014 to an income tax benefit in 2015. As a result of recognizing an income tax benefit with pre-tax book income, our income tax rate was not a meaningful presentation for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our reported income tax rate was 31.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of the change in the valuation of our private placement warrants, our income tax rate was not a meaningful presentation for the year ended December 31, 2015 and was 38.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013

Net sales

Our net sales increased $110,153,000 (46.3%) to $347,995,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $237,842,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Organic sales growth accounted for $89.7 million or approximately 81.4% of the increase in sales and the remaining increase was2020 is primarily attributable to sales by 3PI, our recently acquired subsidiary. An increase in sales volume (as opposed to price increases) accounted for approximately $84.0 million of the $89.7 million increase in organic sales in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013. Of the total organic growth of $89.7 million, our power systems and related sales increased approximately $82.0 million, and our aftermarket parts sales accounted for the remaining $7.7 million increase. The sales increase was primarily driven by increased demand for our heavy duty power systems.

Gross profit

Our gross profit increased $22,519,000 (50.6%) to $67,045,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $44,526,000 in the comparable period of 2013. Our gross profit increased primarily due to the previously discussed increase in sales volumes. As a percentage of net sales, gross margin was 19.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 18.7% for the same period in 2013. The higher gross margin during 2014 was principally attributable to an increase in sales of our heavy duty power systems.

Research & development and engineering

Research & development and engineering expense increased $6,461,000 (61.9%) to $16,900,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $10,439,000 for the same period in 2013. Wages and benefits increased $3,645,000 as we increased headcount to support product development activities, including development of new engines and pursuing on-road applications for our products, among other things. Materials and related expenses pertaining to the development of our research and development projects increased $1,645,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 and consulting and professional fees incurred to support the furtherance of such projects also increased $532,000 year over year. The remaining net increase in other research & development and engineering expense was $639,000 and principally related to travel costs, emission certification expenses, and expendable supplies in support of our research and development and engineering activities. As a percentage of net sales, research & development and engineering expense increased to 4.9% in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 4.4% for the same period in 2013.

Selling and service

Selling and service expenses increased $2,141,000 (28.4%) to $9,686,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, from $7,545,000 in the comparable period of 2013. The increase was principally a result of the incremental selling and service expense attributable to 3PI which was $1,123,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 and

none in the comparable period in 2013. Wages and benefits increased $776,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the same period in 2013 as we have increased our staff to pursue growth opportunities. In addition, consulting and professional fees accounted for the remaining net increase of $242,000 year over year. As a percentage of net sales, selling and service expenses decreased to 2.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 3.2% for the same period in 2013.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $1,827,000 (15.8%) to $13,402,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, from $11,575,000 in the comparable period of 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the general and administrative expense of 3PI, which was $1,296,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 and none in 2013. In addition, we incurred $811,000 of transaction expenses in connection with the acquisition of 3PI in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to none for the same period in 2013. Compensation and benefits increased $374,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to the addition of staff to support our growth and also included expenses incurred in connection with our incentive and performance compensation. The remaining other expenses decreased approximately $654,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses, excluding transaction expenses, decreased to 3.9% in the year ended December 31, 2014, from 4.9% for the same period in 2013.

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization expense increased to $1,013,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to none for the same period in 2013. In the year ended December 31, 2014, all of the amortization expense of $1,013,000 was attributable to the amortization of intangible assets to which a value was ascribed in connection with the acquisition of 3PI. As a percentage of net sales, amortization of intangible assets expense was 0.3% in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Other (income) expense

Interest expense increased $674,000 (102.6%) to $1,331,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $657,000 for the same period in 2013. The increase in interest expense was attributable to an increase in borrowings outstanding on our revolving line of credit and interest on the $5.0 million of term loan that we obtained on April 1, 2014, both of which were used to finance our acquisition of 3PI. Our average borrowings outstanding were approximately $62.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to approximately $21.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. Including only our revolving line of credit and our term loan, our weighted average borrowing rate was 1.86% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 2.21% for the same period in 2013.

Private placement warrant (income) expense was income of $6,169,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to expense of $28,031,000 for the same period in 2013. We are required to recognize changes in the estimated fair value of unexercised private placement warrants in our consolidated statement of operations. The change in estimated fair value of the private placement warrants was attributable to fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock at each balance sheet date.

In 2014, we recognized a non-cash gain of $3,840,000 arising from a decrease in the contingent consideration liability attributable to our acquisition of 3PI as more fully described above. The value of the contingent consideration liability decreased as a result of 3PI not achieving the expected financial performance measures set forth in the stock purchase agreement which resulted in this non-cash gain recognized in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense increased $6,054,000 to $10,813,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $4,759,000 for the same period in 2013. Our effective income tax rate was 31.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014. As we reported a loss before incomes taxes in 2013, an effective income tax rate is not a meaningful calculation in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Excluding the change in the valuation of our private placement warrants from our statements of operations as described above, our effective income tax rates would have been 38.1% and 33.9% for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The remaining differential in these income tax rates was principally attributable to the impact of the researchCoronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) enacted in the first quarter of 2020, which allowed the Company to elect bonus depreciation for the 2018 and 2019 tax years, carryback net operating losses to earlier years, and immediately refund Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credits recognized. Our income tax expense in 2013 was favorably impacted by the recognition of the federal research tax credit for 2013 as well as 2012. We recognized the federal research tax credits for both years in 2013 because the enactment of the legislation providing the federal research tax credits for 2012 was not signed into law until January 2, 2013, and generally accepted accounting principles prohibit retroactive application of tax law changes. Although the amount of the federal research tax credit recognized in 2014 increased over 2013, the tax credit decreased as a percentage of income before tax due to the increase in our pre-tax income year over year.

Liquidity and capital resources

Our cash requirements are dependent upon a variety of factors, foremost of which is the execution of our strategic plan. We expect to continue to devote substantial capital resources to running our business. Our primary sources of liquidity have been and are expected to continue to be cash flows from operations, principally collections of customer accounts receivable, and borrowing capacity under our credit facility. During 2015, we issued $55.0 million in 5.50% Senior Notes for which we received $53,483,000 after financing fees. These 5.50% Senior Notes are described below under “Credit agreements.” Effective February 11, 2015, we amended our $100.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to increase our revolving line of credit facility to $125.0 million. We had previously amended our credit facility on September 30, 2014 to $100.0 million and prior to that on April 1, 2014 to $90.0 million from $75.0 million. Also on April 1, 2014, we secured a $5.0 million term loan. The term loan and credit agreement are further described below under “Credit agreements”. The increase in our credit facility effective April 1, 2014 and the proceeds from the term loan were used to finance our acquisition of 3PI. We had previously increased our liquidity in the third quarter of 2013 through a public offering in which we sold 1,050,000 shares of our common stock at $35.00 per share that resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $34.3 million after underwriters’ fees and expenses associated with the sale of these shares.

Although we believe we have or can access sufficient liquidity to fund our operations as needed, there can be no assurances such funding will be consistently available to us on terms that are attractive or at all. Our ability to access additional funding as and when needed, our ability to timely refinance and/or replace our outstanding debt securities and credit facilities on acceptable terms, and our cost of funding will depend upon numerous factors including, but not limited to, the health and vibrancy of the financial markets, our financial performance, and the performance of our specific industry and other macro-economic factors in general. Our access to liquidity within a chosen funding mechanism is based on numerous factors, including the following: strength and quality of our assets, the continuation of our existing customer relationships and our development of new customer relationships; market acceptance of our existing and future products; the success of our product development and commercialization efforts and the costs associated with those efforts; and the costs associated with any future acquisitions, joint ventures or other strategic transactions. Accordingly, we may evaluate and pursue various financing alternatives determined advantageous to us at any particular point in time, including a larger credit facility, additional or replacement debt financing and/or additional equity financing as needed.

As of December 31, 2015, we had working capital of $153,413,000 compared to $114,955,000 as of December 31, 2014. Our working capital increase of $38,458,000 was attributable primarily to a $36,444,000 increase in our net inventory from December 31, 2014, principally resulting from continued growth in our

business and inventories acquired with our recent acquisitions. Accounts receivable, net increased $22,625,000 year over year as a result of the increase in sales we have experienced and timing of payments. Also, as of December 31, 2015, we recognized a $5,230,000 receivable representing an amount due from the U.S. Department of the Treasury as a result of an anticipated refund attributable to our 2015 federal income tax filing. Additionally, accrued compensation and benefits decreased $1,974,000 principally as a result of a decrease in our discretionary compensation liability year over year and our income taxes payable decreased $779,000 due to an overall decrease in our consolidated operating results year over year. Finally, our working capital also increased due to a $1,667,000 decrease in the current portion of long-term debt which was paid off during 2015 from a portion of the proceeds received on the 5.50% Senior Notes arising in 2015 and our cash on hand increased by $1,884,000 year over year.

The increases to working capital were partially offset by a $15,201,000 increase in accounts payable arising from the timing of payments to suppliers and a $12,433,000 increase in other accrued liabilities, principally attributable to an $8,248,000 increase attributable to acquisition consideration payable to the former owners of Powertrain Integration, which we acquired during 2015. Working capital also decreased $3,998,000 due to a decrease in our current deferred income tax asset arising from the consolidation of our deferred income tax accounts into a single balance sheet caption within non-current assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. See Note 2, “Recently issued accounting pronouncements”, to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of this change in the presentation of the deferred income tax balances. We also realized a $513,000 decrease in our prepaid and other current assets year over year.

A limited number of our customers have payment terms which may extend up to 150 days. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our trade receivables included $8.0 million and $11.2 million, respectively, of trade receivables which represented aggregate customer account balances subject to these terms. Of these amounts, $3.7 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, represented the portion of the balance outstanding with these extended trade terms. Under our revolving line of credit, which funds our working capital as needed, these receivables represent eligible collateral on the same basis as our other trade receivables and remain eligible as collateral upon which we may borrow up to their extended due date of 150 days.

Cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015

Operating activities

Net income and changes in working capital are the primary drivers of our cash flows from operations. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we used $23,049,000 to fund our operations.

In the year ended December 31, 2015, we had net income of $14,278,000 and non-cash adjustments totaling $4,618,000, resulting in cash generated from operations of $18,896,000 before considering changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Our non-cash adjustments favorably affecting our cash from operations in the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily included (i) $9,671,000 of depreciation and amortization, (ii) $1,186,000 of share-based compensation expense, (iii) $945,000 of inventory provisions, (iv) $641,000 of receivable allowances, (v) $538,000 of amortization expense recognized for the “step-up” valuation of certain inventory acquired through acquisitions, and (vi) $454,000 of non-cash interest expense. These increases were partially offset by a non-cash gain of $9,299,000 derived from an adjustment to the fair value of our private placement warrants in the year ended December 31, 2015. The remaining other non-cash adjustments totaled $482,000, none of which was individually significant.

Cash generated of $18,896,000 from our net income adjusted for non-cash items was offset by $41,945,000 of cash used by operating assets and liabilities in the year ended December 31, 2015. Our inventories increased $27,336,000 as we built up our inventory, including strategic engine block purchases, and we realized an increase in our inventory due to our recent acquisitions. Our trade receivables increased by $20,526,000 as sales increased in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, income tax

receivable and prepaid expenses and other assets increased $5,230,000 and $83,000, respectively since December 31, 2014. Partially offsetting these increases was an $8,160,000 increase in accounts payable, principally attributable to the build-up of our inventory, along with a $3,195,000 increase in accrued compensation and benefits and other accrued liabilities. Our other non-current liabilities increased $654,000 which were offset by a decrease of $779,000 in our income taxes payable since December 31, 2014.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $43,570,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash used for acquisitions of Powertrain, Buck’s and Bi-Phase discussed above totaled $34,396,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015. The property and equipment additions accounted for $8,174,000 of cash used in the year ended December 31, 2015 for equipment as well as the build-out of a new and significantly larger facility to support our research and development activities. In addition, we contributed $1,000,000 representing an equity investment in a joint venture with a construction and utility equipment manufacturer headquartered in Incheon, South Korea.

Financing activities

We generated $68,503,000 of cash from financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2015. As discussed above, we issued unsecured 5.50% Senior Notes for which we received proceeds of $55,000,000 before financing fees of $1,517,000. In addition, we generated cash of $19,269,000 from net borrowings under our revolving line of credit in the year ended December 31, 2015. We also realized 65,000 from the exercise of private placement warrants held by our investors and we also realized $65,000 in from compensation costs deductible only for income tax purposes and arising from the issuance of our common stock under our 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan. These increases were partially offset by the $4,028,000 repayment of a term loan with an initial principal balance of $5,000,000 that was originally secured on April 1, 2014 as well as the payment of $351,000 in withholding taxes for the net settlement of share-based awards which vested in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014

Operating activities

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $15,685,000 to fund our operations.

In the year ended December 31, 2014, we had net income of $23,726,000 and non-cash adjustments totaling $1,090,000, resulting in cash generated from operations of $22,636,000 before considering changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Our non-cash adjustments favorably affecting our cash from operations in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily included (i) $4,709,000 of depreciation and amortization, (ii) $1,254,000 of share-based compensation expense, (iii) $1,011,000 of deferred income taxes, (iv) $679,000 of reserves for inventory, (v) $482,000 of expense recognized for the “step-up” valuation of certain inventory acquired in our acquisition of 3PI, and (vi) other adjustments of $784,000. These favorable adjustments were partially offset by; (i) a $6,169,000 decrease in the fair value of the private placement warrants liability arising from a decrease in the market value of our common stock, and (ii) a $3,840,000 decrease in the valuation of contingent consideration liability since April 1, 2014, and recorded in connection with our acquisition of 3PI, which decrease was primarily driven by 3PI not achieving the financial performance measures set forth in the stock purchase agreement.

Cash generated of $22,636,000 from our net income (as adjusted for non-cash items) was offset by $38,321,000 of cash used by operating assets and liabilities in the year ended December 31, 2014. Our sales growth resulted in a $35,225,000 increase in accounts receivable in the year ended December 31, 2014. Our inventories increased $34,125,000 as we built up our inventory to support current and future period sales. Prepaid expenses and other assets also increased $4,492,000 principally attributable to investments in our growth.

Partially offsetting these increases was a $34,140,000 increase in accounts payable, principally attributable to the build-up of our inventory. The remaining components driving the increase in cash used was a net decrease in other liabilities totaling $1,381,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $51,713,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014. As discussed previously, we acquired 3PI on April 1, 2014 in a taxable transaction. We initially paid $44,122,000 for 3PI, net of cash acquired. Property and equipment additions accounted for $7,239,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014, and we also contributed an additional investment of $350,000 to our joint venture in China. In December 2012, we entered into a joint venture with MAT Holdings, Inc. for the purpose of manufacturing, assembling and selling certain engines into the Asian market. The joint venture initially provided for an investment of $1.2 million from each joint venture partner, of which $500,000 was contributed during 2013, for a total investment to date of $850,000.

Financing activities

We generated approximately $67,653,000 of cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014. We generated cash from $60,097,000 in net borrowings under our revolving line of credit in the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, we secured a term loan of $5,000,000 and received proceeds of $1,425,000 from the exercise of private placement warrants for shares of our common stock. We also realized an income tax benefit of $2,704,000 from compensation costs deductible only for income tax purposes and arising from the issuance of our common stock under our 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan.

Offsetting these proceeds were (i) $972,000 for the installment payments due on our term loan, (ii) $430,000 in the payment of withholding taxes for the net settlement of share-based awards which vested in the year ended December 31, 2014, and (iii) $171,000 of financing fees paid in connection with the amendment of our credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as further discussed below under “Credit agreement.

Cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013

Operating activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we used $12,435,000 to fund our operations.

We had a reported net loss of $18,760,000, which, after adjustment for non-cash items of $31,654,000, resulted in net cash generated of $12,894,000 before considering changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Our non-cash adjustments in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily included expenses of (i) $28,031,000 arising from a change in the deferred tax liability related to an indefinite-lived

30


intangible asset. The Company continues to record a full valuation of our private placement warrants, (ii) $1,568,000 of depreciationallowance against deferred tax assets which offsets the tax benefits associated with the pre-tax loss for 2020.
See Note 11. Income Taxes, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and amortization expense, (iii) $1,268,000 of share-based compensation expense and (iv) $649,000 in provisionsSupplementary Data, for inventory. Non-cash adjustments also included $270,000 arising from the loss on debt extinguishment arising from the write-off of unamortized loan financing fees as a result of the replacement of our prior credit facility.

The net loss adjusted for non-cash expenses of $12,894,000 was offset by $25,329,000 of cash used in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2013, principally arising from increases in inventories and accounts receivable. Our inventories increased $16,667,000 to support our growth and as a result of making strategic engine block purchases during 2013. Our accounts receivable increased $5,410,000 arising from higher year over year sales and, more specifically, higher fourth quarter sales in 2013 as comparedadditional information related to the same period in 2012. Further increasing our operating cash used in 2013 was a $3,687,000 reduction in trade accounts payable as a result of payments to suppliers. We also incurred increases in prepaid expenses and other assets of $1,849,000 which also contributedCompany’s income tax provision.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to the increase in cash used. These increases were partially offset by a $2,763,000 increase in accrued liabilities representing obligations incurred for which we had not yet remitted payment. We also had $479,000 of net other increases which also contributed to the use of cash from operations.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $6,514,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, of which $6,007,000 related primarily to the acquisition of property and equipment, and $500,000 related to our initial investment in a joint venture in China.

Financing activities

We generated $24,712,000 of cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013.

We generated $36,750,000 of gross proceeds, prior to $2,734,000 of transaction fees (classified in “Cash paid for financing and transaction fees” in our consolidated statement of cash flows), from the completion of a public offering of our common stock in July 2013, and we generated $4,412,000 of cash from the exercise of private placement warrants by our investors. We also realized an income tax benefit of $1,642,000 from compensation costs deductible only for income tax purposes and arising from the issuance of our common stock under our 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan.

We replaced our existing credit facility with BMO Harris Bank, N.A. on June 28, 2013 with another credit facility from Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as more fully discussed in “Credit agreements” below. We repaid $38,945,000 representing the outstanding principal balance on the BMO Harris Bank, N.A. facility through an initial advance from the Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, credit facility of $38,995,000. We incurred $286,000 in financing fees in connection with our new credit facility, which are included in “Cash paid for financing and transaction fees” in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

Partially offsetting the cash generated were net repayments under our credit facilities of $13,059,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013 principally due to a paydown of our revolving line of credit from a portion of the proceeds generated from the public offering discussed above. In addition, we used $2,063,000 in cash as payment of withholding taxes on behalf of our Chief Operating Officer in connection with his exercise of a portion of shares received under a Stock Appreciation Rights plan that we have with him, and we withheld shares upon such exercise to satisfy his withholding tax obligations.

Credit agreements

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association credit agreement

On June 28, 2013, we entered into a $75.0 million credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which replaced our prior $50.0 million credit agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. The Wells Credit Agreement enabled us to borrow under a revolving line of credit secured by substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets (other than real property). The Wells Credit Agreement (a)results provided an initial maximum $75.0 million revolving line of credit to us, which, at our request and subject to the terms of the Wells Credit Agreement, could have been increased up to $100.0 million during the term of the Wells Credit Agreement; (b) bore interest at the Wells Fargo Bank’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 0.50%; or at our option, all or a portion of the revolving line of credit could have been designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%; (c) had an unused line fee of 0.25% and (d) required us to report our fixed charge coverage ratio, when our Availability (as defined in the Wells Credit Agreement) was less than the Threshold Amount (as defined in the Wells Credit Agreement), and to continue to report our fixed charge coverage ratio until the date that Availability, for a period of 60 consecutive days, was greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount. We were required to meet a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0, the testing of which commenced on the last day of the month prior to the date on which our Availability (as defined in the Wells Credit Agreement) was less than the Threshold Amount. The Threshold Amount was defined in the Wells Credit Agreement as the greater of (i) $9,375,000 or (ii) 12.5% of the maximum revolver amount of $75.0 million or as it may be increased during the term of the Wells Credit Agreement up to $100.0 million.

On April 1, 2014, the Wells Credit Agreement was amended (“Amended Wells Credit Agreement”) to increase our revolving line of credit from $75.0 million to $90.0 million. The Amended Wells Credit Agreement (a) bears interest at the Wells Fargo Bank’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 0.5%; or at our option, all or a portion of the revolving line of credit can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%; (b) has an unused line fee of 0.25%; (c) requires us to report our fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio as described below and; (d) includes a $5.0 million term loan arrangement with Wells Fargo Bank; and (e) includes a letter of credit sub-facility of the revolving line of credit. The principal amount of the $5.0 million term loan was payable in 36 monthly equal installments with the first payment due on June 1, 2014, and bore interest at LIBOR plus 4.5%. Effective April 1, 2014 and during the period in which the term loan was outstanding, we were subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant and a debt leverage ratio covenant. We were required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.20 to 1.00 and our debt leverage ratio could not exceed 4.0 to 1.0 during the period in which the term loan was outstanding. We used borrowings under the expanded revolving line of credit well as the proceeds from the term loan to finance our acquisition of 3PI which was consummated on April 1, 2014 as described in Note 3, “Acquisitions”, to the consolidated financial statements included herein. The term loan was subsequently paid in full on April 29, 2015. In connection with the repayment of the term loan on April 29, 2015, the Company’s minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio reverted back to 1.0 to 1.0, the testing of which commences on the last day of the month prior to the date on which the Company’s Availability is less than the Threshold Amount.

On September 30, 2014 and again on February 11, 2015, we further amended our credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, to increase our revolving line of credit facility to $100.0 million and $125.0 million, respectively (collectively with the Amended Wells Credit Agreement, the “Amended Wells Credit Agreement II”). The Amended Wells Credit Agreement II was scheduled to mature on June 28, 2018.

Other than the above mentioned amendments, the terms and conditions of the Amended Wells Credit Agreement II are substantially similar to our predecessor Wells Fargo Bank credit agreements. Under the Amended Wells Credit Agreement II, the amount that we may borrow is limited to the lesser of (i) the maximum available amount and (ii) borrowing base. The borrowing base is calculated as a percentage of our eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory plus a defined amount based upon certain of our fixed assets (all as defined in the Amended Wells Credit Agreement II). The Amended Wells Credit Agreement II also contains customary covenants and restrictions applicable to us, including agreements to provide financial information, comply with laws, pay taxes and maintain insurance, restrictions on the incurrence of certain indebtedness, guarantees and liens, restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain dispositions of assets, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions. The revolving line of credit is secured by substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets (other than real property).

On April 29, 2015, we entered into an amended credit facility (“Amended Wells Credit Agreement III”) for the purpose of facilitating the issuance of the 5.50% Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes”), as described below, and this amendment provided for the earlier maturity of the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III to insure that the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III will come due before the Senior Notes are payable as described below. While the Senior Notes are outstanding, the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III will become due 75 days prior to the earliest date that a Special Mandatory Purchase Date may occur or 90 days prior to the final maturity date of the Senior Notes, all as described in the Indenture agreement below. Accordingly, under the above terms, the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III will become due no earlier than March 15, 2017, but no later than January 31, 2018.

Outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement

As of December 31, 2015, $97.0 million of our outstanding borrowings under its revolving line of credit bore interest at the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.84% as of December 31, 2015. The remaining outstanding balance of $299,000 as of December 31, 2015 had been designated to bear interest at the prime rate, plus an applicable margin, which equaled 3.50% with the applicable margin included. The unused and available revolving line of credit balance was $27.1 million at December 31, 2015. Our term loan was repaid on April 29, 2015.

As of December 31, 2014, $71.0 million of our outstanding borrowings under its revolving line of credit bore interest at the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.66% as of December 31, 2014. The remaining outstanding balance of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2014 had been designated to bear interest at the prime rate, plus an applicable margin, which equaled 3.25% with the applicable margin included. The unused and available revolving line of credit balance was $21.2 million at December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $4,028,000 outstanding under the term loan, which bore interest at LIBOR plus 4.50%, which equaled 4.67% with the applicable margin included.

5.50% Senior Notes Due 2018

On April 24, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement with certain institutional investors for a private sale of an aggregate amount of $55.0 million in our unsecured 5.50% Senior Notes. The sale closed on April 29, 2015. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we entered into an indenture agreement (“Indenture”) dated April 29, 2015, by and among us, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, and our subsidiaries as guarantors. We received net proceeds of $53,483,000 after financing costs of $1,517,000. The Senior Notes are unsecured debt of our Company and are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt including the debt in connection with the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III. The Senior Notes have a final maturity date of May 1, 2018, provided that a mandatory offer by us to purchase the Senior Notes must be made on or prior to May 1, 2017 in the event we cannot or do not certify compliance with certain financial covenants as more fully described below. In that event, the date of purchase will be no earlier than May 30, 2017.

We may redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part at any time on or after May 1, 2016, at our option following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption:

Redemption date

Redemption price

May 1, 2016 through October 31, 2016

101.0%

November 1, 2016 and thereafter

100.0%

At any time prior to May 1, 2016, we may redeem up to 35% of the Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings specified in the Indenture at a redemption price of 105.5% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, but only if at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes would remain outstanding following such redemption. In addition, prior to May 1, 2016, we may redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount plus (i) accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and (ii) an Applicable Premium (as defined in the Indenture) that is intended as a “make-whole” to May 1, 2016.

The Senior Notes have a Special Mandatory Purchase Date as described in the Indenture and summarized as follows. Upon the occurrence of the earlier of (I) March 15, 2017, if the Trustee has not received on or within five days prior to such date an officer’s certificate stating that (i) our pro forma consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Indenture) is at least equal to or greater than $35.0 million for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available as of such date and (ii) our consolidated pro forma ratio of consolidated EBITDA to fixed charges (as defined in the Indenture) is at least equal to or greater than 3.25 to 1.0 for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available as of such date or (II) the date on which we notify the Trustee in writing (which date may be at any time on or after March 1, 2017 but on or prior to March 15, 2017) that we cannot or will not deliver such officers’ certificate, then, unless we have given on or prior to March 15, 2017 a notice of redemption of all of the Senior Notes, we will make a mandatory offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at a purchase price of 100.0% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional debt, prepay subordinated indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock, redeem or repurchase capital stock, make investments and restricted payments, enter into transactions with affiliates, sell assets, create liens on assets to secure debt, or effect a consolidation or merger or to sell all, or substantially all, of our assets, in each case subject to certain qualifications and exceptions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture also provides for customary events of default (subject in certain cases to customer grace and cure periods), which include nonpayment, breach of covenants in the Indenture, payment defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee or holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Senior Notes to be due and payable.

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a rate of 5.50% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on November 1, 2015.

Contractual obligations

The following table sets forth a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

   Payments due by period 
(in thousands)  Total   Less than 1
year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than 5
years
 

Contractual obligations

          

Debt (1)

  $55,000    $—      $55,000    $—      $—    

Interest payments on long-term debt (1)

   7,562     3,025     4,537     —       —    

Operating leases (2)

   18,822     4,771     7,399     3,605     3,047  

Purchase obligations (3)

   61,162     61,162     —       —       —    

Other tax liabilities (4)

   —       —       —       —       —    

Other long-term liabilities (5)

   350     350     —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $142,896    $69,308    $66,936    $3,605    $3,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)See Note 8, “Debt,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s debt. “Debt” refers to future cash principal payments. The Company has excluded the future debt and interest cash payments associated with its revolving line of credit balance of $97,299,292 as of December 31, 2015. The revolving line of credit will become due no earlier than March 15, 2017 but no later than January 31, 2018.
(2)See Note 9, “Leases,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company’s operating leases.
(3)Purchase obligations represent agreements with suppliers at the end of 2015 for raw materials and other product as part of the normal course of business.
(4)Represents the expected cash obligations related to the Company’s liability for uncertain income tax positions. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s total liability for uncertain tax positions including interest was $1,055,000. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash outflows associated with these liabilities, the Company was unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period in which these remaining liabilities might be paid.
(5)See Note 14, “Commitments and contingencies,” in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to the Company’s commitments associated with its joint ventures.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Item 303(a) (4) ofRegulation S-K).

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). above, this report also includes non-GAAP (adjusted) financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures provide insight into selected financial information and should be evaluated in the context in which they are presented. These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with U.S. GAAP, and non-GAAP financial measures as reported by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies. The preparationnon-GAAP financial measures should be considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this report. Management does not use these non-GAAP financial measures for any purpose other than the reasons stated below.

Non-GAAP Financial MeasureComparable GAAP Financial Measure
Adjusted net income (loss)Net income (loss)
Adjusted earnings (loss) per shareEarnings (loss) per common share – diluted
EBITDANet income (loss)
Adjusted EBITDANet income (loss)
The Company believes that Adjusted net (loss) income, Adjusted (loss) earnings per share, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA provide relevant and useful information, which is widely used by analysts, investors and competitors in its industry as well as by the Company’s management in assessing the performance of the Company. Adjusted net (loss) income is defined as net income as adjusted for certain items that the Company believes are not indicative of its ongoing operating performance. Adjusted (loss) earnings per share is a measure of the Company’s diluted net (loss) earnings per share adjusted for the impact of special items. EBITDA provides the Company with an understanding of earnings before the impact of investing and financing charges and income taxes. Adjusted EBITDA further excludes the effects of other non-cash and certain other items that do not reflect the ordinary earnings of the Company’s operations.
Adjusted net (loss) income, Adjusted (loss) earnings per share, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA are used by management for various purposes, including as a measure of performance of the Company’s operations and as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting. Adjusted net (loss) income, Adjusted (loss) earnings per share, and Adjusted EBITDA may be useful to an investor because these measures are widely used to evaluate companies’ operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such measures, which can vary substantially from company to company depending on the accounting methods, the book value of assets, the capital structure and the method by which the assets were acquired, among other factors. They are not, however, intended as an alternative measure of operating results or cash flow from operations as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
During 2020, the Company changed the presentation of certain non-GAAP financial measures to separate incremental financial reporting and government investigation expenses into: (1) incremental financial reporting, (2) internal control remediation, and (3) government investigations and other legal matters. In addition, the Company changed the presentation of non-GAAP adjustments for the comparative periods of 2019 in order to align to the current period presentation. There was no impact to Adjusted net income (loss), Adjusted earnings (loss) per share, EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 as a result of this change in presentation. The Company believes the updated presentation may provide more useful information to investors regarding the Company’s non-GAAP adjustments and better aligns with management’s use of the information.

31


The following table presents a reconciliation from Net (loss) income to Adjusted net (loss) income:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
 2020 2019
Net (loss) income $(22,982)$8,248 
Changes in value of warrants 1
— 1,352 
Stock-based compensation 2
607 988 
Asset impairment charges 3
— 
Loss on debt extinguishment 4
497 — 
Key employee retention program 5
— 422 
Severance 6
332 1,995 
Incremental financial reporting 7
1,783 8,783 
Internal control remediation 8
1,314 1,847 
Governmental investigations and other legal matters 9
12,193 4,476 
Life insurance proceeds 10
(930)— 
Discrete income tax items 11
(3,905)— 
Adjusted net (loss) income$(11,091)$28,112 

The following table presents a reconciliation from (Loss) earnings per common share – diluted to Adjusted (loss) earnings per share:
For the Year Ended December 31,
 2020 2019
(Loss) earnings per common share – diluted$(1.00)$0.38 
Changes in value of warrants 1
— 0.06 
Stock-based compensation 2
0.03 0.05 
Asset impairment charges 3
— — 
Loss on debt extinguishment 4
0.02 — 
Key employee retention program 5
— 0.02 
Severance 6
0.01 0.09 
Incremental financial reporting 7
0.08 0.41 
Internal control remediation 8
0.06 0.09 
Governmental investigations and other legal matters 9
0.53 0.20 
Life insurance proceeds 10
(0.04)— 
Discrete income tax items 11
(0.17)— 
Adjusted (loss) earnings per share – diluted$(0.48)$1.30 
Diluted shares (in thousands)22,872 21,530 







32


The following table presents a reconciliation from Net (loss) income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
 2020 2019
Net (loss) income $(22,982)$8,248 
Interest expense 5,714 7,871 
Income tax (benefit) expense (3,713)409 
Depreciation 5,147 5,161 
Amortization of intangible assets 3,053 3,638 
EBITDA (12,781)25,327 
Changes in value of warrants 1
— 1,352 
Stock-based compensation 2
 607 988 
Asset impairment charges 3
 — 
Loss on debt extinguishment 4
497 — 
Key employee retention program 5
— 422 
Severance 6
332 1,995 
Incremental financial reporting 7
1,783 8,783 
Internal control remediation 8
1,314 1,847 
Governmental investigations and other legal matters 9
12,193 4,476 
Life insurance proceeds 10
(930)— 
Adjusted EBITDA $3,015 $45,191 
1.Amounts consist of changes in the value, including the impact of the exercise in April 2019, of the Weichai Warrant.
2.Amounts reflect non-cashstock-based compensation expense (2019 amounts excludes $0.3 million associated with the retention programs, see note 4 below).
3.Amounts reflect immaterial assets removed from service in 2019.
4.Amount represents the loss on the extinguishment of the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement and the Unsecured Senior Notes in April 2020 as further discussed in Note 6. Debt of Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
5.Amount represents incremental compensation costs (including $0.3 million in 2019 of stock-based compensation) incurred to provide retention benefits to certain employees.
6.Amounts represent severance and other post-employment costs for certain former employees of the Company.
7.Amounts represent professional services fees related to the Company’s efforts to restate prior period financial statements, prepare, audit and file delinquent financial statements with the SEC, as well as tax compliance matters impacted by the restatement of prior period financial statements. The amounts exclude $2.0 million and $1.2 million of recurring audit fees in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
8.Amounts represent professional services fees related to the Company’s efforts to remediate internal control material weaknesses including certain costs to upgrade IT systems.
9.Amounts represent professional services fees and reserves primarily related to the recently settled SEC and USAO investigations of the Company and indemnification of certain former officers and employees. The Company is obligated to pay legal costs of certain former officers and employees in accordance with Company bylaws and certain indemnification agreements. As further discussed in Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies of Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, the Company fully exhausted its historical primary directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage in connection with these matters during the first quarter of 2020. The amounts include $7.1 million for 2020 related to indemnification of certain former officers and employees.
10.Amount represents a life insurance payment to the Company related to the death of a former employee.
11.Amount consists of the impact of the CARES Act and a change in the deferred tax liability related to an indefinite-lived intangible asset.

Cash Flows
Cash was impacted as follows:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
 20202019Change% Change
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities $(7,594)$18,157 $(25,751)(142)%
Net cash used in investing activities(1,412)(3,658)2,246 (61)%
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 33,270 (14,550)47,820 NM
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash $24,264 $(51)$24,315 NM
Capital expenditures$(2,402)$(3,681)$1,279 (35)%

33


2020 Cash Flows
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Net cash used in operations was $7.6 million in 2020 compared to net cash provided by operations of $18.2 million in 2019 resulting in an increase of $25.8 million in cash used in operating activities year-over-year. This was primarily due to an increase in the net loss of $31.2 million and a decrease in non-cash adjustments of $3.6 million partly offset by an increase in cash generated from working capital of $9.1 million. During 2020, working capital requirements resulted in a cash inflow of $6.2 million compared to a cash outflow of $2.9 million in 2019. The net cash inflow from working capital in 2020 was primarily due to lower accounts receivable due to collections during the year partly offset by a net decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million in 2020 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $3.7 million in 2019 resulting in a decrease of $2.3 million of net cash used in investing activities year-over-year. Cash flows from investing activities in 2020 primarily consisted of capital expenditures of $2.4 million compared to capital expenditures of $3.7 million in 2019. Cash used for capital expenditures in 2020 was partially offset by cash receipts from a corporate-owned life insurance policy which did not occur in 2019.
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
The Company generated $33.3 million in cash for financing activities in 2020 compared to $14.6 million in cash used by financing activities in 2019, resulting in an increase of $47.8 million in cash generated by financing activities year over year. Primary cash inflows in 2020 were $90.5 million in net borrowings of the revolving line of credit partly offset by $57.3 million related to repayments of long-term debt and financing costs. See Note 6. Debt in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional discussion. Cash used in financing activities in 2019 primarily related to net repayments of the revolving line credit of $15.1 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
On April 2, 2020, the Company closed on its new senior secured revolving credit facility pursuant to the Credit Agreement with Standard Chartered, which allowed the Company to borrow up to $130.0 million, and matures on March 26, 2021. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either the alternate base rate or LIBOR plus 2.00%, and the Company is required to pay a 0.25% commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and includes certain financial covenants as well as a change of control provision. On April 2, 2020, the Company borrowed $95.0 million under the Credit Agreement and utilized the funds to (i) repay the outstanding balance of $16.8 million under the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement, (ii) fully redeem and discharge $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured Senior Notes and pay related interest, and (iii) for general corporate purposes. The Wells Fargo Credit Agreement was terminated in connection with the repayment of the outstanding balance. On April 29, 2020, the Company borrowed an additional $35.0 million under the Credit Agreement, which is the remaining portion of availability, providing the Company with greater financial flexibility. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had borrowings outstanding of $130.0 million under the Credit Agreement and a cash balance of $21.0 million. These amounts reflect a net positive cash impact from customer prepayments of $9.3 million.
As discussed further in Item 8. Note 6. Debt, the Credit Agreement includes financial covenants which were effective for the Company beginning with the six months ended June 30, 2020. The financial covenants include an interest coverage ratio and a minimum EBITDA threshold as further defined in the Credit Agreement. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company did not meet the defined minimum EBITDA requirement. A breach of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement constitutes an event of default. On December 28, 2020, the Company entered into the First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Waiver (the “Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Amendment waived the financial covenant defaults noted herein and, among other things, removed the 60-day extension option, amended the calculation of the interest coverage ratio and minimum EBITDA and adjusted the interest coverage ratio and minimum EBITDA levels. The $130 million aggregate commitment amount of the Credit Agreement, maturity date of March 26, 2021, and applicable interest rate of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged.
In connection with the Amendment, the Company also entered into the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement between the Company and Weichai. Pursuant to the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement, Weichai has established an unsecured and uncommitted loan facility in favor of the Company in a maximum principal amount of $130.0 million. The Shareholder’s Loan Agreement matures on April 20, 2021. Loans may be made to the Company pursuant to the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement at Weichai’s sole discretion. The proceeds of any loans made under the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement shall be used to repay existing obligations under the Credit Agreement. Any potential borrowings under the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement would bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum.
34


In March 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement between the Company and Standard Chartered, as administrative agent. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement continues to allow the Company to borrow up to $130.0 million and matures on March 25, 2022. Under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, Standard Chartered has the right to demand payment of any and all outstanding borrowings and other amounts outstanding under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement at any point in time at its discretion. In connection with the execution of the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company entered into the First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement, that is an amendment to the agreement originally executed with Weichai in December 2020. The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement provides the Company with access to $130.0 million of credit solely for purposes of repaying outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement. The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement expires on April 25, 2022. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement provides Standard Chartered with a power of attorney (“POA”) to submit a borrowing request to Weichai under the First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement if the Company fails to submit a borrowing request within five business days of receiving a request from Standard Chartered. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $130.0 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement. See Note 6. Debt for further information regarding the terms and conditions of the Company’s debt agreements.
Significant uncertainties exist about the Company’s ability to refinance, extend, or repay its outstanding indebtedness, maintain sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, and maintain compliance with the covenants and other requirements under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement. Without additional financing, the Company anticipates that it will not have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to repay the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement as it becomes due. Management currently plans to seek additional liquidity from its current or other lenders before March 25, 2022. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully complete a refinancing on acceptable terms or repay this outstanding indebtedness when required or if at all.
Additionally, due to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020, the global economy experienced substantial turmoil including impacts from the world financial markets which have experienced a period of significant volatility and overall declines. In addition, due to unprecedented decreases in demand, an oil price war, and economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, crude oil prices declined considerably during 2020 compared to the end of 2019. A significant portion of the Company’s sales and profitability is derived from the sale of products that are used within the oil and gas industry. While the Company did not experience significant supply chain interruptions or material cancellations of orders during 2020, the Company did see a decline in orders and lower volumes compared to the prior year. The potential for continued disruptions, economic uncertainty, and unfavorable oil and gas market dynamics may have a material adverse impact that may result in the recognition of impairments or other related charges. Moreover, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operations and liquidity continues to evolve.
Due to uncertainties surrounding the Company’s future ability to refinance, extend, or repay its outstanding indebtedness, maintain sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, and maintain compliance with the covenants and other requirements under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement in the future, substantial doubt exists as to its ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these financial statements are issued. If the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, it may be forced to limit its business activities or be unable to continue as a going concern, which would have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2020, the Company had six outstanding letters of credit totaling $2.3 million. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies for additional information related to the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements and the outstanding letters of credit.
Commitments and Contingencies
Legal matters are further discussed in Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.See Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors for further discussion of legal risks to the Company.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Preparation of these financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires usthe Company to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate ourThe Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates assumptionsare those most important to the portrayal of its financial condition and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, inventories, warranties, private placement warrants and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of operations and which formrequire the basis for makingCompany to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, aboutoften as a result of the carrying values of assetsneed to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. The Company has identified the following as its most critical accounting policies and liabilitiesjudgments. Although management believes that its estimates and our revenue recognition. Actual resultsassumptions are reasonable, they are
35


based on information available when they are made and, therefore, may differ from these estimates made under different assumptions or conditions.

The Company’s significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Other Information, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,and should be reviewed in connection with the following discussion of accounting policies that require difficult, subjective and complex judgments.
Revenue recognition

We recognizeRecognition

The Company determines the amount of revenue uponto be recognized through the following steps:
identification of the contract, or contracts with a customer;
identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
determination of the transaction price;
allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies the performance obligations.
Revenue for the Company is generated from contracts that may include a single performance obligation or multiple performance obligations. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer of title and risk of lossa distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account for revenue recognition. Revenue is measured at the transaction price which is typically when products are shipped, provided there is persuasive evidencebased on the amount of an arrangement,consideration that the salesCompany expects to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer. The transaction price is fixedallocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or determinableas, the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company is required to estimate the total consideration expected to be received from contracts with customers. The consideration expected to be received may be variable based on the specific terms of the contract and management believes collectability is reasonably assured. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had recognized revenue associatedthe Company’s past practices.
For contracts with approximately $21.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, of undelivered product. We anticipatemultiple performance obligations, the collection of any unpaid balances during 2016. We did not enter into any bill and hold arrangements during 2013.

We classify shipping and handling charges billedCompany allocates the total transaction price to customers as revenue. Shipping and handling costs paid to others are classified as a component of cost of sales when incurred.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects our management’sdistinct performance obligations based on directly observable data, if available, or the Company’s best estimate of the amounts that willstand-alone selling price of each distinct performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate the stand-alone selling price is the cost plus a margin approach.

The Company applies significant judgment in order to identify and determine the number of performance obligations, determine the total transaction price, allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation, and determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition.
The Company’s payment terms are less than one year, and its sales arrangements do not be collected. Our management specifically reviewscontain any significant financing components.
Timing of revenue recognition. The Company recognizes revenue related to performance obligations in its contracts with customers when control passes to the customer. Control passes to the customer when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all past due accounts receivable balances and,of the remaining benefits from the asset. For the majority of the Company’s products, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the products are shipped or delivered to the customer based on historical experiencethe shipping terms as that is the point in time when control passes to the customer.
The Company also recognizes revenue over time primarily when the Company’s performance obligations include: enhancing a customer-controlled asset (generally when an engine is provided by the customer), constructing an asset with no alternative future use and the Company has an assessment of current creditworthiness, estimatesenforceable right to payment throughout the portion, if any,period as the services are performed or providing an extended warranty beyond the Company’s standard warranty. The Company recognizes revenue throughout the manufacturing process when constructing an asset based on labor hours incurred because the customer receives the benefit of the balance that will not be collected.

asset as the product is constructed. The Company believes labor hours incurred relative to total estimated labor hours at completion faithfully depicts the transfer of control to the customer. The Company recognizes revenue related to extended warranty programs based on the passage of time over the extended warranty period.

Inventories

Our

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of engines and parts. Engines are valued at the lower of cost plus estimated freight-in as determined by specific serial number identification, or marketnet realizable value. Parts are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first out) or marketnet realizable value.

We write Net realizable value approximates replacement cost.

It is the Company’s policy to review inventories on a continuous basis for obsolete, excess and slow-moving items and to record valuation adjustments for such items in order to eliminate non-recoverable costs from inventory. The Company writes down inventory for an estimated amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated realizable value. Additionally, an inventory reserve is provided for based upon our estimationthe Company’s estimate of future demand for the quantity of inventory on hand. In determining an estimate of future demand, multiple factors are taken into consideration, including (i) customer purchase orders and customer forecasted demand;projected demand, (ii) historical sales/usage for each inventory item;item and (iii) utilization
36


within a current or anticipated future power system. These factors are primarily based upon quantifiable information, and therefore we havethe Company has not experienced significant differences in inventory valuation due to variances in ourthe Company’s estimation of future demand. We estimate that, in 2015, a 10% variance between the estimated net realizable value of such inventory and its actual realizable amount would have a less than $94,000 effect on our cost of goods sold and the value of our inventory.

Goodwill and other intangibles

Impairment

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the values assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired. In accordance with ASC 350,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other Intangibles, goodwill is not amortized, but instead it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate that a possible impairment may exist. Absent any interim
The Company performs its annual impairment test using the discounted cash flow method which involves the Company’s management making estimates with respect to a variety of factors that will significantly impact the future performance of the business, including the following:
future volume projections;
estimated margins on sales;
estimated growth rate for SG&A costs;
future effective tax rate; and
weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) used to discount future performance of the Company.
Because these estimates form a basis for the determination of whether or not the impairment charge should be recorded, these estimates are considered to be critical accounting estimates. The Company completed its 2020 annual impairment test as of October 1, 2020 and concluded that there were no impairments. See Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Other Information, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for further discussion.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has $29.8 million of goodwill. Significant adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flows could cause the recognition of impairment charges, which could be material, in future periods. As a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts on the global economy, it is reasonably possible that the Company will continue to be adversely impacted which may result in the recognition of material goodwill impairment charges.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, other than goodwill which is separately tested for impairment, are evaluated for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Potential indicators of impairment we will testmay include a deteriorating business climate, an asset remaining idle for goodwillmore than a short period of time, advances in technology, or plans to discontinue use of, or change, in the business model for the operation in which a long-lived asset is used. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment on a specified dateby comparing the carrying value of each year, October 1.

In accordance with ASC 350,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other Intangibles, we amortize our intangiblethe long-lived assets with finite lives over their respectivethe estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including cash flows from disposition. If the future net undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, the Company then calculates an impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the long-lived asset’s carrying value with its estimated fair value, which may be based on estimated future discounted cash flows. The Company also periodically reevaluates the useful lives of its long-lived assets due to advances and changes in its technologies.

The Company’s impairment loss calculations contain critical estimates because they require the Company’s management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate future cash flows and long-lived asset fair values, including forecasting useful lives of the long-lived assets and selecting discount rates.
If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions used, the Company could experience an impairment triggering event and be exposed to losses that could be material. As a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts on the global economy, it is reasonably possible that the Company will review forcontinue to be adversely impacted which may result in the recognition of material impairment whenever impairment indicators exist. Our intangible assets consist of backlog, customer relationships and trade names and trademarks.

charges related to its long-lived assets.

Warranty programs

We offer

The Company offers a standard limited warranty on the workmanship of ourits products that in most cases covers defects for a defined period. Warranties for certified emission products are mandated by the EPA and/or the CARB and are longer than our standard warranty on certain emission related products. Our products also carry limited warranties from suppliers. Costs related to supplier warranty claims are borne by the supplier; our warranties apply only to the modifications we make to supplier base products. We estimate and record a liability, and related charge to income, for our warranty program at the time products are sold to customers. Our estimates are based on historical experience and reflect management’s best estimates of expected costs at the time products are sold. We make adjustments to our estimates in the period in which it is determined that actual costs may differ from our initial or previous estimates. In 2015, we estimate that, a 10% change in the amount of historical warranty expense would have increased our warranty liability and related costs by approximately $43,000.

Private Placement Warrants

Our private placement warrants are accounted for as a liability, in accordance with ASC 480,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. ASC 480 states that, if an entity must or could settle an instrument by issuing a variable number of its own shares, and, as in this case, the obligation’s monetary value is based solely or predominantly on variations in the fair value of the company’s equity shares, but moves in the opposite direction, then the obligation to issue shares is to be recorded as a liability at the inception of the arrangement, and is adjusted with subsequent changes in the fair value of the underlying stock. Our private placement warrants were measured at fair value under ASC Topic 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures of the Accounting Standards Codification. Our liability for the private placement warrants is measured at fair value based on unobservable inputs, and thus is considered a Level 3 financial instrument. In 2015, if all other assumptions are held constant, we estimate that, the recorded liability of the private placement warrants would increase or decrease by an immaterial amount due to a 10% change in the enterprise value of our company based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Equity-based compensation

Our equity-based compensation expense for awards granted to employees for service is accounted for over the service period based on the grant date fair value. Furthermore, the stock appreciation right granted is accounted for as equity, in accordance with ASC 718,Compensation — Stock Compensation.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe the assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. As of December 31, 2015, and 2014, we had not recorded a tax asset valuation allowance.

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes , on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $1,055,000 and $740,000, respectively, for uncertain tax positions.

Impact of recently issued accounting standards

We evaluate the pronouncements of authoritative accounting organizations, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), to determine the impact of new pronouncements on GAAP and our consolidated financial statements. In May of 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board jointly issued a final standard on revenue recognition which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. This standard will supersede most current revenue recognition guidance. Under the new standard, entities are required to identify the following within a contract with a customer: the separate performance obligations in the contract; the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the separate performance obligations in the contract; and the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized when (or as) the entity satisfies each performance obligation. Entities have the option of using either retrospective transition or a modified approach in applying the new standard. On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to issue a final Accounting Standards Update (ASU) that defers for one year the effective date of the new revenue standard and allows early adoption as of the original effective date (i.e., annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within those annual periods). After reviewing and discussing the feedback received, the Board decided to adopt the standard as originally proposed. Thus, the anticipated final ASU will be effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the approach to use to apply the new standard and the impact that the adoption of the new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In April of 2015, the FASB issued guidance to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. This new guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. Although the standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years, as permitted under the standard, we chose to early adopt this guidance as of June 30, 2015, and have therefore presented the debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of our 5.50% Senior Notes as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the liability as of December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 8, “Debt” for further details related to the issuance of our 5.50% Senior Notes.

In July 2015, the FASB issued final guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of inventories by replacing the lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable value test. The guidance applies to inventories for which cost is determined by methods other than LIFO and the retail inventory method. The amendment is to be applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and the interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this ASC amendment, but do not expect it will have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued final guidance that requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the consolidated balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Although the standard is effective for the Company for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, we elected the early adoption provision of this standard as of the year ended December 31, 2015, and have prospectively classified all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the standard. Prior year’s balances were not required to be retrospectively adjusted.

There were no additional new accounting pronouncements or guidance that have been issued or adopted by authoritative accounting organizations during the year ended December 31, 2015, that are expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The Company is exposed to changes in interest rates primarily due to its outstanding balances under the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III. If interest rates were to fluctuate, there is a risk that any outstanding balance would be impacted by the prevailing rate, which may further impact our ability to repay the outstanding balance. A one percentage point increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease our interest expense by approximately $973,000 annually based on our revolving line of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2015. Our 5.50% Senior Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2015 are fixed and not subject to changes in interest rates.

For a discussion of our liability for the Private Placement Warrants, see Note 7, “Fair value of financial instruments,” to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

See Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures that is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that such that information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of our disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered under this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets.

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are made in accordance with authorization of our management and our board of directors.

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the framework in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Our evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Powertrain Integration (Powertrain), which we acquired in 2015. The aggregate amount of total assets and net sales of Powertrain in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $41.3 million and $44.2 million, respectively. Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with our Audit Committee. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been reviewed by RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its attestation report which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes In Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, no controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur, and no evaluation of any such controls can provide absolute assurance that control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls’ effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies and procedures.

Item 9B.Other Information.

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Our Board of Directors adopted a Code of Ethics for Principal and Senior Financial Officers that applies to senior officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer. A copy of the code is posted on our investor relations section of our website at www.psiengines.com. Information contained on the website is not incorporated by reference in, or considered to be a part of, this document.

Additional information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2015.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

Incorporated herein by reference from the proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2015.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Incorporated herein by reference from the proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2015.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Incorporated herein by reference from the proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2015.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Incorporated herein by reference from the proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year-end of December 31, 2015.

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

15(a) Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Financial Statements of Power Solutions International, Inc.

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes In Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Power Solutions International, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Power Solutions International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Power Solutions International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Power Solutions International, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Power Solution International Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 26, 2016

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Power Solutions International, Inc.

We have audited Power Solutions International, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Power Solutions International, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, management has excluded Powertrain Integration, LLC from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination in the second quarter of 2015. We have also excluded Powertrain Integration, LLC from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Powertrain Integration, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary whose total assets and net income represent approximately 11% and 18%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that(a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;(b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and(c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Power Solutions International, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Power Solutions International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 and our report dated February 26, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 26, 2016

POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)  2015  2014 

ASSETS

   

Current assets

   

Cash

  $8,445   $6,561  

Accounts receivable, net

   104,365    81,740  

Income tax receivable

   5,230    —    

Inventories, net

   130,347    93,903  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   4,288    4,801  

Deferred income taxes

   —      3,998  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   252,675    191,003  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property, plant & equipment, net

   26,001    20,892  

Intangible assets, net

   31,745    21,392  

Goodwill

   41,466    23,546  

Deferred income tax asset

   819    —    

Other noncurrent assets

   7,230    5,804  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $359,936   $262,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $76,078   $60,877  

Income taxes payable

   —      779  

Accrued compensation and benefits

   4,009    5,983  

Current maturities of long-term debt

   —      1,667  

Other accrued liabilities

   19,175    6,742  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   99,262    76,048  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term obligations

   

Revolving line of credit

   97,299    78,030  

Deferred income taxes

   —      3,241  

Private placement warrants

   1,482    11,036  

Long-term debt, less current maturities, net

   53,820    2,361  

Other noncurrent liabilities

   1,776    1,122  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

   253,639    171,838  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Series A convertible preferred stock — $0.001 par value. Authorized: 114,000 shares. Issued and outstanding: -0- shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

   —      —    

Common stock — $0.001 par value. Authorized: 50,000,000 shares. Issued: 11,583,831 and 11,562,209 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Outstanding: 10,752,906 and 10,731,284 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

   12    12  

Additional paid-in-capital

   75,179    73,959  

Retained earnings

   35,356    21,078  

Treasury stock, at cost, 830,925 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

   (4,250  (4,250
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   106,297    90,799  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $359,936   $262,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)  2015  2014  2013 

Net sales

  $389,446   $347,995   $237,842  

Cost of sales

   326,612    280,950    193,316  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   62,834    67,045    44,526  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research & development and engineering

   21,681    16,900    10,439  

Selling and service

   11,658    9,686    7,545  

General and administrative

   15,718    13,402    11,575  

Amortization of intangible assets

   4,582    1,013    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   53,639    41,001    29,559  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   9,195    26,044    14,967  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other (income) expense:

    

Interest expense

   4,327    1,331    657  

Contingent consideration

   48    (3,840  —    

Private placement warrant (income) expense

   (9,299  (6,169  28,031  

Loss on debt extinguishment

   —      —      270  

Other expense, net

   229    183    10  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other (income) expense

   (4,695  (8,495  28,968  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   13,890    34,539    (14,001

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (388  10,813    4,759  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $14,278   $23,726   $(18,760
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

   10,808,005    10,706,780    9,779,457  

Diluted

   11,073,647    11,131,617    9,779,457  

Earnings (loss) per common share

    

Basic

  $1.32   $2.22   $(1.92

Diluted

  $0.45   $1.58   $(1.92

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  Preferred
stock
   Common
stock
   Additional
paid-in
capital
  Treasury
stock
  Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)
  Total
stockholders’
equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $—      $10    $10,862   $(4,250 $16,112   $22,734  

Net loss

   —       —       —      —      (18,760  (18,760

Net proceeds from stock offering

   —       1     34,015    —      —      34,016  

Share-based compensation expense

   —       —       1,268    —      —      1,268  

Payment of withholding taxes for net settlement of share-based awards

   —       —       (2,063  —      —      (2,063

Excess tax benefit from exercise of share-based awards

   —       —       1,642    —      —      1,642  

Exercise of private placement warrants

   —       —       11,584    —      —      11,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   —       11     57,308    (4,250  (2,648  50,421  

Net income

   —       —       —      —      23,726    23,726  

Acquisition consideration

   —       —       5,060    —      —      5,060  

Tax effect of acquisition consideration

   —       —       (681  —      —      (681

Share-based compensation expense

   —       —       1,254    —      —      1,254  

Payment of withholding taxes for net settlement of share-based awards

   —       —       (430  —      —      (430

Excess tax benefit from exercise of share-based awards

   —       —       2,704    —      —      2,704  

Exercise of private placement warrants

   —       1     8,744    —      —      8,745  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   —       12     73,959    (4,250  21,078    90,799  

Net income

   —       —       —      —      14,278    14,278  

Share-based compensation expense

   —       —       1,186    —      —      1,186  

Payment of withholding taxes for net settlement of share-based awards

   —       —       (351  —      —      (351

Excess tax benefit from exercise of share-based awards

   —       —       65    —      —      65  

Exercise of private placement warrants

   —       —       320    —      —      320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $—      $12    $75,179   $(4,250 $35,356   $106,297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  2015  2014  2013 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

  $14,278   $23,726   $(18,760

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

   4,347    2,562    1,528  

Amortization

   5,324    2,147    40  

Deferred income taxes

   (62  1,011    (467

Non-cash interest expense

   454    87    64  

Share-based compensation expense

   1,186    1,254    1,268  

Increase in accounts receivable allowances

   641    204    160  

Increase in inventory reserves

   945    679    649  

Amortization of inventory step up to fair value

   538    482    —    

(Decrease) increase in valuation of private placement warrants liability

   (9,299  (6,169  28,031  

Increase (decrease) in valuation of contingent consideration liability

   48    (3,840  —    

Loss on investment in joint ventures

   229    209    39  

Loss on disposal of assets

   267    284    72  

Loss on debt extinguishment

   —      —      270  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets, net of effects of business combinations:

    

Accounts receivable

   (20,526  (35,225  (5,410

Income tax receivable

   (5,230  —      —    

Inventories

   (27,336  (34,125  (16,667

Prepaid expenses and other assets

   (83  (4,492  (1,849

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities, net of effects of business combinations:

    

Accounts payable

   8,160    34,140    (3,687

Accrued compensation and benefits and other accrued liabilities

   3,195    667    2,763  

Income taxes payable

   (779  585    (445

Other noncurrent liabilities

   654    129    (34
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (23,049  (15,685  (12,435
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, plant & equipment

   (8,174  (7,239  (6,007

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

   (34,396  (44,122  —    

Investment in joint ventures

   (1,000  (350  (500

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

   —      (2  (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (43,570  (51,713  (6,514
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from stock offering

   —      —      36,750  

Initial proceeds from borrowings under revolving line of credit

   —      —      38,995  

Advances from revolving line of credit — noncurrent obligation

   93,628    82,402    74,841  

Repayments of revolving line of credit — noncurrent obligation

   (74,359  (22,305  (87,900

Repayment of prior revolving line of credit

   —      —      (38,945

Proceeds from exercise of private placement warrants

   65    1,425    4,412  

Proceeds from long-term debt

   55,000    5,000    —    

Payments on long-term debt

   (4,028  (972  —    

Payment of withholding taxes from net settlement of share-based awards

   (351  (430  (2,063

Excess tax benefit from exercise of share-based awards

   65    2,704    1,642  

Cash paid for financing and transaction fees

   (1,517  (171  (3,020
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   68,503    67,653    24,712  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase in cash

   1,884    255    5,763  

Cash at beginning of the year

   6,561    6,306    543  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash at end of the year

  $8,445   $6,561   $6,306  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

  $3,380   $1,153   $660  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $7,125   $5,333   $4,869  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions

    

Unpaid property, plant & equipment

  $891   $799   $1,552  

Fair value of private placement warrants exercised

  $255   $7,320   $7,172  

Supplemental disclosures of business acquisition

    

Fair value of assets acquired

  $50,165   $60,104   $—    

Less liabilities assumed

   (7,029  (5,805  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   43,136    54,299    —    

Less contingent consideration

   (8,740  —     

Less shares expected to be issued

   —      (8,900  —    

Less cash acquired

   —      (1,277  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

  $34,396   $44,122   $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Description of the company and summary of significant accounting policies

Description of the company and nature of business operations

Nature of business operations

Power Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Power Solutions International”, “PSI” or the “Company”) is a global producer and distributor of a broad range of high performance, certified low emission power systems, including alternative fuel power systems for original equipment manufacturers of off-highway industrial equipment (“industrial OEMs”) and certain on-road vehicles and large custom-engineered integrated electrical power generation systems. The Company’s customers include large, industry-leading and/or multinational organizations. The Company’s products and services are sold predominantly to customers throughout North America, as well as to customers located throughout the Pacific Rim and Europe. The Company operates as one business and geographic operating segment.

The Company’s power systems are highly engineered, comprehensive systems which, through its technologically sophisticated development and manufacturing processes, including its in-house design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities and its analysis and determination of the specific components to be integrated into a given power system (driven in large part by emission standards and cost restrictions required, or desired, to be met), allow the Company to provide its customers with power systems customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements, other technical specifications of customers, and requirements imposed by environmental regulatory bodies. The Company’s power system configurations range from a basic engine integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry. The Company purchases engines from third party suppliers and produces internally-designed engines, all of which are then integrated into the Company’s power systems. Of the other components that the Company integrates into its power systems, a substantial portion consist of internally designed components and components for which the Company coordinates significant design efforts with third party suppliers, with the remainder consisting largely of parts that are sourced off-the-shelf from third party suppliers. Some of the key components (including purchased engines) embody proprietary intellectual property of the Company’s suppliers. As a result of its design and manufacturing capabilities, the Company is able to provide its customers with a comprehensive power system which can be incorporated, using a single part number, directly into a customer’s specified application. Capitalizing on its expertise in developing and manufacturing emission-certified power systems and its access to the latest power system technologies, the Company believes that it is able to provide complete “green” power systems to industrial OEMs at a low cost and with fast design turnaround. In addition to the certified products described above, the Company sells diesel, gasoline and non-certified power systems and aftermarket components.

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of Power Solutions International, Inc. present information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”), have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and, in the opinion of management present fairly the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries for the periods presented.

Reclassification

Certain amounts recorded in the prior period consolidated financial statements presented have been reclassified to conform to the current period financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Power Solutions International, Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer, which is typically when products are shipped, provided there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and management believes collectability is reasonably assured. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had recognized revenue associated with approximately $21.4 million and $3.2 million of undelivered product, respectively. In certain circumstances, the Company recognizes revenue before delivery has occurred. In such circumstances, among other things, risk of ownership has passed to the buyer, the buyer has made a written fixed commitment to purchase the finished goods, the buyer has requested the finished goods be held for future delivery as scheduled and designated by them, and no additional performance obligations exist by the Company. The Company anticipates the collection of any unpaid balances during 2016. The Company did not enter into any bill and hold arrangements during 2013.

The Company classifies shipping and handling charges billed to customers as revenue. Shipping and handling costs paid to others are classified as a component of cost of sales when incurred.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable are due under normal trade terms generally requiring payment within 30 to 45 days from the invoice date. A limited number of customers have terms which may extend up to 150 days from the invoice date. The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects management’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. Management specifically reviews all past due accounts receivable balances and, based on historical experience and an assessment of current creditworthiness, estimates the portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected.

The activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, was as follows:

   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $652    $452  

Charged to expense

   641     204  

(Write-offs), net of recoveries

   (356   (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $937    $652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories, net

Inventories consist primarily of engines and parts. Engines are valued at the lower of cost, plus estimated freight-in, or market value. Parts are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market value. When necessary, the Company writes down inventory for an estimated amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated realizable value. Additionally, an inventory allowance is provided based upon the Company’s estimation of future demand for the quantity of inventory on hand. In determining an estimate of future demand, multiple factors are taken into consideration, including, but not limited to: (i) customer purchase orders and customer forecasted demand; (ii) historical sales/usage for each inventory item; and (iii) utilization within a current or anticipated future power system.

Inventories consisted of the following as of December 31:

   2015   2014 

Raw materials

  $104,433    $87,133  

Work in process

   6,401     1,752  

Finished goods

   21,853     6,777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories

   132,687     95,662  

Inventory allowance

   (2,340   (1,759
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories, net

  $130,347    $93,903  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The activity in the Company’s inventory allowance as of December 31 was as follows:

   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $1,759    $1,510  

Charged to expense

   945     679  

Write-offs

   (364   (430
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $2,340    $1,759  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment and land, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If such review indicates that the carrying amount of long-lived assets is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. There were no adjustments to the carrying values of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

Goodwill and other intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the values assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired. In accordance with ASC 350,Intangibles —Goodwill and Other Intangibles, goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. Absent any interim indicators of impairment, the Company tests for goodwill impairment on a specified date of each year, October 1.

In accordance with ASC 350,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other Intangibles, the Company amortizes its intangible assets with finite lives using an accelerated method over their respective estimated useful lives and will review for impairment whenever impairment indicators exist. The Company’s intangible assets consist of backlog, customer relationships, developed technology and trade names and trademarks.

Warranty costs

The Company offers a standard limited warranty on the workmanship of certain of its products that in most cases covers defects for a defined period. Warranties for certified emission products are mandated by the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and/or the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) and are longer than the Company’s standard warranty on certain emission relatedemission-related products. The Company’s products may also carry limited warranties from suppliers. The Company’s warranties generally apply to engines fully manufactured by the Company and to the modifications the Company makes to supplier base products. Costs related to supplier warranty claims are often times borne by the supplier; the Company’s warranties apply onlysupplier and passed through to the modifications made to supplier base products.end customer. The Company’s managementCompany estimates and records a liability and related chargecharges to income for theits warranty program at the time products are sold to customers. Estimates are based on historical experience and reflect management’s best estimates of expected costs at the time products are sold. The Company makesCompany’s warranty liability is generally affected by failure rates, repair costs and the timing of failures. Future events and circumstances related to these factors could materially change the estimates and require adjustments to the warranty liability. In addition, new product

37


launches require a greater use of judgment in developing estimates until historical experience becomes available. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had warranty reserves of $31.5 million.
The Company records adjustments to preexisting warranties for changes in its estimate of warranty costs for products sold in prior fiscal years in the period in which it is determined that actual costs may differ from the Company’s initial or previous estimates.

The activity Such adjustments typically occur when new information received by the Company indicates claims experience deviates from historical and expected trends. During 2020, the Company recognized a charge for adjustments to preexisting warranties of $8.7 million compared to a charge of $2.7 million in 2019.

When the Company’sCompany identifies cost effective opportunities to address issues in products sold or corrective actions for safety issues, it initiates product recalls or field campaigns. As a result of the uncertainty surrounding the nature and frequency of product recalls and field campaigns, the liability for such actions is generally recorded when the Company commits to a product recall or field campaign. In each subsequent quarter after a recall or field campaign is initiated, the recorded warranty liability as of December 31 was as follows:

   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $3,094    $1,274  

Acquisitions

   631     1,600  

Charged to expense

   428     2,020  

Payments

   (1,726   (1,800
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $2,427    $3,094  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other accrued liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:

   2015   2014 

Due to former owners

  $8,788    $—    

Warranty

   2,427     3,094  

Customer deposits

   3,606     385  

Other

   4,354     3,263  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $19,175    $6,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Private placement warrants

The Company’s private placement warrants are accounted for as a liability, in accordance with ASC 480-10-25-14,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. ASC 480-10-25-14 states that,balance is analyzed, reviewed and adjusted, if an entity must or could settle an instrument by issuing a variable number of its own shares, and, as in this case, the obligation’s monetary value is based solely or predominantly on variations in the fair value of the company’s equity shares, but moves in the opposite direction, then the obligationnecessary, to issue shares is to be recorded as a liability at the inception of the arrangement, and is adjusted with subsequentreflect any changes in the fair valueanticipated average cost of repair or number of repairs to be completed prospectively.

When collection is reasonably assured, the underlying stock. The effectCompany also estimates the amount of the changewarranty claim recoveries to be received from its suppliers. Warranty costs and recoveries are included in valueCost of the obligation is reflected as “Private placement warrant (income) expense”sales in the Company’s consolidated statementsConsolidated Statements of operations. See Note 7, “Fair value of financial instruments,” for detail describing the valuation approach for the Private Placement Warrants.

Research & development and engineering costs

The Company expenses research & development and engineering costs when incurred. Research & development costs classified within research & development and engineering expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, consist primarily of wages, materials, testing and consulting related to the development of new engines, parts and applications relating to the alternative fuel market across all markets with an emphasis on the industrial and on-road markets. These costs approximated $19.1 million, $14.9 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Share-based compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation expense for awards granted to employees for service over the service period based on the grant date fair value.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include accounts receivable, accounts payable, revolving line of credit, term debt and private placement warrants. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. The carrying value of the revolving line of credit and term debt approximate fair value because the interest rates fluctuate with market interest rates or the fixed rates are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities. Based upon the Company’s current credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, using the Company’s balances and interest rates as of December 31, 2015, and holding other variables constant, an increase by a factor of 10 of the interest rates for the next 12 month period charged by the bank to the Company would decrease the Company’s pre-tax earnings and cash flow by approximately $179,000. The fair value of the private placement warrants is described below in Note 7, “Fair value of financial instruments.”

Self-funded insurance

The Company is self-insured for certain costs of its employee benefit plans, although the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure. The Company maintains a stop-loss insurance policy with individual and aggregate stop-loss coverage.

Income taxes

Operations.

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.be settled or realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes the assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate recovery of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the amount and timing of future taxable income and other factors such as the taxing jurisdiction in which the asset is to be recovered. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $48.1 million and $41.7 million, respectively. Although the Company believes that its approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ, and the Company may be exposed to increases or decreases in income taxes that could be material. See Note 11. Income Taxes, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,for additional information regarding the deferred tax valuation allowance.
Impact of New Accounting Standards
For information about recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Other Information, included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
The Company is a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and is not required to provide the information under this item.
38


Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
Consolidated Financial Statements of Power Solutions International, Inc.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
39


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Stockholders and Board of Directors
Power Solutions International, Inc.
Wood Dale, Illinois 
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Power Solutions International, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern Uncertainty
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, significant uncertainties exist about the Company’s ability to refinance, extend, or repay its outstanding indebtedness and maintain sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Revenue Recognition from Significant Supply Agreements
As more fully described in Note 2. to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized revenue from significant supply agreements with two customers of $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company also had contract liabilities of $46.4 million related to these significant supply agreements as of December 31, 2020. The contracts executed under these two significant supply agreements included complex revenue recognition considerations. Additionally, during 2020, the Company began licensing its technology to a third-party manufacturer to produce and certify certain products purchased through these contracts, which required additional consideration to determine if the Company remained the principal in the contract.
We identified revenue recognition from contracts executed under these significant customer supply agreements as a critical audit matter. Significant judgment was required to determine the performance obligations within the contracts, when control of
40


the performance obligations transfers to the customer, and whether the Company is a principal or agent in satisfying the performance obligations. Auditing these aspects involved especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit effort required to address these matters, including specialized skill and knowledge needed.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:
a.Evaluating the appropriateness of management’s revenue recognition accounting policies and practices applied to these significant supply agreements.
b.Examining the terms of the contracts executed under the significant supply agreements, including the licensing contract with the third-party manufacturer, and evaluating management’s judgment about:
i.whether contract promises represented performance obligations
ii.when control of each performance obligation transfers to the customer and
iii.whether the Company was a principal or agent in satisfying the performance obligations.
c.Testing a sample of revenue transactions for each contract to evaluate whether the revenue recognized and contract liabilities recorded were consistent with management’s accounting policies and practices.
d.Utilizing personnel with specialized skill and knowledge in evaluating complex revenue transactions to evaluate the application of management’s revenue recognition accounting policies and generally accepted accounting principles specifically related to the identification of performance obligations, the timing of when control of the performance obligation transfers to the customer and whether the Company was a principal or an agent in satisfying the performance obligations in these significant supply agreements.
Transportation Accrued Product Warranty
As more fully described in Note 1. to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated accrued product warranty balance was $31.5 million as of December 31, 2020, which included the transportation accrued product warranty covering new products launched in recent years. The Company offers a standard limited warranty on the workmanship of its products. The Company estimates and records a liability and related charges to income for its warranty program at the time products are sold to customers. These estimates are established using historical warranty claims information including failure rates, repair costs and timing of failures. New product launches require a greater use of judgment in developing estimates until historical experience becomes available. Previous estimates are adjusted as actual warranty claims data becomes available.
We identified the transportation accrued product warranty liability as a critical audit matter. Auditing management’s estimates and assumptions to determine the transportation accrued product warranty liability involved especially challenging auditor judgment due to the limited availability of historical warranty claims information for new transportation products launched in recent years.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:
a.Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumptions to estimate the future warranty claims for the recently developed and launched transportation products by:
i.Comparing assumptions used to estimate the transportation accrued product warranty to those of a similar product line for periods when historical claims are not available, including assessing reasonableness of the similarity of such products by understanding their nature and intended use.
ii.Comparing the current transportation product warranty claims estimates to the prior year estimates and investigating significant differences.
iii.Analyzing the trends from historical transportation product sales and claims received from those sales to evaluate changes in the failure rates, repair costs and timing of failures for more recent sales of products and verifying that these trends are reasonably incorporated in management’s current estimates.
b.Testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying historical warranty claims information used to estimate future warranty claims.
c.Testing the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculation of the transportation product warranty.
d.Analyzing current period warranty claims data for indicators that historical trends may not be indicative of future warranty claims for the same transportation products.



41


/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
Chicago, Illinois

March 30, 2021
42


POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par values)As of December 31,
20202019
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$20,968 $
Restricted cash3,299 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $3,701 and $3,561 as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively60,148 104,515 
Income tax receivable3,708 1,055 
Inventories, net108,213 108,839 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets6,351 8,110 
Total current assets202,687 222,522 
Property, plant and equipment, net20,181 23,194 
Intangible assets, net10,319 13,372 
Goodwill29,835 29,835 
Other noncurrent assets20,955 24,749 
TOTAL ASSETS$283,977 $313,672 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$31,547 $75,835 
Current maturities of long-term debt310 195 
Revolving line of credit130,000 39,527 
Other accrued liabilities77,619 66,030 
Total current liabilities239,476 181,587 
Deferred income taxes886 1,105 
Long-term debt, net of current maturities781 55,657 
Noncurrent contract liabilities3,181 17,998 
Other noncurrent liabilities33,556 28,828 
TOTAL LIABILITIES$277,880 $285,175 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock – $0.001 par value. Shares authorized: 5,000. NaN shares issued and outstanding at all dates.$$
Common stock – $0.001 par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 23,117 and 23,117 shares issued; 22,892 and 22,857 shares outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively23 23 
Additional paid-in capital157,262 156,727 
Accumulated deficit(149,894)(126,912)
Treasury stock, at cost, 225 and 260 shares at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively(1,294)(1,341)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY6,097 28,497 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY$283,977 $313,672 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
43


POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Net sales$417,639 $546,076 
Cost of sales359,191 446,188 
Gross profit58,448 99,888 
Operating expenses:
Research, development and engineering expenses25,375 24,932 
Selling, general and administrative expenses51,744 54,115 
Amortization of intangible assets3,053 3,638 
Total operating expenses80,172 82,685 
Operating (loss) income(21,724)17,203 
Other expense, net:
Interest expense5,714 7,871 
Loss from change in value and exercise of warrants1,352 
      Loss on debt extinguishment and modifications497 
Other income, net(1,240)(677)
Total other expense, net4,971 8,546 
(Loss) income before income taxes(26,695)8,657 
Income tax (benefit) expense(3,713)409 
Net (loss) income$(22,982)$8,248 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic22,872 21,512 
Diluted22,872 21,530 
(Loss) earnings per common share:
Basic$(1.00)$0.38 
Diluted$(1.00)$0.38 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
44


POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated DeficitTreasury StockTotal Stockholders’ Equity
Balance at December 31, 2018$19 $119,724 $(135,160)$(3,161)$(18,578)
Net income— — 8,248 — 8,248 
Stock-based compensation expense— 1,248 — — 1,248 
Common stock issued for stock-based awards, net— (2,309)— 1,820 (489)
Issuance of common stock to Weichai38,064 — — 38,068 
Balance at December 31, 2019$23 $156,727 $(126,912)$(1,341)$28,497 
Net loss— — (22,982)— (22,982)
Stock-based compensation expense— 535 — 72 607 
Common stock issued for stock-based awards, net— — — (25)(25)
Balance at December 31, 2020$23 $157,262 $(149,894)$(1,294)$6,097 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
45


POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Net (loss) income$(22,982)$8,248 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Amortization of intangible assets3,053 3,638 
Depreciation5,147 5,161 
Change in value and exercise of warrants1,352 
Stock-based compensation expense607 1,248 
Amortization of financing fees1,594 698 
Deferred income taxes(1,452)457 
Loss on extinguishment of debt497 
Other adjustments, net(209)277 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net44,611 (18,095)
Inventory, net(382)(3,977)
Prepaid expenses and other assets3,958 17,125 
Accounts payable(44,161)(9,494)
Accrued expenses11,106 13,948 
Other noncurrent liabilities(8,981)(2,429)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(7,594)18,157 
Cash used in investing activities
Capital expenditures(2,402)(3,681)
Proceeds from corporate-owned life insurance930 
Other investing activities, net60 23 
Net cash used in investing activities(1,412)(3,658)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Repayments of long-term debt and lease liabilities(55,290)(194)
Payments of deferred financing costs(1,970)(650)
Proceeds from revolving line of credit180,298 544,146 
Repayments of revolving line of credit(89,826)(559,232)
Proceeds from Weichai Warrant exercise1,616 
Other financing activities, net58 (236)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities33,270 (14,550)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash24,264 (51)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the year54 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the year$24,267 $

(in thousands)As of December 31,
20202019
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash to the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Cash and cash equivalents20,968 
Restricted cash3,299 
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$24,267 $

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
46


POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Other Information
Nature of Business Operations
Power Solutions International, Inc. (“Power Solutions,” “PSI” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a global producer and distributor of a broad range of high-performance, certified, low-emission power systems, including alternative-fueled power systems for original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) of off-highway industrial equipment and certain on-road vehicles and large custom-engineered integrated electrical power generation systems.
The Company’s customers include large, industry-leading and multinational organizations. The Company’s products and services are sold predominantly to customers throughout North America as well as to customers located throughout the Pacific Rim and Europe. The Company’s power systems are highly engineered, comprehensive systems which, through the Company’s technologically sophisticated development and manufacturing processes, including its in-house design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities and its analysis and determination of the specific components to be integrated into a given power system (driven in large part by emission standards and cost considerations), allow the Company to provide its customers with power systems customized to meet specific OEM application requirements, other technical customers’ specifications and requirements imposed by environmental regulatory bodies.
The Company’s power system configurations range from a basic engine integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry. The Company also designs and manufactures large, custom-engineered integrated electrical power generation systems for both standby and prime power applications. The Company purchases engines from third-party suppliers and produces internally designed engines, all of which are then integrated into its power systems.
Of the other components that the Company integrates into its power systems, a substantial portion consist of internally designed components and components for which it coordinates significant design efforts with third-party suppliers, with the remainder consisting largely of parts that are sourced off-the-shelf from third-party suppliers. Some of the key components (including purchased engines) embody proprietary intellectual property of the Company’s suppliers. As a result of its design and manufacturing capabilities, the Company is able to provide its customers with a power system that can be incorporated into a customer’s specified application. In addition to the certified products described above, the Company sells diesel, gasoline and non-certified power systems and aftermarket components.
Stock Ownership and Control
In March 2017, the Company executed a share purchase agreement (the “SPA”) with Weichai America Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Weichai Power Co., Ltd. (HK2338, SZ000338) (herein collectively referred to as “Weichai”). Under the terms of the SPA, Weichai invested $60.0 million in the Company purchasing a combination of newly issued Common and Preferred Stock as well as a stock purchase warrant (the “Weichai Warrant”).
With the exercise of the Weichai Warrant in April 2019, Weichai owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock. As a result, Weichai is able to exercise control over matters requiring stockholders’ approval, including the election of the directors, amendment of the Company’s Charter and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions impractical without the support of Weichai.
Weichai also entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) with the Company upon execution of the SPA. The Rights Agreement provides Weichai with representation on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and management representation rights. Weichai currently has 4 representatives on the Board, which constitutes the majority of the directors serving on the Board. According to the Rights Agreement, during any period when the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) Listing Rules, it will take such measures as to avail itself of the “controlled company” exemptions available under Rule 5615 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules of Rules 5605(b), (d) and (e).
Going Concern Considerations
In March 2021, the Company entered into an amended and restated uncommitted revolving credit agreement between the Company and Standard Chartered Bank (“Standard Chartered”), as administrative agent (the “Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement”). The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement continues to allow the Company to borrow up to $130.0 million and matures on March 25, 2022. Under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, Standard Chartered has the right to demand payment of any and all
47


outstanding borrowings and other amounts outstanding under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement at any point in time at its discretion. In connection with the execution of the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company entered into an amendment and restatement of the shareholder’s loan agreement originally executed with Weichai in December 2020 (the “First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement”). The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement provides the Company with access to $130.0 million of credit solely for purposes of repaying outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement. The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement expires on April 25, 2022. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement provides Standard Chartered with a power of attorney (“POA”) to submit a borrowing request to Weichai under the First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement if the Company fails to submit a borrowing request within five business days of receiving a request from Standard Chartered. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $130.0 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement. See Note 6. Debt for further information regarding the terms and conditions of the Company’s debt agreements.
Significant uncertainties exist about the Company’s ability to refinance, extend, or repay its outstanding indebtedness, maintain sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, and maintain compliance with the covenants and other requirements under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement in the future. Without additional financing, the Company anticipates that it will not have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to repay amounts owing under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement as it becomes due. In order to provide the Company with a more permanent source of liquidity, management plans to seek an extension and amendment and/or replacement of the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement or additional liquidity from its current or other lenders before March 25, 2022. There can be no assurance that the Company’s management will be able to successfully complete an extension and amendment of the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement or obtain new financing on acceptable terms, when required or if at all. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of the Company’s efforts to address these issues.
Furthermore, if the Company cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, it may not, among other things, be able to do the following:
continue to expand the Company’s research and product investments and sales and marketing organization;
continue to fund and expand operations both organically and through acquisitions; and
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.
Additionally, as discussed further below, in January 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of coronavirus (the “COVID-19 outbreak”) and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads globally. In March 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a global pandemic (the “COVID-19 pandemic”), based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The potential for continued disruptions, economic uncertainty, and unfavorable oil and gas market dynamics may continue to have a material adverse impact on the results of operations, financial position, and liquidity of the Company.
The Company’s management has concluded that, due to uncertainties surrounding the Company’s future ability to refinance, extend and amend, or repay its outstanding indebtedness, maintain sufficient liquidity to fund its business activities, and maintain compliance with the covenants and other requirements under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, substantial doubt exists as to its ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these financial statements are issued. The Company’s plans to alleviate the substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern may not be successful, and it may be forced to limit its business activities or be unable to continue as a going concern, which would have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition.
The consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern and contemplating the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on generating profitable operating results, having sufficient liquidity, maintaining compliance with the covenants and other requirements under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement in the future, and extending and amending, refinancing or repaying the indebtedness outstanding under this agreement.
Recent COVID-19 Outbreak and Oil and Gas Market Price Volatility
During 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the global economy experienced substantial turmoil, which led to challenging market conditions across certain areas of the Company’s business. In addition, due to unprecedented decreases in demand, an oil price war, and economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, average crude oil prices were considerably lower in 2020 as compared to prices at the end of 2019. However, since May 2020 and through the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements, crude oil prices have increased. A significant portion of the Company’s sales and profitability is derived from the sale of products that are used within the oil and gas industry. While the Company did not experience significant supply chain interruptions or material cancellations of orders during 2020, the Company did see a decline
48


in orders and lower volumes compared to the prior year. The potential for continued disruptions, economic uncertainty, and unfavorable oil and gas market dynamics may have a material adverse impact on the timing of delivery of customer orders and the levels of future customer orders. Accordingly, challenges may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s future results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. As of March 31, 2020, the Company determined that a triggering event had occurred as a result of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the oil and gas market price volatility. Based on this interim assessment, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of March 31, 2020. As further discussed in Note 5., Goodwill and Other Intangibles, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1, 2020 and concluded that goodwill was not impaired. It is reasonably possible that potential adverse impacts of the factors noted above could result in the recognition of material impairments of goodwill and other long-lived assets or other related charges in future periods as the extent and duration of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting effect on the Company’s operations continues to evolve and remains uncertain.
The Company initiated certain contingency actions during 2020 as a result of the significant negative impacts of these factors. During 2020, the Company took actions to continue to improve its manufacturing operations which included making reductions in its production facility workforce to align with current volume trends. In addition, the Company implemented various temporary cost reduction measures, including reduced pay for salaried employees, suspension of the 401(k) match program, and deferred spending on certain research and development (“R&D”) programs, among others. Any additional cost savings initiatives or other cash actions the Company undertakes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may not achieve the intended results and may result in other adverse impacts, which could be material. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, the Company may continue to experience negative impacts to its business, operations and financial condition as a result of any economic recession or depression that has occurred or may occur in the future.
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Power Solutions International, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the assets, liabilities, sales and expenses of all wholly owned subsidiaries and majority-owned subsidiaries in which the Company exercises control. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company operates as 1 business and geographic operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of a business that can earn revenues and incur expenses for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated on a regular basis by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The Company’s CODM is its principal executive officer, who decides how to allocate resources and assess performance. A single management team reports to the CODM, who manages the entire business. The Company’s CODM reviews consolidated statements of operations to make decisions, allocate resources and assess performance, and the CODM does not evaluate the profit or loss from any separate geography or product line.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts recorded in the prior-period consolidated financial statements presented have been reclassified to conform to the current-period financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations.
Concentrations
The following table presents customers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales:
For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Customer A14 %13 %
Customer B11 %17 %
49


The following table presents customers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable:
As of December 31,
20202019
Customer A16 %**
Customer B**49 %
Customer C22 %**
**    Less than 10% of the total
The following table presents suppliers individually accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s purchases:
For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Supplier A22 %25 %
Supplier B**13 %
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions include the valuation of allowances for uncollectible receivables, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, stock-based compensation, evaluation of goodwill, other intangibles, plant and equipment for impairment, and determination of useful lives of long-lived assets. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments that mature within three months or less. Such investments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.
Restricted Cash
The Company is required to maintain minimum levels of cash collateral to support the letters of credit. The cash collateral is held in a separate bank account which the Company is restricted from accessing. As discussed in Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $2.3 million and restricted cash of $3.3 million at December 31, 2020.
Research and Development
R&D expenses are expensed when incurred. R&D expenses consist primarily of wages, materials, testing and consulting related to the development of new engines, parts and applications. These costs were $24.3 million and $23.3 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be settled or realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies and results of recent operations. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had not recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes,accounting guidance, on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1)(i) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2)(ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had an unrecognized tax benefit of $1,055,000 and $740,000, respectively, forTax benefits related to uncertain tax positions including interest and penalties. The Company recognizes interesttaken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more-likely-than-not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even though the statute of
50


limitations remains open, or the statute of limitation has expired. Interest and penalties related to unrecognizeduncertain tax positions are recognized as part of income tax expense and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits in income tax expense.

Concentrations

are recognized.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable represent amounts billed to customers and not yet collected. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, which approximates net recoverable value, and generally do not bear interest. The Company generally maintains cash balances in variousallowance for doubtful accounts at one financial institutionis the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Midwest. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company maintained cash in a non-interest bearing account at

a financial institution. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, cash accounts were insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000 per institution and per depositor. The Company’s cash balances exceeded the FDIC maximum insured amounts in both 2015 and 2014.

The Company is exposed to potential credit risks associated with its accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral on its accounts receivable. For certain non-U.S. trade receivables, the Company obtains trade credit insurance or requires letters of credit for those non-U.S. accounts for which trade credit insurance is not available or is insufficient. The Company has not experienced significant credit-related losses to date.

Three customers (“Customer A”, “Customer B” and “Customer C”) individually accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s sales during one or more years from 2013 through 2015. Customer A represented 12%, 11% and 16% of consolidated net sales in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Customer B represented 16% and 11% of consolidated net sales in 2015 and 2014, respectively, and less than 10% of consolidated net sales in 2013. Customer C represented less than 10% of consolidated net sales in 2015 and 2013, respectively, and 11% of consolidated net sales in 2014.

Five customers (“Customer A, “Customer B,” “Customer C,” all referred to above, “Customer D” and “Customer E”) individually accounted for more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 2015 or 2014. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Customer A represented 13% of consolidatedexisting accounts receivable and less than 10%is established through a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. The allowance is primarily determined based on historical collection experience and reviews of consolidated accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, Customer B represented less than 10% of consolidatedcustomer creditworthiness. Trade accounts receivable and 14%the allowance for doubtful accounts are reviewed on a regular basis. When necessary, an allowance for the full amount of consolidatedspecific accounts deemed uncollectible is recorded. Accounts receivable respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, Customer C represented less than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable and 17% of consolidated accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, Customer D represented less than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable and 11% of consolidated accounts receivable, respectively. Customer E represented 14% and 11% of consolidated accounts receivable in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Two suppliers (“Supplier A” and “Supplier B”) individually accounted for more than 10% oflosses are deducted from the Company’s purchases during the years from 2013 through 2015. Supplier A accounted for 21%, 15% and 30% of the Company’s purchases in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Supplier B accounted for 11%, 27% and 15% of the Company’s purchases in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

2. Recently issued accounting pronouncements

The Company evaluates the pronouncements of authoritative accounting organizations, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), to determine the impact of new pronouncements on GAAPallowance and the Company. In Mayaccount balance is written off when the customer receivable is deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board jointly issued a final standard on revenue recognition which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contractspreviously written off balances are recognized when received. An allowance associated with customers. This standard will supersede most current revenue recognition guidance. Under the new standard, entities are required to identify the following within a contract with a customer: the separate performance obligationsanticipated future sales returns is also included in the contract;allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories
The Company’s inventories consist primarily of engines and parts. Engines are valued at the transaction price; allocationlower of the transaction price to the separate performance obligations in the contract; and the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized when (or as) the entity satisfies each performance obligation. Entities have the option of using either retrospective transitioncost plus estimated freight-in or a modified approach in applying the new standard. On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to issue a final Accounting Standards Update (ASU) that defers for one year the effective date of the new revenue standard and allows early adoption as of the original effective date (i.e., annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within those annual periods). After reviewing and discussing the feedback received, the FASB decided to adopt the standard as originally proposed. Thus, the anticipated final ASU will be effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the approach it will use to apply the new standard and the impact that the adoption of the new standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April of 2015, the FASB issued guidance to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. This new guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. Although the standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years, as permitted under the standard, the Company chose to early adopt this guidance as of June 30, 2015, and has therefore presented the debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of its 5.50% Senior Notes as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the liability as of December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 8, “Debt” for further details related to the issuance of the Company’s 5.50% Senior Notes.

In July 2015, the FASB issued final guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of inventories by replacingnet realizable value. Parts are valued at the lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value test. The guidance applies to inventories for which costapproximates replacement cost. Cost is principally determined by methods other than LIFOusing the first-in, first-out method and the retail inventory method. The amendmentincludes material, labor and manufacturing overhead. It is to be applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and the interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this ASC amendment, but does not expect it will have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015,policy to review inventories on a continuing basis for obsolete, excess and slow-moving items and to record valuation adjustments for such items in order to eliminate non-recoverable costs from inventory. Valuation adjustments are recorded in an inventory reserve account and reduce the FASB issued final guidance that requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the consolidated balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Although the standard is effective for the Company for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, the Company chose the early adoption provision of this standard ascost basis of the year ended December 31, 2015,inventory in the period in which the reduced valuation is determined. Inventory reserves are established based on quantities on hand, usage and has prospectively classified all deferred tax assetssales history, customer orders, projected demand and liabilitiesutilization within a current or future power system. Specific analysis of individual items or groups of items is performed based on these same criteria, as noncurrentwell as on its consolidated balance sheetchanges in accordance with the standard. Prior year’s balances were not required to be retrospectively adjusted.

There were no additional new accounting pronouncementsmarket conditions or guidance that have been issued or adopted by authoritative accounting organizations during the year ended December 31, 2015, that are expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Acquisitions

When appropriate, the Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and, as such, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values. The excessany other identified conditions.

Inventories consist of the acquisition consideration over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if any, is then allocated to goodwill. Any goodwill ultimately recorded is generally attributable to one or more values ascribed to geographic expansion of product sales, manufacturing and other synergies of the combined businesses.

The estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on the information that was available through the date of the most recent balance sheet, and are provisional, until the Company has completed the required analysis of fair values to be assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The ultimate determination of fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to make significant assumptions and estimates. The more significant assumptions include estimating future cash flows and developing appropriate discount rates. These estimates and assumptions of the fair value allocation are subject to change upon the finalization of all valuation analyses. When required, independent valuation specialists conduct valuations to assist management of the Company in determining the estimated fair values of trade receivables, inventory, machinery and equipment, intangible assets and liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration. The determination of these estimated fair values, the assets’ useful lives and the amortization and depreciation methods are subject to finalization of the work performed by the independent valuation specialists. Fair value measurements can be highly subjective, and the reasonable application of measurement principles may result in a range of alternative estimates using the same facts and circumstances. The final allocation could be materially different from the preliminary allocation recordedfollowing:

(in thousands)As of December 31,
Inventories20202019
Raw materials$89,684 $90,677 
Work in process2,482 2,007 
Finished goods19,375 19,119 
Total inventories111,541 111,803 
Inventory allowance(3,328)(2,964)
Inventories, net$108,213 $108,839 
Activity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. However, the Company’s management is ultimately responsible for the values

assigned. Although the final determinations may result in asset fair values that are materially different from the preliminary estimates of the amounts included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements until the Company has finalized its analysis, the Company believes that the fair values ultimately assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will not materially differ from amounts initially recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, include the assets, liabilities and operating results of each acquired business since the date of each respective acquisition. There were no such business combinations during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Acquisition of Powertrain Integration, LLC

On May 4, 2015, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with Powertrain Integration, LLC (“Powertrain”) and its owners to acquire the assets of Powertrain. The acquisition closed on May 19, 2015 (“Powertrain Date of Acquisition”). Powertrain provides on-road powertrain solutions, including systems, components and services for niche OEM automakers and fleets. Powertrain specializes in alternative-fuel as well as gasoline and diesel systems and offers design, engineering, testing and production capabilities to deliver one-stop vehicle integration. At closing, the Company paid cash of $20,873,000 representing the initial cash consideration adjusted for estimated working capital. Subsequently, the Company recorded a $97,000 favorable final working capital adjustment that reduced the cash paid to $20,776,000. The purchase price was subject to further adjustments for assumed liabilities, and contingent consideration consisting of a Base Earn-out Payment and Additional Earn-out Payment, all as described in the APA. The contingent consideration attributable to the Base Earn-out was based upon the 2015 full year net sales of Powertrain and the Additional Earn-out Payment was defined as the greater of a 5.0% per annum return on the Base Earn-out Payment and the incremental growth of the Company’s stock price since the acquisition was announced as determined in accordance with the formula defined in the APA. The Base Earn-out Payment and the Additional Earn-out Payment were initially determined using a Modified Black-Scholes call option model because the inputs to determine these amounts were unobservable and thus considered a Level 3 financial instrument. The resultant initial contingent consideration of $8,200,000 and the cash paid at closing along with the final working capital adjustment resulted in a purchase price of $28,976,000 subject to the final determination of the contingent consideration.

As of December 31, 2015, the final Base Earn-out and Additional Earn-out Payment were finalized and the contingent consideration was adjusted to $8,248,000. The additional liability was recorded as an adjustment within “Other (income) expense” within the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Under the terms of the APA, the Base Earn-out and the Additional Earn-out payments are expected to be paid in cash during 2016.

The Company accounted for this acquisition as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and as such, the excess of the purchase price over the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was provisionally allocated to goodwill at the Powertrain Date of Acquisition and deemed final as of December 31, 2015. The Company has treated the acquisition of Powertrain as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities have been assumed to be the same at the Powertrain Date of Acquisition, and therefore, a provision for deferred income tax was not recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation. Additionally, any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquisition was funded by certain proceeds received from the issuance of the 5.50% Senior Notes described in Note 8, “Debt”.

The purchase price for this acquisition had been provisionally allocated as of May 19, 2015, and deemed final as of December 31, 2015, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as follows:

  May 19, 2015
(As initially
reported)
  Measurement
period
adjustment
  May 19, 2015
(As adjusted)
 

Assets acquired:

   

Accounts receivable

 $4,942   $(11 $4,931  

Inventories

  1,890    —      1,890  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  23    —      23  

Property, plant & equipment

  315    (1  314  

Other non-current assets

  24    —      24  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

  7,194    (12  7,182  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

   

Intangible assets

  13,600    —      13,600  

Goodwill

  14,471    506    14,977  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

  35,265    494    35,759  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

   

Accounts payable

  5,951    —      5,951  

Accrued liabilities

  241    591    832  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

  6,192    591    6,783  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 $29,073   $(97 $28,976  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash paid at Powertrain Date of Acquisition

  $20,873  

Contingent consideration

   8,200  

Working capital adjustment

   (97
  

 

 

 

Aggregate consideration

  $28,976  
  

 

 

 

The above estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were initially provisional, but deemed final as of December 31, 2015. There are inherent uncertainties and management judgment required in these determinations. The fair value measurements of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on valuations involving significant unobservable inputs that are Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The Company believes that these inputs provided a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values and has finalized these amounts as of December 31, 2015. Except as discussed below, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed were stated at their estimated fair values at the Powertrain Date of Acquisition.

The fair value of accounts receivable acquired was adjusted for amounts known or highly likely to be uncollectible based upon an assessment of known facts and circumstances as of the Powertrain Date of Acquisition and additional information arising subsequent to the Powertrain Date of Acquisition with respect to these known facts and circumstances.

The inventory acquired was revalued to its fair value. While the cost of raw materials generally approximated fair value, the value of finished goods inventory was “stepped up” by $22,000, representing the estimated selling price of that inventory less the sum of costs to complete and a reasonable allowance for the Company’s selling efforts, thereby reducing the margin on certain acquired inventory sold. The Company recognized all of this “stepped up” inventory value within cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2015.

The identifiable intangible assets as a result of the acquisition are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives as follows:

   Asset
amount
   Estimated
life
 

Backlog

  $600     3 months  

Customer relationships

   13,000     12 years  
  

 

 

   

Total identifiable intangible assets

  $13,600    
  

 

 

   

The weighted average useful life of the intangibles identified above is approximately 11.5 years. The fair value of backlog and customer relationships was derived using the multi-period excess earnings method.

The fair value of property, plant and equipment was based upon the acquisition costs of assets acquired as of the Powertrain Date of Acquisition adjusted for any known facts and circumstances necessary to approximate fair value.

Goodwill largely consists of geographic expansion of product sales, manufacturing and other synergies of the combined companies, and the value of the assembled workforce.

The accounts payable and accrued liabilities assumed were based on their book values which approximated their fair values at the Powertrain Date of Acquisition. Subsequent to the Powertrain Date of Acquisition, the accrued liabilities were further adjusted by $591,000 primarily related to additional warranty reserves to more accurately reflect the liabilities assumed as of that date.

The following supplemental unaudited pro forma information presents the financial results as if the Powertrain transaction had occurred on January 1, 2014 as follows:

   Year ended
(unaudited)
 
   December 31,
2015
   December 31,
2014
 

Net sales

  $402,718    $400,585  

Net income

   14,868    $26,320  

Earnings per share, basic

  $1.38    $2.46  

Earnings per share, diluted

  $0.50    $1.81  

The pro forma information presented above is for information purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at an earlier date, nor are these results necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations of the Company.

Acquisition of Bi-Phase Technologies, LLC

On May 1, 2015 (“Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition”), the Company acquired all of the membership interests in Bi-Phase Technologies, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company (“Bi-Phase”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of TPB, Inc., a Minnesota corporation. Bi-Phase is engaged in the design and manufacture of liquid propane electronic fuel injection systems to allow for the conversion of vehicles from gasoline to propane. The initial purchase price was approximately $3.5 million in cash plus certain working capital adjustments, assumption of certain liabilities and Earn-out Payments as defined in the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement. The cash paid at the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition was $3,619,000 including estimated working capital. Subsequently, the Company paid an additional $266,000 representing the final working capital adjustment for total cash consideration of $3,885,000 before the contingent consideration. The Company also recorded a contingent consideration liability of $540,000 representing an estimate of the Earn-out Payments expected to be payable in connection with the acquisition of Bi-Phase. This contingent consideration, payable to TPB, Inc., is based upon

certain sales of Bi-Phase fuel systems over a period of three to five years. Accordingly, the aggregate purchase price approximated $4,425,000 as of December 31, 2015.

The Company accounted for this acquisition as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and as such, the excess of the purchase price over the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was initially provisionally allocated to goodwill at the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition and then deemed final as of December 31, 2015. The Company has treated the acquisition of Bi-Phase as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities have been assumed to be the same at the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition, and therefore, a provision for deferred income tax was not recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation. Additionally, any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquisition was funded by the proceeds received from the issuance of the 5.50% Senior Notes described in Note 8, “Debt”.

The purchase price for this acquisition had been provisionally allocated at the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition, and deemed final as of December 31, 2015, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as follows:

   May 1, 2015 (Bi-Phase
Date of Acquisition)
 

Assets acquired:

  

Accounts receivable

  $212  

Inventories

   2,103  

Prepaid expenses

   4  

Property, plant & equipment

   113  

Other assets

   162  
  

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

   2,594  
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

  

Intangible assets

   860  

Goodwill

   1,217  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   4,671  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts payable

   199  

Accrued liabilities

   47  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   246  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $4,425  
  

 

 

 

Initial cash paid at Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition

  $3,619  

Contingent consideration

   540  

Working capital adjustment

   266  
  

 

 

 

Aggregate consideration

  $4,425  
  

 

 

 

The fair value measurements of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on valuations involving significant unobservable inputs that are Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. There are inherent uncertainties and management judgment required in these determinations. The Company believes that these inputs provided a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values and has finalized these amounts as of December 31, 2015. Except as discussed below, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed were stated at their estimated fair values at the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition.

The fair value of accounts receivable acquired was adjusted for amounts known or highly likely to be uncollectible based upon an assessment of known facts and circumstances as of the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition and additional information arising subsequent to that date with respect to these known facts and circumstances.

The inventory acquired was revalued to its fair value. While the cost of raw materials generally approximated fair value, the value of finished goods inventory was “stepped up” by $226,000, representing the estimated selling price of that inventory less the sum of costs to complete and a reasonable allowance for the Company’s selling efforts, thereby reducing the margin on certain acquired inventory sold. The Company recognized all of this “stepped up” inventory value within cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2015.

The identifiable intangible assets as a result of the acquisition are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives as follows:

   Asset
amount
   Estimated
life
 

Developed technology

  $700     7 years  

Customer relationships

   160     15 years  
  

 

 

   

Total identifiable intangible assets

  $860    
  

 

 

   

The weighted average useful life of the intangibles identified above is approximately 8.5 years. The fair value of developed technology and customer relationships was derived using the relief from royalty method and the multi-period excess earnings method, respectively.

The fair value of property, plant and equipment was based upon the acquisition costs of assets acquired as of the Bi-Phase Date of Acquisition adjusted for any known facts and circumstances necessary to approximate fair value.

Goodwill largely consists of geographic expansion of product sales, manufacturing and other synergies of the combined companies, and the value of the assembled workforce.

Acquisition of Buck’s Acquisition Company, LLC

On March 18, 2015 (“Buck’s Date of Acquisition”), the Company acquired all of the membership interests in Buck’s Acquisition Company, LLC, (“Buck’s”) from UE Powertrain d/b/a Buck’s Engines and United Holdings, LLC, for an initial cash purchase price of approximately $9,735,000, subject to certain adjustments as defined by the purchase agreement. Buck’s is a manufacturer of alternative-fuel engines for industrial markets and was formerly a product line of United Engines, LLC. Buck’s supplies a range of alternative-fuel engines that run on natural gas, propane and liquid propane gas fuels. Buck’s targets an extensive range of industrial applications, including irrigation, gas compression, oil production, industrial equipment, power generation, mobile equipment, wind turbines, and re-power applications. The acquisition of Buck’s was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and as such, the excess of the purchase price over the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed had been provisionally allocated to goodwill at the Buck’s Date of Acquisition and deemed final as of December 31, 2015. The Company treated the acquisition of Buck’s as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities have been assumed to be the same at the Buck’s Date of Acquisition, and therefore, a provision for deferred income tax was not recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquisition of Buck’s was funded through the Company’s revolving line of credit.

The purchase price for this acquisition had been provisionally allocated at the Bucks Date of Acquisition, and deemed final as of December 31, 2015, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as follows:

   March 18, 2015
(Buck’s Date of Acquisition)
 

Assets acquired:

  

Inventories

  $6,598  

Property, plant & equipment

   231  
  

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

   6,829  
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

  

Intangible assets

   1,380  

Goodwill

   1,526  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

  $9,735  
  

 

 

 

The fair value measurements of certain assets acquired were based on valuations involving significant unobservable inputs that are Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. There are inherent uncertainties and management judgment required in these determinations. The Company believes that these inputs provided a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values and has finalized these amounts as of December 31, 2015. Except as discussed below, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed were stated at their estimated fair values at acquisition.

The inventory acquired was revalued to its fair value. While the cost of raw materials generally approximated fair value, the value of finished goods inventory was “stepped up” by $290,000, representing the estimated selling price of that inventory less the sum of costs to complete and a reasonable allowance for the Company’s selling efforts, thereby reducing the margin on certain acquired inventory sold. The Company recognized all of this “stepped up” inventory value within cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2015.

The identifiable intangible asset as a result of the acquisition is amortized over its respective estimated useful life as follows:

   Asset amount   Estimated life 

Customer relationships

  $1,380     10 years  
  

 

 

   

The fair value of customer relationships was derived using the multi-period excess earnings method.

The fair value of property, plant and equipment was based upon the acquisition costs of assets acquired as of the Buck’s Date of Acquisition adjusted for any known facts and circumstances necessary to approximate fair value.

Goodwill largely consists of geographic expansion of product sales, manufacturing and other synergies of the combined companies, and the value of the assembled workforce.

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, include the assets, liabilities and operating results of each acquired business since the date of each respective acquisition. There were no such business combinations during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Acquisition of Professional Power Products, Inc.

On April 1, 2014 (“Date of Acquisition”), the Company acquired Professional Power Products, Inc. (“3PI”), pursuant to a stock purchase agreement with Carl L. Trent and Kenneth C. Trent (collectively the “Trents”) and CKT Holdings Inc., a Wisconsin corporation owned by the Trents. 3PI is a designer and manufacturer of large, custom engineered integrated electrical power generation systems serving the global diesel and natural gas power generation markets. The Company treated the acquisition of 3PI as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. The acquisition of 3PI was financed through the Company’s revolving line of credit and from proceeds received from a secured term loan.

On the Date of Acquisition, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of 3PI, an Illinois corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of CKT Holdings Inc., for cash of $45.4 million, including cash acquired of $1.3 million, and agreed to pay to the sellers additional consideration of between $5,000,000 and $15,000,000 in shares of the Company’s common stock, valued at $76.02 per share (i.e., between 65,772 and 197,316 shares), based upon, and following the final determination in accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement of, the 3PI EBITDA (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement). As of the Date of Acquisition, this consideration was valued at $8.9 million, and accordingly the total consideration payable for 3PI was valued at $54.3 million. The consideration payable in shares of the Company’s common stock consisted of (i) fixed consideration and (ii) contingent consideration. The Stock Purchase Agreement included a provision by and among the Company, Shareholders and Seller to treat the purchase of the 3PI stock as an acquisition of assets for income tax purposes.

The fixed portion of the consideration, representing 65,772 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $5,060,000 at the Date of Acquisition was classified as a component of equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. The fixed portion of the consideration was not subject to revaluation adjustment for financial reporting purposes. The contingent portion of the consideration (i.e., the earn-out consideration) was up to 131,544 shares of the Company’s common stock (i.e., the difference between the maximum number of shares issuable of 197,316 and the fixed number of shares issuable of 65,772). The earn-out portion of consideration was initially valued at $3,840,000 as of the Date of Acquisition and recognized as a liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The measurement period for determining the amount of contingent consideration ultimately payable to the sellers was based upon the 2014 full calendar-year performance of 3PI as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement. The minimum threshold for payout of the earn-out consideration was not met as of December 31, 2014. Accordingly, the Company reversed the liability that had been recorded and recognized a gain of $3,840,000 which amount has been classified as “Other income” in the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company incurred total transaction costs related to the acquisition of approximately $811,000, all of which was recognized and classified within general and administration expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in 2014. To facilitate the transaction, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. on April 1, 2014, to increase its revolving line of credit and secured a $5.0 million term loan to finance this acquisition. Refer to Note 8, “Debt” for a further description of these obligations.

The acquisition of 3PI was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations, and, as such, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their respective fair values. The purchase price for this acquisition allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values was as follows:

   April 1, 2014
(As initially
reported)
   Measurement
period
adjustment
   April 1, 2014
(As adjusted)
 

Assets acquired:

      

Cash

  $1,277    $—      $1,277  

Accounts receivable

   3,989     —       3,989  

Inventories

   5,073     (120   4,953  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   243     —       243  

Property, plant & equipment

   2,596     —       2,596  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

   13,178     (120   13,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

      

Intangible assets

   23,500     —       23,500  

Goodwill

   22,372     1,174     23,546  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   59,050     1,054     60,104  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

      

Accounts payable

   1,494     —       1,494  

Accrued liabilities

   3,257     1,054     4,311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   4,751     1,054     5,805  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $54,299    $—      $54,299  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a summary of the initial consideration for 3PI:

Fair value of assets acquired

  $60,104  

Less liabilities assumed

   (5,805
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   54,299  

Less value of shares of Company common stock expected to be issued at date of acquisition

   (8,900

Less cash acquired

   (1,277
  

 

 

 

Cash paid

  $44,122  
  

 

 

 

The above estimated fair values of assets acquired

(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
Inventory Allowance20202019
Balance at beginning of period$2,964 $5,730 
Charged to expense1,436 677 
Write-offs(1,072)(3,443)
Balance at end of period$3,328 $2,964 
Property, Plant and liabilities assumed were based on known information as of April 1, 2014, were provisionally allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and deemed final as of December 31, 2014. There are inherent uncertainties and management judgment required in these determinations. The fair value measurements of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on valuations involving significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The Company believes that this information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values. Except as discussed below, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed were stated at their estimated fair values at the Date of Acquisition.

The fair value of accounts receivable acquired was adjusted for amounts known or highly likely to be uncollectible based upon an assessment of known facts and circumstances as of the Date of Acquisition and additional information arising subsequent to the Date of Acquisition with respect to these known facts and circumstances. The gross amount of accounts receivable acquired was approximately $4,332,000 of which $343,000 is expected to be uncollectible.

The inventory acquired was revalued to its fair value. While the cost of raw materials generally approximates fair value, the value of work in process and finished goods inventory was “stepped up” by $482,000, representing the estimated selling price of that inventory less the sum of costs to complete and a reasonable allowance for the Company’s selling efforts. This “stepped up” inventory value was recognized within the Company’s cost of sales during 2014. Subsequent to the Date of Acquisition, the inventory was further adjusted by approximately $120,000, reflecting the value of the inventory acquired as of April 1, 2014.

See Note 6, “Goodwill and other intangibles,” for detail describing the intangible assets acquired and the amortization period based on the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets. The fair value of backlog and customer relationships was derived using the multi-period excess earnings method. The fair value of the trade names and trademarks was derived using the relief from royalty method.

The fair value of property, plant and equipment was based upon an appraisal of these assets or the acquisition costs of assets acquired immediately prior to the Date of Acquisition.

Goodwill largely consists of geographic expansion of product sales, manufacturing and other synergies of the combined companies, and the value of the assembled workforce.

The accounts payable and accrued liabilities assumed were based on their book values which approximated their fair values at the Date of Acquisition. Subsequent to the Date of Acquisition, the accrued liabilities were further adjusted by $1,054,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s liability for the contingent consideration associated with the acquisition was measured at fair value based on unobservable inputs, and was thus, considered a Level 3 financial instrument. The fair value of the liability determined by this analysis was primarily driven by the Company’s expectations of achieving the performance measures required by the Stock Purchase Agreement, the resulting shares expected to be issued, and the share price of the Company’s common stock. The expected performance metrics and resulting shares expected to be issued were estimated based on a Monte Carlo simulation model considering actual and forecasted results over the measurement period. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized income of $3,840,000 due to a decrease in the estimated fair value of the Company’s contingent consideration liability. This valuation adjustment was recorded as “Contingent consideration” in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s contingent consideration liability was determined to be zero.

As a result of the provisions within the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company treated the acquisition of 3PI as a purchase of assets for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the financial and income tax bases of the assets and liabilities were initially the same at the Date of Acquisition. The write-off of the earn-out portion of the contingent consideration and the difference in the book and tax basis of the fixed portion of the consideration resulted in a lower amount of goodwill that is deductible by the Company for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the Company recognized deferred income tax liabilities arising from these differences which amounted to $1,570,000 and $681,000, respectively. The $1,570,000 was recognized in the Company’s income tax expense while the $681,000 was recognized as an adjustment to the Company’s additional paid-in-capital as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. The total amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes was approximately $18.0 million at December 31, 2014.

The assets, liabilities, and operating results of 3PI have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the Date of Acquisition to December 31, 2014. 3PI’s sales, net of intercompany sales, included in the Company’s operating results from the Date of Acquisition to December 31, 2014 were $20.4 million and 3PI reported an operating loss of approximately $2.0 million for the same period. Amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquisition, further described in Note 6, “Goodwill and other intangibles,” and included in the consolidated financial statements, approximated $2,108,000 from the Date of Acquisition through December 31, 2014 and was included in the aforementioned loss from operations.

The following supplemental unaudited pro forma information presents the financial results as if the 3PI transaction had occurred on January 1, 2013 as follows:

   Year ended
(unaudited)
 
   December 31,
2014
   December 31,
2013
 

Net sales

  $353,175    $278,117  

Net (loss) income

  $23,671    $(16,557

(Loss) earnings per share, basic

  $2.21    $(1.69

(Loss) earnings per share, diluted

  $1.57    $(1.69

The historical operating results of 3PI included in the proforma information above was adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring expenses, principally transaction expenses which amount approximated $3,474,000 in 2014 and none in 2013.

The pro forma information presented above is for information purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at an earlier date, nor are these results necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations of the Company.

Transaction fees and expenses

The Company incurred total transaction costs related to its acquisition activities of $526,000, excluding lease termination expenses associated with the Buck’s and Bi-Phase facilities, for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively, all of which was recognized as an operating expense and classified within general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred total transaction costs related to the 3PI acquisition of $811,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014.

4. Earnings per share

The Company computes earnings (loss) per share by applying the guidance stated in ASC 260,Earnings per Share. The treasury stock method has been used to compute earnings (loss) per share. The Company has issued warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) that represent the right to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, stock appreciation rights (“SAR”), and restricted stock, all of which have been evaluated for their potentially dilutive effect under the treasury stock method. Refer to Note 11, “Stockholders’ equity” for a further description of the Private Placement Warrants and Note 10, “2012 Incentive compensation plan” for a further description of the SAR and restricted stock.

The computations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, were as follows:

   2015  2014  2013 

Numerator:

    

Net income (loss)

  $14,278   $23,726   $(18,760

Change in the value of Private Placement Warrants

   (9,299  (6,169  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $4,979   $17,557   $(18,760
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic

   10,808,005    10,706,780    9,779,457  

Incremental shares from assumed exercise of Private Placement Warrants, SAR, restricted stock

   265,642    424,837    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted

   11,073,647    11,131,617    9,779,457  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share of common stock — basic and diluted:

    

Earnings (loss) per share of common stock — basic

  $1.32   $2.22   $(1.92
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share of common stock — diluted

  $0.45   $1.58   $(1.92
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, SARs were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation because they have an anti-dilutive effect under the treasury stock method. As of December 31, 2013, due to the loss reported in the consolidated statements of operating results, any potentially issuable shares of Company common stock associated with the Private Placement Warrants, SAR and restricted stock granted were not included in the dilutive EPS calculation. These potential shares were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation because they have an anti-dilutive effect under the treasury stock method.

5. Equipment

Property, plant and equipment net

The components of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, were as follows:

   2015   2014 

Land

  $260    $260  

Building and improvements

   8,189     5,015  

Office furniture and equipment

   4,675     3,705  

Tooling and equipment

   21,381     13,736  

Transportation equipment

   560     525  

Construction in progress

   3,011     6,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

   38,076     29,297  

Accumulated depreciation

   (12,075   (8,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $26,001    $20,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment are recordedis carried at cost or fair value when acquired in a business combination. The Company computesand presented net of accumulated depreciation and impairments. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized overProperty, plant and equipment is evaluated periodically to determine if an adjustment to depreciable lives is warranted. Such evaluation is based principally on the shorterexpected utilization of the assets’ useful economic lives or the period from the date the assets are placed in service to the end of the lease term including renewal periods that are considered by the Company to be reasonably assured of being exercised. Depreciation expense totaled $4,347,000, $2,562,000 and $1,528,000, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

long-lived assets.

Repairs and maintenance costs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Major renewals or replacements that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated.

51


Estimated useful lives by majoreach type of asset category are as follows:

Life (in years)

Years

Building andBuildings

Up to 39
Leasehold improvements

Lesser of (i) 39 years, (ii) expected useful life of improvement or (iii)(ii) life of lease (including likely extension thereof)

ToolingMachinery and equipment

Up1 to 10 years

Office furniture and equipment

3 – 10

Transportation equipment

3 – 5

6. 

Intangible Assets
The Company’s intangible assets include customer relationships, developed technology, trade names and trademarks. Intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of time that approximates the pattern over which the Company expects to gain the estimated economic benefits, and such period generally ranges between three years and 15 years.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets or asset groups, excluding goodwill which is separately tested for impairment, whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset or asset group with the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset or asset group, including cash flows from disposition. If the future net undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is calculated. An impairment loss is determined by the amount that the asset’s or asset group’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. Estimated fair value is generally measured by discounting estimated future cash flows. If an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted balance becomes the new cost basis and is depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life. The Company also periodically reassesses the useful lives of its long-lived assets due to advances and changes in technologies.
As a result of the recent COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts on the global economy, it is reasonably possible that the Company will be adversely impacted in future periods which may result in the recognition of material impairment charges related to its long-lived assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill and other intangibles

represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to the net acquired assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed annuallytested for impairment at the reporting unit level, on an annual basis or more frequently, if indicators arise, forevents occur or circumstances change indicating potential impairment. The Company’s evaluation ofCompany annually tests goodwill for impairment involveson October 1.

In evaluating goodwill for impairment, the Company may first assessingassess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (i.e., there is a likelihood of more than 50%) that the Company’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors that the Company considers include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic and industry conditions, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events. If the Company bypasses the qualitative assessment, or if the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit as defined below, is less than its carrying amount. value, then the Company performs a quantitative goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measures the amount of goodwill impairment it will recognize, if any.
In the quantitative goodwill impairment test, the Company compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its related carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying amount, no further analysis is needed. If, however, the reporting unit’s estimated fair value is less than its carrying amount, the Company records an impairment for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value.
The Company may bypass this qualitative assessment,calculates its estimated fair value using the income and market approaches when feasible, or determinean asset approach when neither the income nor the market approach has sufficient data. For the income approach, a discounted cash flow method, the Company uses internally developed discounted cash flow models that include the following assumptions, among others: projections of revenues, expenses and related cash flows based on assumed long-term growth rates and demand trends, expected future investments to grow new units, and estimated discount rates. The Company based these assumptions on its historical data and experience, industry projections, and micro and macro general economic condition projections and expectations. The market approach, also called the Guideline Public Company Approach, compares the value of an entity to similar publicly traded companies. The asset approach estimates the selling price the unit could achieve under assumed market conditions.
During the first quarter of 2020, the Company considered the significant changes in the market due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the oil and gas market price volatility in performing its assessment of whether an interim impairment review was required for any reporting units and determined that a triggering event had occurred as of March 31, 2020. The Company considered
52


both qualitative and quantitative factors in its assessment consideringincluding the totalitysignificant amount of eventsheadroom resulting from the prior fiscal year’s impairment test and circumstances (including macroeconomic factors, industrypotential changes in key assumptions, including discount rates, expected profitability and market considerations, current and projected financial performance, a sustained decreaselong-term growth rates, used in share price, or other

factors), that additionalthe last fiscal year’s impairment analysis is necessary. This additional analysis involves comparingthat may have been impacted by the Company’srecent market capitalization relativeconditions and economic events. Based on this interim assessment, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of March 31, 2020.

The Company has historically had 2 reporting units: PSI and Professional Power Products, Inc. (“3PI”). Due to organizational leadership changes as well as operational changes implemented at both PSI and 3PI that further consolidated and integrated operations of the reporting units, the Company concluded that there was only a single reporting unit for purposes of conducting the annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2020. The single reporting unit represents the consolidated operating segment. With the change from 2 reporting units to 1, the Company performed a quantitative goodwill impairment test immediately before and after the change. The Company determined that the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of its equityimmediate before and after combining the reporting units; as such, 0 impairment charges were recognized. It is reasonably possible that potential adverse impacts of the factors noted above that triggered an interim assessment in the first quarter of 2020 could result in the recognition of material impairments of goodwill and other factors deemed appropriate by management annually, as of October 1. However, actual fair values that could be realizedlong-lived assets or other related charges in a transaction may differ from those used to evaluate the potential impairment of goodwill.

Goodwill was evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which was definedfuture periods as the operating segment level. At December 31, 2015extent and 2014, goodwill recordedduration of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet was $41,466,000operations continues to evolve and $23,546,000, respectively. The Company’sremains uncertain.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company performed a quantitative assessment and determined that the estimated fair value measurement test, performed annually as of October 1, revealed no indications of impairment as of the respective balance sheet dates.

The activityreporting units exceeded the carrying value; as such, 0 impairment charges were recognized.

As a result of the recent COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts on the global economy, it is reasonably possible that the Company will be adversely impacted in future periods which may result in the Company’srecognition of material goodwill impairment charges.
Other Accrued Liabilities
Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of December 31,
Other Accrued Liabilities20202019
Accrued product warranty$14,928 $17,142 
Litigation reserves *
3,128 5,020 
Contract liabilities47,960 26,898 
Accrued compensation and benefits3,124 6,599 
Operating lease liabilities3,793 3,789 
Accrued interest expense895 1,087 
Other3,791 5,495 
Total$77,619 $66,030 
*As of December 31, 2020, litigation reserves related to various ongoing legal matters including associated legal fees. As of December 31, 2019, litigation reserves primarily consisted of accruals for the settlement of the SEC and USAO Investigations and the Federal Derivative Litigation. The Company concluded that insurance recovery was probable related to $1.9 million of the litigation reserves as of December 31, was as follows:

   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $23,546    $—    

Acquisitions

   17,920     23,546  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $41,466    $23,546  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management reviews2019, and recognized full recovery of the settlement amounts in Prepaid expenses and other intangiblecurrent assets which include backlog, customer relationships, developed technology. See Note 10. Commitments and trade namesContingencies for additional information.

Warranty Costs
The Company offers a standard limited warranty on the workmanship of its products that in most cases covers defects for a defined period. Warranties for certified emission products are mandated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and trademarks,/ or the California Air Resources Board (the “CARB”) and are longer than the Company’s standard warranty on certain emission-related products. The Company’s products also carry limited warranties from suppliers. The Company’s warranties generally apply to engines fully manufactured by the Company and to the modifications the Company makes to supplier base products. Costs related to supplier warranty claims are generally borne by the supplier and passed through to the end customer.
Warranty estimates are based on historical experience and represent the projected cost associated with the product. A liability and related expense are recognized at the time products are sold. The Company adjusts estimates when it is determined that actual costs may differ from initial or previous estimates. The Company’s warranty liability is generally affected by failure rates, repair costs and the timing of failures. Future events and circumstances related to these factors could materially change the estimates and require adjustments to the warranty liability. In addition, new product launches require a greater use of judgment in developing estimates until historical experience becomes available.
53


The Company records adjustments to preexisting warranties for impairment when events or changes in its estimate of warranty costs for products sold in prior fiscal years in the period in which new information is received and the information indicates that actual costs may differ from the Company’s initial or previous estimates. Such adjustments typically occur when claims experience deviates from historic and expected trends.
When the Company identifies cost effective opportunities to address issues in products sold or corrective actions for safety issues, it initiates product recalls or field campaigns. As a result of the uncertainty surrounding the nature and frequency of product recalls and field campaigns, the liability for such actions is generally recorded when the Company commits to a product recall or field campaign. In each subsequent quarter after a recall or field campaign is initiated, the recorded warranty liability balance is analyzed, reviewed and adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any changes in the anticipated average cost of repair or number of repairs to be completed prospectively.
When collection is reasonably assured, the Company also estimates the amount of warranty claim recoveries to be received from its suppliers. Warranty costs and recoveries are included in Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Accrued product warranty activities are presented below:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
Accrued Product Warranty20202019
Balance at beginning of year$25,501 $23,102 
Current year provision *18,272 10,349 
Changes in estimates for preexisting warranties **
8,738 2,730 
Payments made during the period(20,969)(10,680)
Balance at end of year31,542 25,501 
Less: Current portion14,928 17,142 
Noncurrent accrued product warranty$16,614 $8,359 
*Warranty costs, net of supplier recoveries, were $19.5 million and $10.1 millionfor the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Supplier recoveries were $7.5 million and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
**Change in estimates for preexisting warranties reflect changes in the Company’s estimate of warranty costs for products sold in prior periods. Such adjustments typically occur when claims experience deviates from historic and expected trends. The Company’s warranty liability is generally affected by failure rates, repair costs and the timing of failures. Future events and circumstances indicaterelated to these factors could materially change the estimates and require adjustments to the warranty liability. In addition, new product launches require a greater use of judgment in developing estimates until historical experience becomes available. The Company recorded charges for changes in estimates for preexisting warranties of $8.7 million, or $0.38 per diluted share, and $2.7 million, or $0.13 per diluted share, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Revenue Recognition
See Note 2. Revenue for additional information the Company’s policy related to revenue recognition.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Adopted
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. This guidance requires the use of existing accounting guidance applicable to software developed for internal use to be applied to cloud computing service contracts’ implementation costs. The costs capitalized would be amortized over the life of the agreement, including renewal option periods likely to be used. The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. There was no impact on the Company’s financial statements including the related notes as a result of adopting the guidance.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement: Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which both reduces and expands selected disclosure requirements. The principal changes expected to impact the Company’s disclosure are requirements to disclose the range and weighted average of each of the significant unobservable items and the way the weighted average of a range is calculated for items in the “table of significant unobservable inputs.” The guidance also requires disclosure of changes in unrealized gains and losses in other comprehensive income and removes requirements regarding, among other items, disclosure of the valuation process for Level 3 measurements. The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2020. There was no impact on the Company’s financial statements including the related notes as a result of adopting the guidance.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminated the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. The ASU is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in periods beginning after December 15, 2019;
54


early adoption is permitted for annual and interim goodwill impairment testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. There was no impact on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, Statements of Operations, Statements of Cash Flows or Statement of Stockholders’ Equity as a result of the adoption.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provided optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. The amendment allows entities to elect not to apply certain modification accounting requirements to contracts affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. An entity that makes this election would not have to remeasure the contracts at the modification date or reassess a previous accounting determination. Entities can elect various optional expedients that would allow them to continue applying hedge accounting for hedging relationships affected by reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. The guidance was effective upon issuance and expires after December 31, 2022. There was no impact on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, Statements of Operations, Statements of Cash Flows or Statement of Stockholders’ Equity as a result of this guidance. The Company continues to monitor contracts potentially impacted by reference rate reform, including the Company’s debt agreements, and will continue to assess the potential impacts of this guidance as reference rates are updated.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which applies primarily to the Company’s accounts receivable impairment loss allowances. The guidance provides a revised model whereby the current expected credit losses are used to compute impairment of financial instruments. The new model requires evaluation of historical experience and various current and expected factors, which may affect the estimated amount of losses and requires determination of whether the affected financial instruments should be grouped in units of account. The guidance, as originally issued, was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842) Effective Dates, which deferred the effective dates of these standards for certain entities. Based on the guidance, the effective date of ASU 2016-13 is deferred for the Company until fiscal year 2023. The Company currently plans to adopt the guidance on January 1, 2023 when it becomes effective. The Company is continuing to assess the impact of the standard on its financial statements.
Note 2.    Revenue
Revenue Recognition
The Company determines the amount of revenue to be recognized through the following steps:
identification of the contract, or contracts with a customer;
identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
determination of the transaction price;
allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies the performance obligations.
Revenue for the Company is generated from contracts that may include a single performance obligation (generally, a single type of engine) or multiple performance obligations (which may include an engine with aftermarket parts, different types of engines, etc.). A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account for revenue recognition. Revenue is measured at the transaction price which is based on the amount of consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer. The transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company is required to estimate the total consideration expected to be received from contracts with customers. The consideration expected to be received may be variable based on the specific terms of the contract and the Company’s past practices.
For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the total transaction price to distinct performance obligations based on directly observable data, if available, or the Company’s best estimate of the stand-alone selling price of each distinct performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate stand-alone selling price is the cost plus a margin approach.
The Company applies significant judgment in order to identify and determine the number of performance obligations, determine the total transaction price, allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation, and determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition.
55


Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis; that is, such taxes are excluded from revenues.
The Company’s payment terms are generally 60 days or less and its sales arrangements do not contain any significant financing components.
Timing of revenue recognition. The Company recognizes revenue related to performance obligations in its contracts with customers when control passes to the customer. Control passes to the customer when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the asset. For the majority of the Company’s products, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the products are shipped or delivered to the customer based on the shipping terms as that is the point in time when control passes to the customer. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $370.7 million and $489.0 million, respectively, related to products shipped or delivered at a point in time.
The Company also recognizes revenue over time primarily when the Company’s performance obligations include enhancing a customer-controlled asset (generally when an engine is provided by the customer), constructing an asset with no alternative future use and the Company has an enforceable right to payment throughout the period as the services are performed, or providing services over time such as an extended warranty beyond the Company’s standard warranty. The Company recognizes revenue throughout the manufacturing process when constructing an asset based on labor hours incurred because the customer receives the benefit of the asset as the product is constructed. The Company believes labor hours incurred relative to total estimated labor hours at completion faithfully depicts the transfer of control to the customer. The Company recognizes revenue related to extended warranty programs based on the passage of time over the extended warranty period. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $46.9 million and $57.1 million, respectively, for products manufactured and services provided over time.
Shipping and handling costs. The Company accounts for shipping and handling costs as fulfillment costs which are recorded in Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This includes shipping and handling costs incurred after control of the asset has transferred to the customer as the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606.
Principal vs. agent considerations.For transactions that involve more than one party when providing goods or services to a customer, the Company determines whether it is the principal or agent in these transactions by evaluating the nature of its promise to the customer. The analysis of whether the Company is a principal or an agent in a transaction is performed for each good or services provided to the customer. The Company determines whether it controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer by considering the following factors:
a.Whether the Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified good or service.
b.Whether the Company has inventory risk before the specified good or service has been transferred to the customer or after transfer of control to the customer.
c.Whether the Company has discretion in establishing the price for the specified good or service.
If the Company determines that it is the principal in the transaction, it recognizes revenues at the gross transaction price for the good or service. If the Company determines that is an agent in the transaction, it recognizes revenue at the net amount of the asset maytransaction price.
The Company has 2 significant supply agreements with multiple performance obligations related to the sale of 6.0L engines. As a result of the Weichai ownership change in April 2019 (see additional discussion in Note 3. Weichai Transactions), the Company was required to be compliant with Phase 1 GHG standards beginning January 1, 2020 for its 6.0L and 8.8L engines. In order to address the impact of the transition of its emission regulation requirements in 2020 and 2021, the Company licensed its technology to a third-party small manufacturer to produce and certify the 6.0L gasoline engine and utilized averaging, banking, and trading compliance provisions for the sale of its 8.8L gasoline engine. As a result of outsourcing the production of the 6.0L gasoline engine, the Company considered whether it was the principal or agent in the transactions with its customers related to the 6.0L gasoline engine. With the exception of certain parts sold directly to customers, the Company concluded that it remained the principal in the transactions. The Company recognized revenue related to contracts with customers for 6.0L engines of $70.0 million in 2020.
Variable consideration. Variable consideration primarily includes rebates and discounts. The Company estimates the projected amount of rebates and discounts based on current assumptions, customer-specific information and historical experience. Variable consideration is recorded as a reduction of revenue to the extent that it is probable that there will not be recoverable.significant changes to the Company’s estimate of variable consideration when any uncertainties are settled.
Costs to obtain and fulfill a contract. The Company has elected the practical expedient to recognize incremental costs to obtain a contract (primarily commissions) as expense when incurred since the amortization period of the asset that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.
56


Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table summarizes net sales by end market:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
End Market20202019
Energy$149,282 $222,779 
Industrial131,026 180,111 
Transportation137,331 143,186 
Total$417,639 $546,076 
The following table summarizes net sales by geographic area:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
Geographic Area20202019
North America$376,276 $483,302 
Pacific Rim25,869 39,180 
Europe9,339 16,562 
Other6,155 7,032 
Total$417,639 $546,076 

Contract Balances
Most of the Company’s contracts are for a period of less than one year; however, certain long-term manufacturing and extended warranty contracts extend beyond one year. The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the time of invoicing to customers and these timing differences result in contract assets, or contract liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Contract assets include amounts related to the contractual right to consideration for completed performance when the right to consideration is conditional. The Company records contract liabilities when cash payments are received or due in advance of performance. Contract assets and contract liabilities are recognized at the contract level.
(in thousands)As of December 31,
20202019
Short-term contract assets (included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets)
$547 $694 
Short-term contract liabilities (included in Other accrued liabilities)
(47,960)(26,898)
Long-term contract liabilities (included in Noncurrent contract liabilities)
(3,181)(17,998)
Net contract liabilities$(50,594)$(44,202)
During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized $30.8 million and $6.7 million of revenue upon satisfaction of performance obligations related to amounts that were included in the net contract liabilities balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in the contract liabilities from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 is primarily related to the prepayment for 6.0L gasoline engine by a customer under a long-term supply agreement. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had a contract liability related to prepayments of 6.0L gasoline engines of $46.4 million and $38.0 million, respectively.
Remaining Performance Obligations
The Company has elected the practical expedient to not disclose remaining performance obligations that have expected original durations of one year or less. For performance obligations that extend beyond one year, the Company had $50.1 million of remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2020 primarily related to a long-term manufacturing contract with a customer and extended warranties. The Company expects to recognize revenue related to these remaining performance obligations of approximately $46.9 million in 2021, $0.7 million in 2022, $1.0 million in 2023, $1.0 million in 2024 and $0.5 million in 2025 and beyond.
57


Note 3.    Weichai Transactions
In March 2017, the Company and Weichai executed the SPA in which the Company issued stock and a warrant to Weichai for aggregate proceeds of $60.0 million (the “Weichai Transactions”), composed of the following:
2,728,752 shares of Common Stock;
2,385,624 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”) that was converted into 4,771,248 shares of Common Stock in November 2017; and
the Weichai Warrant as discussed further below.
The Company used proceeds from the sale of the above securities pursuant to the SPA and borrowings under the Credit Agreement to pay off the outstanding TPG Term Loan (the “TPG Term Loan”) with TPG Specialty Lending, Inc. (“TPG”).
Weichai Warrant
In September 2018, the Weichai Warrant was amended under the terms of a second amended and restated warrant (“Amended and Restated Warrant”) to defer its exercise date to a 90-day period commencing April 1, 2019, to adjust the exercise price to a price per share of the Company’s Common Stock equal to the lesser of (i) 50% of the Volume-Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) during the 20 consecutive trading day period preceding October 1, 2018 and (ii) 50% of the VWAP during the 20 consecutive trading day period preceding the date of exercise, subject to an adjustment that could reduce the exercise price by up to $15.0 million. In the event that the adjustment exceeded the exercise price, the excess would be due to the warrant holder.
On April 23, 2019, Weichai exercised the Weichai Warrant resulting in the Company issuing 4,049,759 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and Weichai becoming the owner of 51.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as of such date. The exercise proceeds for the warrants of $1.6 million were based on 50% of the VWAP during the 20 consecutive trading day period preceding April 23, 2019 and the $15.0 million reduction in the exercise price described above. The Company recorded net expense of $1.4 million related to the Weichai Warrant during 2019 including the impact of the exercise.
Weichai Shareholder’s Loan Agreement
In December 2020, the Company entered into the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement with Weichai. The Shareholder’s Loan Agreement was amended and restated in March 2021. See additional discussion in Note 6. Debt.
Weichai Collaboration Arrangement and Other Related Party Transactions
The Company and Weichai executed a strategic collaboration agreement (the “Collaboration Agreement”) on March 20, 2017, in order to achieve their respective strategic objectives and enhance the strategic cooperation alliance to share experiences, expertise and resources. Among other things, the collaboration arrangement established a joint steering committee, permitted Weichai to second a limited number of certain technical, marketing, sales, procurement and finance personnel to work at the Company and established several collaborations, related to stationary natural-gas applications and Weichai diesel engines. The collaboration arrangement provided for the steering committee to create various sub-committees with operating roles and otherwise governs the treatment of intellectual property of parties prior to the collaboration and the intellectual property developed during the collaboration. The Collaboration Agreement had a term of three years that was set to expire in March 2020. On March 26, 2020, the Collaboration Agreement was extended for an additional term of three years.
The Company evaluates whether an arrangement is a collaborative arrangement at its inception based on the facts and circumstances specific to the arrangement. The Company also reevaluates whether an arrangement qualifies or continues to qualify as a collaborative arrangement whenever there is a change in either the roles of the participants or the participants’ exposure to significant risks and rewards dependent on the ultimate commercial success of the endeavor. For those collaborative arrangements where it is determined that the Company is the principal participant, costs incurred and revenue generated from third parties are recorded on a gross basis in the financial statements. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s sales to and outstanding receivables from Weichai were immaterial. The Company purchased $18.6 million and $4.4 million of inventory from Weichai during 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had outstanding payables to Weichai of $4.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively.
58


Note 4.    Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment by type were as follows:
(in thousands)As of December 31,
Property, Plant and Equipment20202019
Leasehold improvements$6,725 $6,745 
Machinery and equipment43,030 41,243 
Construction in progress1,670 1,679 
Total property, plant and equipment, at cost51,425 49,667 
Accumulated depreciation(31,244)(26,473)
Property, plant and equipment, net$20,181 $23,194 
Note 5.    Goodwill and Other Intangibles
Goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill at both December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $29.8 million. Accumulated impairment indicators exist,losses at both December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $11.6 million.
Other Intangible Assets
Components of intangible assets are as follows:
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2020
Gross Carrying ValueAccumulated AmortizationNet Book Value
Customer relationships$34,940 $(25,117)$9,823 
Developed technology700 (650)50 
Trade names and trademarks1,700 (1,254)446 
Total$37,340 $(27,021)$10,319 
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2019
Gross Carrying ValueAccumulated AmortizationNet Book Value
Customer relationships$34,940 $(22,236)$12,704 
Developed technology700 (605)95 
Trade names and trademarks1,700 (1,127)573 
Total$37,340 $(23,968)$13,372 
Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:
(in thousands)
Year Ending December 31,Estimated Amortization
2021$2,535 
20222,124 
20231,746 
20241,459 
20251,219 
2026 and beyond1,236 
Total$10,319 


59


Note 6.    Debt
The Company’s outstanding debt consisted of the following:
(in thousands)As of December 31,
20202019
Short-term financing:
Revolving credit facility$130,000 $39,527 
Long-term debt:
  Unsecured senior notes$$55,000 
Finance leases and other debt1,091 1,087 
Unamortized debt issuance costs *
(235)
Total long-term debt and finance leases1,091 55,852 
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt and finance leases310 195 
Long-term debt$781 $55,657 
*    Unamortized financing costs and deferred fees on the Revolving Credit Facility are not presented in the above table as they are classified in Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unamortized debt issuance costs, including gross waiver fees (primarily paid to the lenders), were $1.1 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company paid $4.2 million and $6.9 million in cash for interest in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Credit Agreementand Shareholders’ Loan Agreement
On April 2, 2020, the Company closed on its new senior secured revolving credit facility pursuant to the Credit Agreement with Standard Chartered. The Credit Agreement allows the Company to borrow up to $130.0 million and matures on March 26, 2021 with an optional 60-day extension subject to certain conditions and payment of a 0.25% extension fee. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement shall bear interest at either the alternate base rate or LIBOR plus 2.00%, and the Company is required to pay a 0.25% commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and includes certain financial covenants as well as a change of control provision. On April 2, 2020, the Company borrowed $95.0 million under the Credit Agreement and utilized the funds to (i) repay the outstanding balance of $16.8 million under the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement, (ii) fully redeem and discharge $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured Senior Notes and pay related interest and (iii) for general corporate purposes. The Credit Agreement was terminated in connection with the repayment of the outstanding balance. The Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement and the Unsecured Senior Notes of $0.5 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and deferred additional debt issuance costs related to the closing of the Credit Agreement of $2.0 million.
As discussed above, the Credit Agreement includes financial covenants which were effective for the Company beginning with the six months ended June 30, 2020. The financial covenants include an interest coverage ratio and a minimum EBITDA threshold as further analysis is performeddefined in the Credit Agreement. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company did not meet the defined minimum EBITDA requirement. A breach of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement constitutes an event of default and, if not cured or waived, could result in the sumobligations under the Credit Agreement being accelerated. On December 28, 2020, the Company entered into the Amendment, which waived the financial covenant defaults noted herein and, among other things, removed the 60-day extension option, amended the calculation of the expected undiscounted future cash flows resultinginterest coverage ratio and minimum EBITDA and adjusted the interest coverage ratio and minimum EBITDA levels. The $130.0 million aggregate commitment amount of the Credit Agreement, maturity date of March 26, 2021, and applicable interest rate of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged. At December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the revised covenants.
In connection with the Amendment, the Company also entered into the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement between the Company and Weichai. Pursuant to the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement, Weichai has established an unsecured and uncommitted loan facility in favor of the Company in a maximum principal amount of $100.0 million. The Shareholder’s Loan Agreement matures on April 20, 2021. Loans may be made to the Company pursuant to the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement at Weichai’s sole discretion. The proceeds of any loans made under the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement shall be used to repay existing obligations under the Credit Agreement. Any potential borrowings under the Shareholder’s Loan Agreement would bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum.
On March 26, 2021, the Company entered into the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement with Standard Chartered to amend and restate the Credit Agreement. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement continues to allow the Company to up to $130.0 million (all of which has been fully borrowed as December 31,
60


2020), is uncommitted, and matures on March 25, 2022. Borrowings under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement shall bear interest at either the alternate base rate or LIBOR plus 2.70%. In addition, the Company paid fees of $1.9 million related to the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, which will be deferred and amortized over the term of the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement continues to be secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and includes financial covenants related to the Company’s financial performance for the second, third, and fourth quarters of 2021. There are no financial covenants applicable to the first quarter of 2021. The Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement gives Standard Chartered the right to demand payment of any and all of the outstanding borrowings and other amounts owed under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement at any point in time prior to the maturity date at Standard Chartered’s discretion. Furthermore, the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement grants Standard Chartered a POA to submit a borrowing request to Weichai under the amended Shareholder’s Loan Agreement (see discussion below) if the Company does not submit a borrowing request to Weichai within 5 business days of receiving a request from Standard Chartered to submit said borrowing request.
In connection with the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company entered into the First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement with Weichai. The First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement provides the Company with a $130.0 million secured subordinated loan facility that expires on April 25, 2022. Under the First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement, Weichai is obligated to advance funds solely for purposes of repaying outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement if the Company is unable to repay such borrowings. Any potential borrowings under the First Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Loan Agreement would bear interest at LIBOR plus 4.50% per annum.
See Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Other Information for further discussion of the Company’s going concern considerations.
The below schedule of remaining maturities of long-term debt excludes finance leases (refer to Note 7. Leases).
(in thousands)
Year Ending December 31,Maturities of Long-Term Debt
2021$125 
2022125 
2023117 
2024117 
202530 
Total$514 
Note 7.    Leases
Lease Policies
The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease in whole or in part at the inception of the contract. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term while lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the uselease. All leases with an expected term greater than twelve months result in the recognition of a ROU asset and a liability at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of the lease payments unless the implicit rate in the lease is readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is determined considering factors such as the lease term, the Company’s credit standing and the economic environment of the location of the lease.
The lease term includes all non-cancellable periods and may include options to extend (or to not terminate) the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option. Leases that have a term of 12 months or less at the commencement date are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term and do not result in the recognition of a ROU asset or lease liability.
The Company classifies leases as finance leases when (i) there is a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, (ii) the lease contains an option to purchase the asset that the Company is reasonably certain will be exercised, (iii) the lease term is for the majority of the remaining economic life of the asset, were less thanor (iv) the carrying amountpresent value of the asset, an impairment loss equal tolease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds the excessfair value of the asset’s carrying valueasset.
61


Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over its fair value would be recorded. Management considers historical experiencethe lease term. Lease expense for finance leases is generally front-loaded as the finance lease ROU asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis, but interest expense on the lease liability is recognized using the interest method which results in more expense during the early years of the lease. Variable lease payments are expensed in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. The Company has elected to combine lease and non-lease components, such as fixed maintenance costs, as a single lease component in calculating ROU assets and lease liabilities for all available information at the time the estimatesclasses of future cash flows are made, however, the actual cash values that could be realized may differ from those that are estimated.leased assets.
Leases
The Company has obligations under lease arrangements primarily for facilities, equipment and vehicles. These leases have original lease periods expiring between January 2021 and August 2039. For the year ended December 31, 20152020 and 2014, there were no indications2019, the Company recorded lease expense of impairment.

Amortization$6.6 million and $6.9 million, respectively, within Cost of sales, $0.7 million for both periods within Research, development and engineering expenses, $0.3 million for both periods within Selling, general and administrative expenses and less than $0.1 million for both periods within Interest expense was classified as follows in the Company’s consolidated statementsConsolidated Statement of operationsOperations.

The following table summarizes the components of lease expense:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Operating lease cost$5,452 $5,472 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of ROU asset208 170 
Interest expense48 49 
Short-term lease cost410 492 
Variable lease cost1,493 1,675 
Total lease cost$7,611 $7,858 
The following table presents supplemental cash flow information related to leases:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows paid for operating leases$5,405 $5,181 
Operating cash flows paid for interest portion of finance leases48 49 
Financing cash flows paid for principal portion of finance leases195 152 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations
Operating leases299 280 
Finance leases11 536 
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 6.2 years and 6.7 years for theoperating leases and 3.8 years ended December 31:

   2015   2014   2013 

Cost of sales

  $742    $1,134    $40  

Operating expenses

   4,582     1,013     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $5,324    $2,147    $40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

and 4.5 years for finance leases, respectively. The tables below show the amortization periodweighted-average discount rate was 7.1% and intangible asset cost by intangible asset7.2% for operating leases as of December 31, 20152020 and December 31, 20142019, respectively, and the accumulated amortization6.7% and net intangible asset value in total6.8% for all those intangible assets that related to the Company’s acquisitions, for the related period. Refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” for a further discussion of these acquisitions.

       2015 

Description of intangible

  Amortization
period
   Gross
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
   Net
amount
 

Backlog

   18 months    $1,800    $(1,800  $—    

Customer relationships

   13 years     34,940     (5,129   29,811  

Developed technology

   7 years     700     (113   587  

Trade names and trademarks

   13 years     1,700     (353   1,347  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $39,140    $(7,395  $31,745  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

       2014 

Description of intangible

  Amortization
period
   Gross
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
   Net
amount
 

Backlog

   18 months    $1,200    $(1,095  $105  

Customer relationships

   13 years     20,600     (926   19,674  

Trade names and trademarks

   13 years     1,700     (87   1,613  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $23,500    $(2,108  $21,392  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average useful life of those intangibles acquired and included in the table above was approximately 13 yearsfinance leases as of December 31, 20152020 and 2014.

2019, respectively.

62


The following table below showspresents supplemental balance sheet information related to leases:
(in thousands)As of December 31,
20202019
Operating lease ROU assets, net 1
$17,104 $20,677 
Operating lease liabilities, current 2
3,793 3,789 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current 3
14,156 17,679 
Total operating lease liabilities$17,949 $21,468 
Finance lease ROU assets, net 1
$568 $777
Finance lease liabilities, current 2
200 195 
Finance lease liabilities, non-current 3
413 617 
Total finance lease liabilities$613 $812 

1.    Included in Other noncurrent assets for operating leases and Property, plant and equipment, net for finance leases on the estimated future amortization expense Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2.    Included in Other accrued liabilitiesfor intangible assets:

Year

  Estimated
amortization
expense
 

2016

  $5,714  

2017

   4,837  

2018

   4,182  

2019

   3,638  

2020

   3,053  

Thereafter

   10,321  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $31,745  
  

 

 

 

7. Fair valueoperating leases and Current maturities of financial instruments

Aslong-term debt for finance leases on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

3.    Included in Other noncurrent liabilities for operating leases and Long-term debt, net of current maturities for finance leases on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table presents maturity analysis of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, the Company measured its financial2020:
(in thousands)
Year Ending December 31,Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2021$4,948 $245 
20224,788 177 
20233,283 103 
20241,813 84 
20251,851 81 
Thereafter5,548 
Total undiscounted lease payments22,231 694 
Less: imputed interest4,282 81 
Total lease liabilities$17,949 $613 
Note 8.    Fair Value of Financial Instruments
For assets and liabilities under the amended ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures of the Accounting Standards Codification, which definesmeasured at fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transferon a liability (i.e., exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishesrecurring and nonrecurring basis, a three-level hierarchy of measurements based upon observable and unobservable inputs is used to arrive at fair value. Observable inputs are developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair valuebased on the best information available in the circumstances. Depending on the inputs, the Company classifies each fair-value measurement as follows:

Level 1 based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 based on other significant observable inputs for the assets or liabilities through corroborations with market data at the measurement date; and

Level 3 based on significant unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use to price the assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Private placement warrants liability

As of December 31, 2015

Financial Instruments Measured at Carrying Value
Current Assets
Cash and December 31, 2014, the Company’s liability for Private Placement Warrants wascash equivalents are measured at carrying value, which approximates fair value under ASC 820. The Company’s liability forbecause of the Private Placement Warrants is measured at fair value based on unobservable inputs, and thus is considered a Level 3 financial instrument. short-term maturities of these instruments.

63


Debt
The Company analyzes financial instruments with featuresmeasures the Unsecured Senior Notes at original carrying value including accrued interest, net of both liabilitiesunamortized deferred financing costs and equity under ASC 480,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815,Derivatives and Hedging.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company estimated thefees. The fair value of its Private Placement Warrants with a publicly traded stock pricing approach using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. revolving credit facility approximates carrying value, as it consists of short-term variable rate loans.

The inputsfair value measurement of the Black-Scholes option pricing modelUnsecured Senior Notes is defined as of December 31, wereLevel 3 in the three-level fair value hierarchy, as follows:

   December 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Market value of the Company’s common stock

  $18.25   $51.61  

Exercise price

  $13.00   $13.00  

Risk-free interest rate

   0.12  0.39

Estimated price volatility

   55.00  55.00

Contractual term

   0.33 years    1.33 years  

Dividend yield

   —      —    

Thethe inputs to their valuation are not all market observable.

(in thousands)As of December 31, 2020
Carrying ValueFair Value
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Revolving credit facility$130,000 $$130,000 $
(in thousands)As of December 31, 2019
Carrying ValueFair Value
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Revolving credit facility$39,527 $$39,527 $
Unsecured Senior Notes54,765 54,600 
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities
In addition to the methods and assumptions used for the financial instruments discussed above, accounts receivable, net, income tax receivable, and accounts payable and certain accrued expenses are measured at carrying value, which approximates fair value because of the Company’s common stock was based on its closing price on December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the dateshort-term maturities of each valuation. The volatility factors noted above represented the upper end of the range of implied volatility of publicly traded call options of benchmark companies. If all other assumptions were held constant, a 10% change in the market value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2015, would have an immaterial effect on the recorded liability of the Private Placement Warrants.

these instruments.

Warrants
The following table summarizes the changechanges in the estimated fair value of the Company’s Private Placement Warrants liability Level 3 financial instrument as of December 31:

   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $11,036    $24,525  

Fair value of private placement warrants exercised

   (255   (7,320

Decrease in the value of private placement warrants

   (9,299   (6,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $1,482    $11,036  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized income of $9,299,000, $6,169,000 and expense of $28,031,000, respectively. This was due to a decrease in the estimated fair value of the Company’s Private Placement Warrants in 2015 and 2014 and an increase in fair value of the Private Placement Warrants in 2013. This income and expense was recorded as “Private placement warrant (income) expense” in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods.

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level as of December 31, 2015, for the Company’s level 3 financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Private placement warrants liability

   —       —      $1,482  

The following table summarizes fair value measurement by level as of December 31, 2014, for the Company’s level 3 financial liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Private placement warrants liability

   —       —      $11,036  

Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s revolving line of credit and term debt, including accrued interest, recorded on the consolidated balance sheets were carried at cost. The carrying value of the revolving line of credit and term debt approximated fair value because the interest rates fluctuate with market interest rates or the fixed rates approximate current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities,

and the Company’s credit profile had not changed significantly since the origination of these financial liabilities. Under ASC 825, Financial Instruments, these financial liabilities were defined as Level 2 in the three-level valuation hierarchy, as the inputs to their valuation are market observable. The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities approximated fair value because of their short maturities.

8. Debt

Revolving line of credit and term debt

On June 28, 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Wells Credit Agreement”), which replaced its prior credit agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. The Wells Credit Agreement enabled the Company to borrow under a revolving line of credit secured by substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets (other than real property). The Wells Credit Agreement (a) provided an initial maximum $75.0 million revolving line of credit to the Company, which, at the Company’s request and subject to the terms of the Wells Credit Agreement, could have been increased up to $100.0 million during the term of the Wells Credit Agreement; (b) bore interest at the Wells Fargo Bank’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 0.50%; or at the Company’s option, all or a portion of the revolving line of credit could have been designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%; (c) had an unused line fee of 0.25% and (d) required the Company to report its fixed charge coverage ratio, when its Availability (as defined in the Wells Credit Agreement) was less than the Threshold Amount (as defined in the Wells Credit Agreement) and to continue to report its fixed charge coverage ratio until the date that Availability for a period of 60 consecutive days, was greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount. The Company was required to meet a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0, the testing of which commenced on the last day of the month prior to the date on which its Availability was less than the Threshold Amount. The Threshold Amount was defined in the Wells Credit Agreement as the greater of (i) $9,375,000 or (ii) 12.5% of the maximum revolver amount of $75.0 million or as it may have been increased during the term of the Wells Credit Agreement up to $100.0 million.

On April 1, 2014, the Wells Credit Agreement was amended (the “Amended Wells Credit Agreement”) to increase the Company’s revolving line of credit from $75.0 million to $90.0 million. The Amended Wells Credit Agreement (a) bears interest at the Wells Fargo Bank’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 0.5%; or at the Company’s option, all or a portion of the revolving line of credit can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%; (b) has an unused line fee of 0.25%; (c) requires the Company to report its fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio as described below; (d) includes a $5.0 million term loan arrangement with Wells Fargo Bank; and (e) includes a letter of credit sub-facility of the revolving line of credit. The principal amount of the $5.0 million term loan was payable in 36 equal monthly installments with the first payment due on June 1, 2014, plus interest at LIBOR plus 4.50%. Effective April 1, 2014 and during the period in which the term loan was outstanding, the Company was subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant and a debt leverage ratio covenant. The Company was required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.20 to 1.00 and the Company’s debt leverage ratio could not exceed 4.0 to 1.0 during the period in which the term loan was outstanding. At the time, the Company used borrowings under this expanded revolving line of credit as well as the proceeds from the term loan to finance the acquisition of 3PI which was consummated on April 1, 2014 as described in Note 3, “Acquisitions.” The term loan was subsequently paid in full on April 29, 2015. In connection with the repayment of the term loan on April 29, 2015, the Company’s minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio reverted back to 1.0 to 1.0, the testing of which commences on the last day of the month prior to the date on which the Company’s Availability is less than the Threshold Amount.

On September 30, 2014 and again on February 11, 2015, the Company further amended its credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, to increase its revolving line of credit facility to $100.0 million and $125.0 million, respectively (collectively with the Amended Wells Credit Agreement, the “Amended Wells Credit Agreement II”). The Amended Wells Credit Agreement II was scheduled to mature on June 28, 2018.

Other than the above-mentioned amendments, the terms and conditions of the Amended Wells Credit Agreement and Amended Wells Credit Agreement II are substantially similar to the Wells Credit Agreement. Under the Amended Wells Credit Agreement and Amended Wells Credit Agreement II, the amount that the Company may borrow is limited to the lesser of (i) the maximum available amount and (ii) borrowing base. The borrowing base is calculated as a percentage of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory, plus a defined amount based upon certain of the Company’s fixed assets (all as defined in the Amended Wells Credit Agreement and Amended Wells Credit Agreement II). The Amended Wells Credit Agreement and Amended Wells Credit Agreement II also contain customary covenants and restrictions applicable to the Company, including agreements to provide financial information, comply with laws, pay taxes and maintain insurance, restrictions on the incurrence of certain indebtedness, guarantees and liens, restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain dispositions of assets, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions. The revolving line of credit is secured by substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets (other than real property).

On April 29, 2015, the Company entered into an amended credit facility (“Amended Wells Credit Agreement III”) for the purpose of facilitating the issuance of the 5.50% Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes”), as described below, and this amendment provided for the earlier maturity of the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III to insure that the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III will come due before the Senior Notes are payable as described below. While the Senior Notes are outstanding, the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III will become due 75 days prior to the earliest date that a Special Mandatory Purchase Date may occur or 90 days prior to the final maturity date of the Senior Notes, all as described in the Indenture agreement below. Accordingly, under the above terms, the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III will become due no earlier than March 15, 2017, but no later than January 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2015, $97.0 million of the Company’s outstanding borrowings under its revolving line of credit bore interest at the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.84% as of December 31, 2015. The remaining outstanding balance of $299,000 as of December 31, 2015 had been designated to bear interest at the prime rate, plus an applicable margin, which equaled 3.50% with the applicable margin included. The unused and available revolving line of credit balance was $27.1 million at December 31, 2015. The Company’s term loan was repaid on April 29, 2015.

As of December 31, 2014, $71.0 million of the Company’s outstanding borrowings under its revolving line of credit bore interest at the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.66% as of December 31, 2014. The remaining outstanding balance of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2014 had been designated to bear interest at the prime rate, plus an applicable margin, which equaled 3.25% with the applicable margin included. The unused and available revolving line of credit balance was $21.2 million at December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $4,028,000 outstanding under the term loan, which bore interest at LIBOR plus 4.50%, which equaled 4.67% with the applicable margin included.

5.50% Senior Notes

On April 24, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with certain institutional investors for a private sale of an aggregate amount of $55.0 million of the Company’s unsecured 5.50% Senior Notes. The sale closed on April 29, 2015. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company entered into an indenture agreement (“Indenture”) dated April 29, 2015, by and among the Company, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, and the Company’s subsidiaries as guarantors. The Company received net proceeds of $53,483,000 after financing costs of $1,517,000. As discussed previously, in Note 2, “Recently issued accounting pronouncements”, in accordance with the guidance issued to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs, the Company has presented issuance costs associated with its 5.50% Senior Notes as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the obligation on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the balance outstanding on the 5.50% Senior Notes was $53,820,000 net of unamortized financing fees.

The Senior Notes are unsecured debt of the Company and are effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured debt including the debt in connection with the Amended Wells Credit Agreement III. The Senior Notes have a final maturity date of May 1, 2018, provided that a mandatory offer by the Company to purchase the Senior Notes must be made on or prior to May 1, 2017 in the event the Company cannot or does not certify compliance with certain financial covenants as more fully described below. In that event, the date of purchase will be no earlier than May 30, 2017.

The Company may redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part at any time on or after May 1, 2016, at the option of the Company at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption:

liability:

Redemption date

Redemption price

May 1, 2016 through October 31, 2016

101.0

November 1, 2016 and thereafter

100.0

At any time prior to May 1, 2016, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings specified in the Indenture at a redemption price of 105.5% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, but only if at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes would remain outstanding following such redemption. In addition, prior to May 1, 2016, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount plus (i) accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and (ii) an Applicable Premium (as defined in the Indenture) that is intended as a “make-whole” to May 1, 2016.

The Senior Notes have a Special Mandatory Purchase Date as described in the Indenture and summarized as follows. Upon the occurrence of the earlier of (I) March 15, 2017, if the Trustee has not received on or within five days prior to such date an officer’s certificate stating that (i) the Company’s pro forma consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Indenture) is at least equal to or greater than $35.0 million for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available as of such date and (ii) the Company’s consolidated pro forma ratio of consolidated EBITDA to fixed charges (as defined in the Indenture) is at least equal to or greater than 3.25 to 1.0 for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available as of such date or (II) the date on which the Company notifies the Trustee in writing (which date may be at any time on or after March 1, 2017 but on or prior to March 15, 2017) that the Company cannot or will not deliver such officers’ certificate, then, unless the Company has given on or prior to March 15, 2017 a notice of redemption of all of the Senior Notes, the Company will make a mandatory offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at a purchase price of 100.0% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, prepay subordinated indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock, redeem or repurchase capital stock, make investments and restricted payments, enter into transactions with affiliates, sell assets, create liens on assets to secure debt, or effect a consolidation or merger or to sell all, or substantially all, of the Company’s assets, in each case subject to certain qualifications and exceptions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture also provides for customary events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), which include nonpayment, breach of covenants in the Indenture, payment defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee or holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Senior Notes to be due and payable.

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a rate of 5.50% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on November 1, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the accrued, but unpaid interest on the Senior Notes was $513,000.

9. Leases

The Company leases certain buildings and equipment under various noncancelable operating lease agreements that contain renewal provisions. Rent expense under these leases approximated $4,377,000, $3,314,000 and $2,693,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The future minimum lease payments due under operating leases as of December 31, 2015, were as follows:

2016

  $4,771  

2017

   4,192  

2018

   3,207  

2019

   1,918  

2020

   1,687  

Thereafter

   3,047  
  

 

 

 
  $18,822  
  

 

 

 

10. 2012 Incentive compensation plan

On May 30, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company approved and adopted the Company’s 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2012 Plan”), and the 2012 Plan was approved by a majority of the Company’s stockholders at the Company’s annual meeting held on August 29, 2012. The 2012 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which consists only of independent, non-employee directors.

The 2012 Plan is a broad-based plan which allows for a variety of different types of awards, including (but not limited to) non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, SAR, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance units, to be made to the Company’s executive officers, employees, consultants and directors. The 2012 Plan is intended to assist the Company in attracting and retaining exceptionally qualified employees, consultants and directors to support the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company.

Of the Company’s 1,530,925 shares initially made available and reserved for awards under the 2012 Plan, 790,865 shares have been granted under various awards as described below, and as of December 31, 2015, the Company had 740,060 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2012 Plan.

SAR award agreements

SAR awards are accounted for as equity, in accordance with ASC 718,Compensation — Stock Compensation, which states that options or similar instruments on shares shall be classified as liabilities if either the underlying shares are classified as liabilities or the entity can be required under any circumstance to settle the option or similar instrument by transferring cash or other assets. The Company’s underlying shares are classified as equity, and under the terms of the SAR Award Agreement, the Company must settle the exercised portion of the SAR in shares of the Company’s common stock. As such, the Company has accounted for the SAR as equity.

ASC 718,Compensation — Stock Compensation, was utilized in order to estimate the fair value of the SAR. The term “fair value” has been defined in Note 7, “Fair value of financial instruments.” ASC 718 requires an entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. That cost is then recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. The Company has computed compensation expense by applying the guidance stated in ASC 718, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved, and the Company granted the following SAR awards:

Award Description

(in thousands)

Grant Date

Recipient

Award

Exercise Price

Expiration

December 31, 2019

SAR I

Balance at beginning of year
June 6, 2012$35,100 Chief Operating Officer (“COO”)543,872 shares$22.07June 6, 2022

SAR II

Change in value of warrants *
October 19, 20151,352 
Settlement of warrantsChief Financial Officer (“CFO”)(36,452)60,000 shares
Balance at end of year$24.41October 19, 2025

SAR awards entitle the recipients to receive, upon any exercise, a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to (i) the number of shares for which the SAR is being exercised multiplied by the value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise (determined as provided

*     The change in the SAR Award Agreement), (ii) less the number of shares for which the SAR is being exercised multiplied by the applicable exercise price, (iii) divided by the value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise (determined as provided in the SAR Award Agreement). The exercised SAR is to be settled only in whole shares of the Company’s common stock, and the value of any fractional share of the Company’s common stock will be forfeited.

SAR I

The assumptions used for the measurement of the expense for SAR I included an expected term of 6.0 years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.92%, an anticipated volatility factor of 55.0% and a zero dividend yield. The resulting valuation as of the SAR I grant date was discounted by 15%, reflecting an assessment of the then trading activity of the Company’s common stock (and by extension SAR I). The suggested value from the Black Scholes method reflected a fully marketable security that was not burdened by limited marketability; however, at that time, the Company’s common stock (and by extension SAR I) did not have regular trading activity. Therefore, the Company considered it necessary to incorporate a discount to reflect the limited liquidity associated the SAR I. This approach was consistent with that utilized to value the Company’s Private Placement Warrants at that time. The resulting fair value of SAR I was $3.31 per underlying share. The compensation expense for this SAR I was initially determined to approximate $1.8 million which amount was recognized from the grant date through June 6, 2015.

On June 5, 2015, the Company and the COO agreed to defer the vesting of the remaining unvested portion of the SAR I granted for 30 days until July 6, 2015 pursuant to an amendment to the initial SAR I. On July 6, 2015, the Company and COO entered into a SAR and Bonus Agreement which amended SAR I by extending the vesting period applicable to the remaining unvested portion of SAR I. The unvested portion covers 181,290 underlying shares of the Company’s common stock which, prior to the amendment, would have vested on June 6, 2015. The amendment extended the vesting of these shares to June 6, 2017 with respect to 100,000 underlying shares of the Company’s common stock and to June 6, 2019 with respect to the remaining 81,290 shares of underlying Company common stock (in each case subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment by the Company for “Cause” (as defined in the SAR and Bonus Agreement)). The SAR and Bonus Agreement also provides the COO with an annual bonus in the amount of $250,000 for each of calendar years 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 as long as the conditions of the SAR I agreement are met and subject to forfeiture under certain circumstances enumerated in the SAR I agreement.

The extension of the vesting period described above resulted in an additional expense attributable to the fair value of the unrecognized compensation expensewarrant liability is presented in Loss from change in value and exercise of the SAR I and was estimated at $333,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The inputs of the Black-Scholes option pricing model included the fair value ofwarrants in the Company’s common stock, exercise price, risk-free interest rate, estimated price volatility, term and dividend yield as follows: a fairConsolidated Statements of Operations. The change in value of $51.14, an exercise price of $22.07, a risk-free interest rate of 1.53%, an expected term of 4.9 years, an anticipated volatility factor of 50.0% and a zero dividend yield. The resulting fair value of the extension was $1.54 per underlying share.

This additional expense will be recognized during the remaining vesting period through June 6, 2019. Including the amendment discussed above, the total SAR I expense is expected to be approximately $2,133,000 from initial grant through the final vesting date in 2019. As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $259,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the SAR I.

In the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized approximately $160,000, $329,000 and $907,000, respectively, of compensation expense in connection with SAR I. Duringfor the year ended December 31, 2014, a portion of2019 includes the shares that vested on June 6, 2014 were exercised. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the portion of shares that vested on June 6, 2013 were fully exercised. The impact of this transaction onWeichai exercising the Company’s issued capital is describedwarrant in April 2019.

Note 11, “Stockholders’ equity.”

SAR II

The assumptions used for the measurement of the expense for SAR II included fair value of the Company’s common stock of $24.41, an exercise price of $24.41, an expected term of 7.25 years, a risk-free interest rate of 1.76%, an anticipated volatility factor of 50.0% and a zero dividend yield. The resulting fair value of SAR II was $12.96 per underlying share. SAR II vests ratably and becomes exercisable with respect to one-fourth of the covered shares annually beginning on the third anniversary of the SAR II grant date.

In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company initially recognized approximately $37,000, of compensation expense in connection with SAR II, and no similar expense in 2014 or 2013. 9.    Defined Contribution Plans

As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $740,0002019, the Company made contributions of total unrecognized compensation expense$1.1 million to the plans and recorded a liability of $0.5 million for 2019 contributions. During 2020, the Company made contributions of $0.8 million (primarily related to the SAR II grantedcontribution for 2019). As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company implemented certain cost savings measures beginning in April 2020 which included, among other things, the discontinuation of the Company’s 401(k) match through December 31, 2020. The 401(k) match was reimplemented effective January 1, 2021.
Note 10.    Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Contingencies
The legal matters discussed below and others could result in losses, including damages, fines, civil penalties and criminal charges, which could be substantial. The Company records accruals for these contingencies to the extent the Company concludes that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. Regarding the matters disclosed below, unless otherwise disclosed, the Company has determined that liabilities associated with these legal matters are reasonably possible; however, unless otherwise stated, the possible loss or range of possible loss cannot be reasonably estimated. Given the nature of the litigation and investigations and the complexities involved, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss for all such matters until the Company knows, among other factors the following:
what claims, if any, will survive dispositive motion practice;
the extent of the claims, particularly when damages are not specified or are indeterminate;
64


how the discovery process will affect the litigation;
the settlement posture of the other parties to the litigation; and
any other factors that may have a material effect on the litigation or investigation.
However, the Company could incur judgments, enter into settlements or revise its expectations regarding the outcome of certain matters, and such developments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which the amounts are accrued and/or liquidity in the period in which the amounts are paid.
Securities and Exchange Commission and United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Illinois Investigations
In August 2016, the Chicago Regional Office of the SEC commenced an investigation focused on, among other things, the Company’s financial reporting, misapplication of U.S. GAAP, revenue recognition practices and related conduct, which resulted in the accounting errors giving rise to the financial restatements reported in prior SEC filings. In 2016, the United States Attorney's Office for the Northern District of Illinois (the “USAO”) began conducting a parallel investigation regarding these matters. In September 2020, the Company entered into agreements with the SEC and USAO to resolve the investigations into the Company’s past revenue recognition practices. As part of this resolution, the Company made a payment of $1.7 million as a civil penalty to the SEC in October 2020. Furthermore, under the 2012 Plan. Assettled administrative order with the SEC, the Company is committed to remediate the deficiencies in its internal control over financial reporting that constituted material weaknesses identified in its 2017 Form 10-K filed in May 2019 by April 30, 2021 unless an extension is provided by the SEC. The Company also entered into a Non-Prosecution Agreement (the “NPA”) with the USAO, which contains no further monetary penalty and provides that the USAO will not charge the Company with a crime, provided that the Company complies with the provisions of December 31, 2015, the weighted-average period overNPA, including making enhancements to its corporate compliance program. The Company also will continue to fully cooperate with the SEC and USAO pursuant to these agreements. With these agreements, the investigations into the Company by the SEC and USAO have concluded. The Company had accrued the $1.7 million penalty in Other accrued liabilitiesin the first quarter of 2019.
Federal Derivative Litigation
In February 2017, Travis Dorvit filed a putative stockholder derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, captioned Dorvit v. Winemaster, et al., No. 1:17-cv-01097 (N.D. Ill.) (the “Dorvit Action”), against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. The complaint asserted claims for breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment arising from the same matters at issue in the consolidated case captioned Guinta v. Power Solutions International, Inc., No. 1:16-cv-09599 (N.D.Ill.), which had alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), arising from public filings, press releases and conference calls between February 2014 and February 2017, and which was settled in May 2019 (hereinafter, the Giunta Action). In April 2018, Michael Martin filed a second putative stockholder derivative action, captioned Martin v. Winemaster, et al., No. 18-CV-2386 (N.D. Ill.) (the “Martin Action”), in the same court against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. In July 2018, the court consolidated the Martin Actionand the Dorvit Action.
In July 2018, the plaintiffs in the consolidated Dorvit and Martin Actions filed an amended consolidated complaint (the “Second Amended Complaint”) against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors, who are indemnified by the Company as to their legal fees and defense costs. The Second Amended Complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, corporate waste and failure to hold an annual stockholders’ meeting, and it seeks an unspecified amount of damages, an order compelling the Company to hold an annual stockholders’ meeting and an award of costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. In April 2019, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation for approximately $1.9 million (“Settlement Amount”), half of which will be used to pay certain defense costs on behalf of the Company, and the remaining half of which the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized is approximately 6.0 years.

Restricted stock awards

The Compensation Committeeplaintiffs sought as an award of the Board of Directors approved,their attorneys’ fees and the Company granted, shares of Company restricted stock (“Restricted Stock”) to various employees pursuant to the 2012 Plan and subject in each case to a Restricted Stock Award Agreement (“Restricted Stock Award Agreement”). Restricted stock activity consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

   Shares   Weighted Average Grant Date
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2013

   162,993    $39.29  

Granted

   23,000     71.47  

Forfeited

   (12,000   60.44  

Vested

   (19,742   41.89  
  

 

 

   

December 31, 2014

   154,251    $42.18  

Granted

   1,000     28.48  

Forfeited

   (800   65.51  

Vested

   (24,207   42.63  
  

 

 

   

December 31, 2015

   130,244    $41.77  
  

 

 

   

There was no Restricted Stock activity prior to December 31, 2013 with the exception of the initial 162,993 share grant. These shares of Restricted Stock vest in various increments and periods over a maximum of ten years from the date the stock was granted as defined under the applicable Restricted Stock Award Agreement. In the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized approximately $989,000, $925,000 and $361,000, respectively, of compensation expenseexpenses in connection with the Restricted Stock granted underbenefit conferred by the 2012 Plan.settlement. The fair valuesettlement was approved by the court in August 2019 over two objections, including from the plaintiffs in the McClenney Action (defined below). Plaintiffs in the McClenney Action appealed the court’s order approving the settlement. In February 2020, the U.S. Court of restricted stock that vested during 2015 and 2014 was approximately $1,101,000 and $1,408,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $4,882,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the Restricted Stock granted under the 2012 Plan. As of December 31, 2015, the weighted-average period over which the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized is approximately 6.0 years.

11. Stockholders’ equity

The statements of changes in stockholders’ equityAppeals for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, presentSeventh Circuit affirmed the changes giving effect to the Company’s common stock issued, stock compensation activity and Private Placement Warrant exercises, each of which is described below.

Common stock

The Company has authorized 50,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. At December 31, 2015, 11,583,831 shares of Company common stock were issued and 10,752,906 shares of Company’s common stock were outstanding. At December 31, 2014, 11,562,209 shares of Company common stock were issued and 10,731,284 shares of Company’s common stock were outstanding. Each holder of a sharedistrict court’s approval of the settlement. The deadline for the plaintiffs in the McClenney Action to seek further review in the U.S. Supreme Court elapsed in July 2020 and the settlement is a final judgement. The Company’s common stock is entitled to one vote per share held on each matter to be considered by holdersinsurers made a payment of half of the Company’s common stock. HoldersSettlement Amount in September 2019 toward the fulfillment of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared byplaintiff’s award of attorneys’ fees and expenses, and the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s current policy is to retain earnings for operations and growth. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-upinsurers allocated the remaining half of the Company,Settlement Amount toward the holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets available for distribution, after payment of or provision for, all liabilities and the preferences of any then outstanding shares of Company preferred stock. The holders of the Company’s common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

Series A Convertible preferred stock

The Company has authorized 114,000 shares of Series A Convertible preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, no shares of Series A Convertible preferred stock of the Company were issued or outstanding.

SAR exercise for shares of Company common stock

During the year ended December 31, 2014, 120,000 of the 181,291 shares of common stock underlying SAR I which vested on June 6, 2014, were exercised in two tranches. As a result of these exercises the Company issued a total of 85,903 shares of the Company’s common stock. In connection with these exercises, the excess of the underlying value of the common stock issued over the amount recognized as compensation expense in the Company’s financial statements resulted in an amount that was deductible for income tax purposes. As such, the Company realized an income tax benefit of $2,427,000 for this incremental amount, which was recorded as a reduction in the Company’s income tax liability and an increase in additional paid-in-capital during the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there were 61,291 unexercised shares under the SAR that vested on June 6, 2014.

On August 15, 2013, 181,291 shares of common stock underlying SAR I, which vested on June 6, 2013 were exercised. Upon such exercise, the Company initially issued 96,504 shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the terms of the plan, at the option of the recipient, the Company then withheld 42,314 of the shares issued to satisfy the recipient’s income tax obligations. The cash equivalent of the shares withheld was $2,063,000, representing the recipient’s income tax withholding obligation that was remitted by the Company to the applicable taxing authorities. The payment of the income tax withholding obligation was recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in-capital during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company realized an income tax benefit of $1,642,000 for the excess of the underlying value of the common stock issued over the amount recognized as compensation expense in the Company’s financial statements that was recorded as a reduction in the Company’s income tax liability and an increase in additional paid-in-capital during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Restricted stock vesting for shares of Company common stock

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, various individuals vested in shares of the Company’s common stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement resulting in the net issuance of 16,622 shares and 13,909 shares, respectively. Under the terms of the 2012 Plan, at the option of certain of those vested restricted stock participants, the Company withheld shares issued to satisfy the income tax obligations of these recipients. The cash equivalent of the aggregate number of shares withheld was $351,000 and $430,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, representing the income tax withholding obligations of the recipients, and such amounts were remitted by the Company to the applicable taxing authorities. The payments of the income tax withholding obligations were recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in-capital as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

In connection with the vesting and issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2012 Plan, other than the shares of common stock issued in connection with the SAR, the excess of the underlying value of the common stock issued over the amount recognized as compensation expense in the Company’s financial statements resulted indefense costs that are deductible for income tax purposes. As such, the Company realized an income tax benefit of $65,000 and $277,000 for this incremental amount which was recorded as a reduction in the Company’s income tax liability and an increase in additional paid-in-capital as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Private placement warrants

In connection with a private placement (“Private Placement”) on April 29, 2011, investors in the Private Placement received Company preferred stock (which subsequently converted to shares of Company common stock) and Private Placement Warrants. The Private Placement Warrants represented the right to purchase a total of 750,002 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $13.00 per share, subject to further adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of the Company’s common stock. The Private Placement Warrants are also subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of the Company’s common stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants, subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants will be reduced to the effective price of the Company’s common stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). The Private Placement Warrants will expire on April 29, 2016.

At any time beginning six months after the closing of the Private Placement at which the Company is required to register the shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the Private Placement, but such shares may not be freely sold to the public, the Private Placement Warrants may be “cashlessly” exercised by their holders. In such circumstances, the warrant holders may “cashlessly” exercise the Private Placement Warrants by causing the Company to withhold a number of shares of its common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of the Company’s common stock (such market price as defined in the purchase agreement for the Private Placement), equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will occur without any cash being paid by the holders of the Private Placement Warrants. Because the shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants are currently available for resale pursuant to effective registration statements filed by the Company with the SEC, the Private Placement Warrants may not be “cashlessly” exercised at this time. The Private Placement Warrants further include a requirement that, the Company will keep reserved out of the authorized and unissued shares of its common stock sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants.

The Company’s Private Placement Warrants are accounted for as a liability, in accordance with ASC 480,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. ASC 480 states that, if an entity must or could settle an instrument by issuing a variable number of its own shares, and, as in this case, the obligation’s monetary value is based solely or predominantly on variations in the fair value of the company’s equity shares, but moves in the opposite

direction, then the obligation to issue shares is to be recorded as a liability at the inception of the arrangement, and is adjusted with subsequent changes in the fair value of the underlying stock. The effect of the change in value of the obligation is reflected as “Private placement warrant (income) expense” in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company was formerly known as Format, Inc. (“Format”). On April 29, 2011, Format consummated a reverse acquisition transaction with The W Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“The W Group”) (“Reverse Recapitalization”), and in connection with this transaction, Format changed its corporate name to Power Solutions International, Inc. The Private Placement Warrants issued had an estimated fair value of $2,887,000 at the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization transaction and the Private Placement on April 29, 2011, determined based upon an agreed-upon exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants; the purchase price for (value of) the Company’s preferred stock and Private Placement Warrants, in the aggregate as agreed upon with the investors in the Private Placement; an assessment of an appropriate risk-free interest rate of 2.1%, an anticipated volatility factor of 50.0%, and a zero percent dividend yield, all incorporated into a valuation using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company determined that the five-year Treasury Bond yield was a reasonable assumption for a risk-free rate, and that an appropriate volatility rate would represent the upper end of the range of implied volatility of publicly traded call options of benchmark companies, which reflects the mid-range of their historical volatility. The Company’s past history of not paying dividends and management’s intentions to continue such a dividend policy resulted in a zero dividend yield assumption. The five-year term of the Private Placement Warrants, the stated warrant exercise price of $13.00 per share (as adjusted for a reverse split), when the Private Placement Warrants became exercisable, and the Company’s common stock valuation of $10.08 per share (as adjusted for a reverse split), when the Private Placement Warrants became exercisable, comprise the balance of the inputs into the Black-Scholes pricing model for the warrant valuation.

See Note 7, “Fair value of financial instruments,” for detail describing the valuation approach for the Private Placement Warrants.

During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, portions of the Private Placement Warrants were exercised, resulting in the issuance of 5,000 shares, 109,585 shares and 339,410 shares of Company common stock, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, 282,257 shares and 287,257 shares of Company common stock, respectively, remained reserved for the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, in accordanceconsistent with the terms of the purchase agreementsettlement. The Company had accrued for the Private Placement.

Treasurysettlement in Other accrued liabilities and for the full insurance recovery of the Settlement Amount in Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2019.

State Derivative Litigation
In May 2017, Lewis McClenney filed a putative stockholder derivative action in the Chancery Division of the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, captioned McClenney v. Winemaster, et al., No. 2017-CH-06481 (the “McClenney Action”), against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. The McClenney Action asserted claims for breach of
65


fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and corporate waste arising from the same matters at issue in the Giunta Action. On the same day that the McClenney Action was filed, Sara Rebscher also filed a putative stockholder derivative action in the same court, captioned Rebscher v. Winemaster, et al., No. 2017-CH-06517 (the “Rebscher Action”). The Rebscher Action asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors, arising from the same matters at issue in the Giunta Action. Additionally, the complaint in the Rebscher Action asserts a claim for professional negligence and accounting malpractice against the Company’s former auditor, RSM U.S. LLP (“RSM”). In July 2017, the court consolidated the McClenney Action and the Rebscher Action. Subsequently, the court appointed Rebscher as lead plaintiff and designated the Rebscher Action as the operative complaint. In November 2018, the court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the consolidated case with prejudice on the grounds that it is duplicative of the Dorvit and Martin Actions. Plaintiffs moved for reconsideration of the court’s decision, which the court denied in January 2019. In February 2019, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal from the court’s order dismissing the case. In December 2019, the Illinois Appellate Court affirmed the dismissal of the McClenney Action. Plaintiffs did not seek rehearing in the Illinois Appellate Court and did not petition for leave to appeal to the Illinois Supreme Court.
Jerome Treadwell v. the Company                     
In October 2018, a putative class-action complaint was filed against the Company and NOVAtime Technology, Inc. (“NOVAtime”) in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. In December 2018, NOVAtime removed the case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division under the Class Action Fairness Act. Plaintiff has since voluntarily dismissed NOVAtime from the lawsuit without prejudice and filed an amended complaint in April 2019. The operative, amended complaint asserts violations of the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act (“BIPA”) in connection with employees’ use of the time clock to clock in and clock out using a finger scan and seeks statutory damages, attorneys’ fees, and injunctive and equitable relief. An aggrieved party under BIPA may recover (i) $1,000 per violation if the Company is found to have negligently violated BIPA or (ii) $5,000 per violation if the Company is found to have intentionally or recklessly violated BIPA plus reasonable attorneys’ fees. In May 2019, the Company filed its motion to dismiss the plaintiff’s amended complaint. In December 2019, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss. In January 2020, the Company moved for reconsideration of the court’s order denying the motion to dismiss, or in the alternative, to stay the case pending the Illinois Appellate Court’s ruling in McDonald v. Symphony Healthcare on a legal question that would be potentially dispositive in this matter. In February 2020, the court denied the Company’s motion for reconsideration, but required the parties to submit additional briefing on the Company’s motion to stay. In April 2020, the Court granted the Company’s motion to stay and stayed the case pending the Illinois Appellate Court’s ruling in McDonald v. Symphony Healthcare. In October 2020, after the McDonald ruling, the court granted the parties’ joint request to continue the stay of the case for 60 days. The court also ordered the parties to schedule a settlement conference with the Magistrate Judge which has been scheduled for early April 2021. The stay remains in place through the scheduled settlement conference. The parties have engaged in preliminary settlement discussions in advance of the settlement conference. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded an estimated liability of $0.3 million related to the potential settlement of this matter.
Don Wilkins v. the Company
In April 2017, Don Wilkins, former VP of Advanced Product Development for the Company, filed a two-count complaint alleging breach of contract by the Company and violation of the Illinois Wage Payment and Collections Act (“IWPCA”) by the Company and its former CEO, Gary Winemaster (the “Wilkins Complaint”). The Wilkins Complaint claims the Company did not have cause to terminate Mr. Wilkins’ Employment and Confidentiality Agreement (the “Wilkins Agreement”), executed January 6, 2012, and that the Company and Mr. Winemaster violated the IWPCA by failing to pay him accrued but unpaid vacation and earned commissions. The Wilkins Complaint seeks damages including a $2.0 million bonus entitlement in the Wilkins Agreement, guaranteed annual salary to increase at 1.5 times the Consumer Price Index per year from the termination date to the end-date of the Wilkins Agreement, December 31, 2020, and 20,000 shares of restricted stock

granted to him in 2013 with a vesting schedule through 2020. In June 2017, the Company and Mr. Winemaster answered the complaint and asserted numerous defenses. The Company also asserted counterclaims against Mr. Wilkins including violation of the Illinois Trade Secrets Act, breach of the Wilkins Agreement, breach of fiduciary duty, and Gary S.spoliation. In January 2019, Wilkins voluntarily dismissed with prejudice his claims for unpaid commissions and vacation against the Company and Mr. Winemaster, subject to the parties’ confidential settlement agreement of those claims. In February 2020, the Company filed a motion for protective order to stay the litigation, which the court denied in April 2020. In May 2020, the parties reached an agreement to settle all remaining claims for a $1.1 million payment (“Wilkins Settlement Amount”) to Mr. Wilkins. The Company paid $0.9 million of the Wilkins Settlement Amount which was reserved as of the first quarter of 2019. The Company’s insurance provider contributed the remainder of the Wilkins Settlement Amount. In June 2020, the court dismissed the Wilkins Complaint with prejudice and with each party to bear their own costs and attorneys’ fees.



66


Mast Powertrain v. the Company
In February 2020, the Company received a demand for arbitration from Mast Powertrain, LLC (“Mast”) pursuant to a development agreement entered into in November 2011 (the “Development Agreement”). Mast claimed that it is owed more than $9.0 million in past royalties and other damages for products sold by the Company pursuant to the Development Agreement. The Company has disputed Mast’s damages, denied that any royalties are owed to Mast, denied any liability, and counterclaimed for overpayment on invoices paid to Mast. Mast has subsequently clarified its claim for past royalties owed to be approximately $4.5 million. Arbitration is anticipated to occur in the Fall of 2021; however, the Company has engaged in preliminary settlement negotiations with Mast. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had recognized an estimated liability of $1.5 million within Other accrued liabilities related to the potential settlement of this matter.
Indemnification Agreements
Under the Company’s Chief Executive Officerbylaws and President,certain indemnification agreements, the Company has obligations to indemnify current and Chairmanformer officers and directors and certain current and former employees. As a result of cumulative legal fees and settlements previously paid, the Company fully exhausted its primary directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage of $30.0 million during the first quarter of 2020. Additional expenses currently expected to be incurred and that will occur in the future and/or liabilities that may be imposed in connection with actions against certain of the BoardCompany’s past and present directors and officers and certain current and former employees who are entitled to indemnification will be funded by the Company with its existing cash resources. The Company accrues for such costs as incurred within Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of DirectorsOperations. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $7.1 million ofcosts related to these indemnification obligations. At this time, the Company is not able to estimate the impact of these obligations due to the actions ongoing; however, the impact may be material to the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
At the end of June 2020, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which, on Octobernew directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The insurance policy includes standard exclusions including for any ongoing or pending litigation such as the previously disclosed investigations by the SEC and USAO.
Other Commitments
Letters of Credit
At December 31, 2011,2020, the Company purchased from Mr. Winemaster 830,925 shareshad 6 outstanding letters of Company common stockcredit totaling $2.3 million. The letters of credit primarily serve as collateral for $4.25 million, or $5.11 per share. These shares were returned to the Company’s treasury as authorized and issued, but not outstanding, shares of common stock of the Company.

Underwritten public offering

On July 16, 2013, the Company closed an underwritten public offeringfor certain facility leases and insurance policies. As discussed in Note 1. Summary of 2,005,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $35.00 per share. The Company sold 1,050,000 shares of its common stock,Significant Accounting Policies and certain selling stockholders, sold 955,000 shares of common stock in the offering. The proceeds toOther Information, the Company nethad restricted cash of the underwriter’s fees and expenses, were $34,530,000 before deducting offering expenses$3.3 million at December 31, 2020 related to these letters of approximately $514,000 paid by the Company. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

Registration rights agreement

credit.

Supply Agreements
In connection with the Private Placement,October 2019, the Company entered into an addendum (the “Addendum”) to a Registration Rightssupply agreement (the “Supply Agreement”), dated December 11, 2007, with a key supplier. The Addendum extends the Supply Agreement (the “Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement”)to December 31, 2023 with automatic annual extensions thereafter unless notice of termination is provided. The Addendum extends the investors inCompany’s exclusivity for the Private Placement and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, pursuant to which it agreed to file a registration statement on Form S-1, with the SEC, covering the resale of “Registrable Securities” (as defined below) (which includes the sharesprescribed territory, but carves out of the Company’s common stock that were issuable upon conversionrestriction the competing engine products supplied by General Motors Company and Weichai. The Company committed to maximize sales and service opportunities on both the key supplier and Weichai engine products, recognizing their different value proposition and target markets. The Addendum also updates the minimum product purchase commitments for the period 2019 through 2023 to $40.0 million per year, subject to reductions based on market declines in oil prices and defined prescribed payments to the key supplier triggered by shortfalls in purchases made by the Company during each annual calendar period. The Company made product purchases of shares$19.0 million and $47.2 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Given the significant decline in oil prices in early 2020 and the impact on demand for many of the Company’s preferred stock originally issued in the Private Placement and shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and shares of the Company’s common stock that were issuable upon exercise of the Roth Warrant), on or before the date which is 30 days after the closing date of the Private Placement, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable. The Company further agreed, within 30 days after it becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for resale, to file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities. On June 27, 2013, within 30 days afterCompanies products, the Company became eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3, in accordance withdid not meet the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, it filed a registration statement on Form S-3 (as a post-effective amendment to the registration statement on Form S-1) covering the Registrable Securities, which was declared effective on June 27, 2013.

The Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until the earliest of (1) the first date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, (2) the first date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 or (3) the first date on which none of the securities included in the registration statement constitute Registrable Securities.

Pursuant to the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of Registrable Securities are also entitled to certain piggyback registration rights if the Registrable Securities are not covered by one or more effective registration statements.minimum purchase commitments for 2020. As of December 31, 2013, and as2020, the Company accrued a liability of $0.4 million related to the 2020 purchasing shortfall. Given the ongoing impacts of the time ofCOVID-19 pandemic on the closing of the public offering on July 16, 2013, all of the Registrable Securities were covered by an effective registration statement. “Registrable Securities,” as contemplated by the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, means certain shares of the Company’s common stock, including those shares that were issuable upon conversion of shares of Company preferred stock issued in the Private Placement and shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of the Company’s common stock that were issued upon exercise of the Roth Warrant; provided, that, any such share shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon (A) sale pursuant to the registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (B) such share becoming eligible for sale without restriction by the selling securityholder holding such security pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (C) such share otherwise becoming eligible for sale without restriction pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act, provided that, any restrictive legend on any certificate or other instrument representing such shares has been removed or there has been delivered to the transfer agent for such shares irrevocable documentation (including any necessary legal opinion) to the effect that, upon submission by the applicable selling securityholder of the certificate or instrument representing such security, any such restrictive legend shall be removed.

In connection with the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization,global economy, the Company also entered into a registration rights agreement withcontinues to monitor and evaluate the former stockholdersimpact of The W Group, Inc., pursuant to which it agreed to provide to such persons certain piggyback registration rights with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock, including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, held by such persons at any time on or after the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. The piggyback registration rights under this registration rights agreement are subject to customary cutbacks and are junior to the piggyback registration rights granted to investors in the Private Placement and to Roth pursuant to the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement.

Universal shelf registration

potential future purchase volume reductions.

67


Note 11.    Income Taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense was as follows:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Current tax benefit
Federal$(2,299)$(238)
State25 91 
Foreign13 99 
Total current tax benefit$(2,261)$(48)
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
Federal$(1,710)$329 
State258 128 
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense(1,452)457 
Total tax (benefit) expense$(3,713)$409 
The Company has a universal shelf registration pursuant to which the Company may offer, issue and sell, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to $150,000,000 of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, depositary shares, warrants, subscription rights, stock purchase contracts and units, and certain selling stockholders may offer and sell, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to 500,000 shares of common stock.

12. Income taxes

The expense (benefit)made net cash payments for income taxes of $0.2 million in 2020 while itreceived net cash refunds for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

   2015   2014   2013 

Current tax expense (benefit)

      

Federal

  $(446  $5,650    $2,629  

State

   55     1,448     955  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (391   7,098     3,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

      

Federal

   345     3,050     967  

State

   (342   665     208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3     3,715     1,175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax (benefit) expense

  $(388  $10,813    $4,759  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

income taxes of $0.3 million in 2019.

A reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations(loss) before income taxes and the statutory tax rate foris as follows: 
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
AmountPercentAmountPercent
Income tax (benefit) expense at federal statutory rate$(5,606)21.0 %$1,818 21.0 %
State income tax, net of federal benefit(1,979)7.4 %618 7.1 %
Non-deductible warrant expense%284 3.3 %
Other permanent differences(185)0.7 %46 0.5 %
Research and development tax credits(551)2.1 %(715)(8.3)%
Other tax credits(555)2.1 %%
Tax reserve reassessment(7)%25 0.3 %
Impact of CARES Act(1,390)5.2 %%
Change in valuation allowance6,348 (23.8)%(2,696)(31.1)%
Return adjustment213 (0.8)%752 8.7 %
Stock-based compensation104 (0.4)%279 3.2 %
Other, net(105)0.4 %(3)%
Income tax (benefit) expense$(3,713)13.9 %$409 4.7 %
For the yearsyear ended December 31, was as follows:

   2015  2014  2013 
   Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent 

Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate

  $4,862    35.0 $12,089    35.0 $(4,760  34.0

State income tax, net of federal benefit

   178    1.3    1,403    4.0    848    (6.1

Non-deductible private placement warrant (income)/expense

   (3,255  (23.4  (2,159  (6.2  9,531    (68.0

Domestic production activity

   —      —      (295  (0.9  (376  2.7  

Research tax credits

   (2,437  (17.6  (1,001  (2.9  (1,054  7.5  

Tax reserve reassessment

   315    2.3    170    0.5    570    (4.1

Other, net

   (51  (0.4  606    1.8    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $(388  (2.8)%  $10,813    31.3 $4,759    (34.0)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The2020, the Company recognized a pretax loss of $26.7 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized pretax income of $13,890,000$8.7 million, which included $9,299,000$1.4 million of permanently excludable incomeloss associated with the change in the valuation and exercise of the Company’s Private Placement Warrants for the year ended December 31, 2015. Excluding this income, the Company’s pre-tax income was $4,591,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company also recognized $6,169,000 of income in the year ended December 31, 2014, due to the change in the valuation of the Private Placement Warrants. Excluding this income the Company’s pretax income was $28,370,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company recognized expense of $28,031,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the change in the valuation of the Private Placement Warrants. Excluding this expense, the Company’s pre-tax income was $14,030,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the impact of the change in the valuation of the Private Placement Warrants, the Company’s effective income tax rates would have been (8.5)%, 38.1% and 33.9% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015, decreased principally due to the lower taxable income realized in 2015 as compared with 2014. On December 18, 2015, Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (“PATH Act”) was signed into law making the research tax credit permanent. The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was favorably affected by the recognition of federal tax credits for 2015. Partially offsetting the increase in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 were research tax credits recorded in 2014, net of unrecognized tax benefits, arising from the one year extension of the federal research tax credit as well as continuing state research tax credits. The Company’s income tax expense recognized in 2013 was favorably affected by the recognition of federal research tax credits for 2012 and 2013. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“Act”) was signed into law. Some of the provisions of the Act were retroactive to January 1, 2012, including the Research and Experimentation Credit, which, at the time, was extended through the end of 2013. Because a change in tax law is accounted for in the period of enactment, certain provisions of the Act benefiting the Company’s 2012 federal taxes, including R&D credit, were not recognized in the Company’s financial results until 2013. As the Act was signed into law in 2013, this federal research tax credit for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $413,000, along with the federal research tax credit estimated for 2013 of $641,000, were recorded in the Company’s financial results in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Weichai Warrant.

The Company generates researchR&D tax credits as a result of its research & developmentR&D activities, which reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate. In general, these credits are general business credits and may be carried forward up to 20 years to be offset against future taxable income.

Changes in tax laws and rates may affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities and our effective tax rate in the future.

Components





68


Significant components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:

   2015   2014 

Deferred tax assets

    

Inventory

  $2,861    $2,143  

Allowances and bad debts

   398     280  

Accrued warranty

   778     1,022  

Accrued wages and benefits

   627     553  

Stock compensation

   488     391  

Other

   515     8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   5,667     4,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Intangibles

   (944   (1,810

Tax depreciation in excess of book

   (3,904   (1,830
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (4,848   (3,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $819    $757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

following:

(in thousands)As of December 31,
20202019
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards$19,167 $16,389 
Research and development credits4,982 4,398 
Other state credits3,372 1,922 
Inventory2,693 1,718 
Allowances and bad debts1,356 1,009 
Accrued warranty8,441 6,344 
Accrued wages and benefits240 1,294 
Other accrued expenses1,789 1,393 
Stock-based compensation223 205 
Capitalized research and development costs210 486 
163(j) disallowed interest2,305 1,688 
Intangible amortization1,357 1,855 
Contract liabilities3,307 3,583 
Operating lease liability4,934 5,989 
Other612 356 
Total deferred tax assets54,988 48,629 
         Valuation allowance(48,056)(41,709)
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$6,932 $6,920 
Deferred tax liabilities:
ROU operating lease asset$(4,545)$(5,652)
Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation on property, plant and equipment(3,273)(2,373)
Total deferred tax liabilities$(7,818)$(8,025)
Net deferred tax liability$(886)$(1,105)
The Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities areliability is presented as followsa separate line item in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31:

   2015   2014 

Current deferred tax assets, net

  $—      $3,998  

Non-current deferred tax asset/(liabilities), net

   819     (3,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $819    $757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued final guidance that requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the consolidated balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Although the standard is effective for the Company for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, the Company chose the early adoption provision of this standard as of the year ended December 31, 2015, and has prospectively classified all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on its consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the standard. Prior year’s balances were not required to be retrospectively adjusted. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s consolidated results of income.

In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, management has assessed the likelihood that its deferred income tax assets will be realized from future taxable income. In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, management considers all available evidence, positive and negative; including the Company’s operating results, ongoing tax planning and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A valuation allowance is required to be established if it is determined thator maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that someall or a portion or all of the neta deferred income tax assetsasset will not be realized. Management exercises significant judgment in determining the Company’s provisionsThe guidance on accounting for income taxes itsprovides important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized, including whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether sufficient income can reasonably be expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset.
The Company evaluated the need to maintain a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and liabilities and itsbased on an assessment of whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax benefits will be realized through the generation of future taxable income for purposes of assessing its abilityincome. Appropriate consideration is given to utilize any future tax benefit from its deferred income tax assets.

Although management believes that its tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgments that could become subject to audit by tax authorities in the ordinary course of business. As of each reporting date management considers newall available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of this evaluation, the Company concluded that could impact management’s view with regardsthe negative evidence outweighed the positive evidence and that a full valuation allowance should be maintained against its net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company’s net deferred tax liability of $0.9 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, represents the deferred tax liability related to futureindefinite-lived assets which cannot serve as a source of income for the realization of deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2015, management believes2020, the Company has, on a tax-effected basis, $8.4 million in R&D and state tax credit carryforwards which begin to expire in 2021. The Company has $13.2 million and $6.0 million of federal and state (tax effected, net of federal tax benefit) net operating loss carryforwards that is it more likely than not that allare available to offset taxable income in the future. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2037 and 2026, respectively. On April 23, 2019, Weichai exercised the Weichai Warrant resulting in the Company issuing 4,049,759 shares of the Company’s deferred incomeCommon Stock and Weichai becoming the owner of 51.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, at that time. The Company believes that this constituted an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, all pre-ownership
69


change tax assetsattributes are subject to an annual Section 382 limitation. Based on the current estimated annual Section 382 limitation, the Company believes all tax attributes subject to Section 382 will be realizedutilized prior to their expiration dates, if any.
The change in unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and no valuation allowance is required on its US deferred tax assets.

penalties were as follows:

(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Balance at beginning of year$1,430 $1,421 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year103 144 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years(102)(135)
Balance at end of year$1,431 $1,430 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in incomeIncome tax expense.expense. As of December 31, 20152020 and 2014,2019, the amount accrued for interest and penalties was not material tomaterial. The Company reflects the Company’s financial statements.

The change inliability for unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and penaltiesas Other noncurrent liabilities in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amounts included in “reductions for tax positions of prior years” represent decreases in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $723    $555  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

   261     255  

Additions/(Reductions) for tax positions of prior years

   44     (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $1,028    $723  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

unrecognized tax benefits relating to expiration of the statutes during each year shown.

As of December 31, 2015, management of2020, the Company believes the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, could decrease by approximately $141,000an immaterial amount in 20162021 due to lapses in the statute of limitations. Due to the various jurisdictions in which the Company files tax returns, it is possible that there could be other significant changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in 2016,2021, but the amount cannot be estimated.

13. Defined contribution plan

With few exceptions, the major jurisdictions subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities and open tax years, stated as the Company’s fiscal years, are as follows:
JurisdictionOpen Tax Years
U.S. Federal2014to2020
U.S. States2013to2020
Canada2018to2020
The Company sponsors two retirement savings plansis currently under federal income tax audit for tax years 2014, 2015 and 2016. The Company is currently under Illinois income tax audit for tax years 2013 and 2014.
Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act
On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). Among the changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules, the CARES Act modified net operating loss carryback rules that were eliminated by the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, restored 100% bonus depreciation for qualified improvement property, increased the limit on the deduction for net interest expense and accelerated the time frame for refunds of alternative minimum tax credits. The Company’s ability to carryback the net operating losses to earlier years is expected to result in a tax benefit of $2.2 million. There is no net impact to the Company’s deferred tax assets due to the full valuation allowance.
70


Note 12.    Stockholders’ Equity
Common and Treasury Stock
The changes in shares of Common and Treasury Stock are as follows:
(in thousands)Common Shares IssuedTreasury Stock SharesCommon Shares Outstanding
Balance as of December 31, 201819,067 429 18,638 
Net shares issued for stock awards— (169)169 
Shares issued to Weichai *
4,050 — 4,050 
Balance as of December 31, 201923,117 260 22,857 
Net shares issued for stock awards— (35)35 
Balance as of December 31, 202023,117 225 22,892 
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Preferred stock may be designated into one or more series as determined by the Board. As of December 31, 2020, the Board had authorized 2 series of Preferred stock. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 0 shares of Preferred stock outstanding.
Weichai Warrant
On April 23, 2019, Weichai exercised the Weichai Warrant resulting in the Company issuing 4,049,759 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and Weichai becoming the owner of 51.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as of such date. See Note 3. Weichai Transactions for additional information.
Note 13.    Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has an incentive compensation plan (the “2012 Plan”), which authorizes the granting of a variety of different types of awards including, but not limited to, non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”), deferred stock and performance units to its executive officers, employees, meeting certain eligibility requirements. consultants and Directors. The 2012 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
Under both plans, participants may choose from various investment options and can contribute an amountthe 2012 Plan, 830,925 shares were initially made available for awards, with 700,000 additional shares added to the 2012 Plan in 2013. Forfeited shares are added back to the pool of their eligible compensation annuallyshares available for future awards.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 408,734 shares available for issuance of future awards. To date, the Company’s granted awards have generally been either RSAs or SARs.
SAR awards entitle the recipients to receive, upon exercise, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the number of shares for which the SAR is being exercised multiplied by the value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise (determined as definedprovided in the SAR award agreement), less (ii) the number of shares for which the SAR is being exercised multiplied by the applicable plan document,exercise price, divided by (iii) the value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise (determined as provided in the SAR award agreement). The exercised SAR is to be settled only in whole shares of Common Stock, and the value of any fractional share of Common Stock is forfeited.
RSA grants represent Common Stock issued subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations.

The Power Great Lakes, Inc. Employees (401k) Profit Sharing Planforfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon satisfaction of specified conditions.

Both SAR awards and RSA grants are time-based awards that generally vest over a 2 to 3-year vesting schedule (except grants to members of the Boardwhich have a 1-year vesting schedule). SAR awards generally have a term of 10 years. Compensation expense for recipients of these time-based awards is funded by participant contributions and discretionary Company contributions.recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period from the date of grant. The Company made no discretionary contributions to this plan during 2015, 2014 or 2013. The Power Great Lakes, Inc. Employees (401k) Profit Sharing Plan was amended in 2013, to enable employees to invest in a fund which exclusively investsaccounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than apply an estimated forfeiture rate. Stock-based compensation expense is primarily recorded is Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s stock.

Consolidated Statements of Operations.

RSAs are valued based on the fair value of the common stock at grant date.
For all SAR award assumptions, the Company used rates on the grant date of zero-coupon government bonds with maturities over periods covering the term of the awards. The Professional Power Products, Inc. (401k) Retirement PlanCompany considered the historical volatility of its stock price over a term similar to the expected life of the awards in determining expected volatility. The expected term is fundedthe period that the awards granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company has never declared or paid a cash dividend on its Common Stock and has no plans to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
71


The following table represents stock-based compensation expense and the related income tax benefits:
(in thousands)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Stock-based compensation expense$607 $1,248 
Income tax benefit$104 $279 
SAR Awards
The Company granted 50,000 and 9,000 SAR awards in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The assumptions used for determining the fair value of the SARs included the following:
For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Market closing price of the Common Stock$4.83 $7.00 
Exercise price$4.83 $7.30 
Risk-free interest rate1.8 %2.5 %
Estimated price volatility71.9 %77.8 %
Expected term7.00 years6.51 years
Dividend yield%%
Weighted average fair value$3.28 $4.89 
SAR activity consisted of the following:
Number of Shares under SARsSharesWeighted-Average Exercise PriceWeighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2018138,020 $9.66 8.05$89 
Granted9,000 7.30 — 
Exercised— 
Forfeited(7,334)9.81 — 
Expired(9,616)10.70 — 
Outstanding at December 31, 2019130,070 9.41 7.2111 
Granted50,000 4.83 — 
Exercised— 
Forfeited— 
Expired(4,500)11.25 — 
Outstanding at December 31, 2020175,570 8.06 7.04
Exercisable at December 31, 201986,736 $10.33 5.91$
Exercisable at December 31, 2020119,569 $9.00 6.46$
The total fair value of SARs that vested during 2020 and 2019 was $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to SARs as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted-average period over which the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized was approximately 1.7 years.
72


Restricted Stock Awards
Restricted stock activity consisted of the following:
SharesWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
December 31, 2018259,286 $12.25 
Granted48,000 9.72 
Forfeited(11,226)14.16 
Vested(230,374)9.83 
Balance as of December 31, 201965,686 $18.58 
Granted12,500 4.49 
Forfeited
Vested(40,814)12.92 
Balance as of December 31, 202037,372 $20.05 
The total grant date fair value of restricted stock that vested during 2020 and 2019 was $0.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to RSAs as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted-average period over which the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized was approximately 2.3 years.
Note 14.    Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The Company computes basic earnings (loss) per share by participant contributions and Company matching contributions, as defineddividing net income (loss) by the plan document. weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated to give effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the year. Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding primarily reflect the additional shares that would be issued upon the assumed exercise of stock options and the assumed vesting of unvested share awards. The treasury stock method has been used to compute diluted earnings (loss) per share for 2020 and 2019.
The Company contributed approximately $98,000issued warrants that represent the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, SARs and $91,000RSAs, all of which have been evaluated for their potentially dilutive effect under the treasury stock method. See Note 3. Weichai Transactions for additional information on the Weichai Warrants and Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation for additional information on the SARs and the RSAs.
The computations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share are as follows:
(in thousands, except per share basis)For the Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Numerator:
Net (loss) income – basic and diluted$(22,982)$8,248 
Denominator:
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic22,872 21,512 
Effect of dilutive securities18 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding diluted
22,872 21,530 
 (Loss) earnings per common share
(Loss) earnings per share of common stock – basic$(1.00)$0.38 
(Loss) earnings per share of common stock – diluted$(1.00)$0.38 
The aggregate number of shares excluded from the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculations because they would have been anti-dilutive were 0.2 million and 1.4 million shares in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
73


Note 15.    Related Party Transactions
Weichai Transactions
See Note 3. Weichai Transactions for information regarding the Weichai SPA, Shareholder’s Loan Agreement and Collaboration Agreement.
Transactions with Joint Ventures
MAT-PSI Holdings, LLC
In December 2012, the Company and MAT Holdings, Inc. (“MAT”) entered into an agreement to this plan during 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Powertrain Integrationcreate MAT-PSI Holdings, LLC (401k) Plan is funded by participant contributions and discretionary Company contributions.(“MAT-PSI”), which was intended to be a holding company of its 100% Chinese wholly-owned foreign entity, referred to as Green Power. The Company made no discretionary contributionsinvested $0.9 million for its 50% share of MAT-PSI, which was formed to this plan during 2015.

14. Commitmentsmanufacture, assemble and contingencies

supply natural gas, gas and alternative-fueled power systems to Chinese and Asian forklift customers. The venture established a production facility in Dalian and also sourced base engines from a local Chinese factory. As MAT-PSI was not profitable, the venture was closed in 2017; however, the Company is involvedhad previously been in various legal proceedings from timedispute with Green Power related to time arising in the normal course of doing business. The Company is required to record a provision for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amountwind up of the loss can be reasonably estimated; however, based upon a review of information currently available tojoint venture and outstanding receivables. On March 29, 2021, the Company regardingexecuted a settlement agreement with MAT and Green Power which resolved the potential impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to the legal proceedings in which the Company is currently involved, the resolution of these legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, isdispute. The final settlement agreement did not expected to have a material effectimpact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

On December 7, 2012,statements.

Doosan-PSI, LLC
In 2015, the Company and Doosan Infracore Co., Ltd. (“Doosan”), a subsidiary of Doosan Group, entered into aan agreement to form Doosan-PSI, LLC. The Company invested $1.0 million to acquire 50% of the venture, which was formed to operate in the field of developing, designing, testing, manufacturing, assembling, branding, marketing, selling, distributing and providing support for industrial gas engines and all components and materials required for assembly of the gas engines to the global power generation market outside of North America and South Korea. In the fourth quarter of 2019, Doosan and the Company agreed to wind down and dissolve the joint venture. This is expected to be completed in 2021.
Joint Venture Operating Results
The Company’s investments in joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations included income from these investments of $0.3 million in 2020 related to the Company’s portion of the joint ventures earnings for the year. In 2019, the earnings were $0.7 million. The joint venture operating results are presented in Other income, net in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
74


Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with another entity forAccountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.
None.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the purposeExchange Act, as “controls and other procedures of manufacturing, assemblingan issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act are recorded, processed, summarized and selling certain engines intoreported, within the Asian markets. In connection with this agreement,time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms.” The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company has committed upand its consolidated subsidiaries is accumulated and communicated to $1.2 million towardits management, including its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
The Company’s management, with the joint ventureparticipation of which $850,000 had been contributed since inceptionits Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015. On2020. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 9, 2014,31, 2020, because of the previously reported material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d(f) under the Exchange Act, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on the criteria established by the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO Framework”).
As a result of management’s review of the Company’s financial and accounting records and the other work completed by the management team and its advisers, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company signed an agreementhad material weaknesses relating to enter into a joint venture with a constructioncertain internal controls. These material weaknesses are summarized below, and utility equipment manufacturer headquarteredremediation efforts completed or underway are outlined in Incheon, South Korea. In connection with this agreement,the “Ongoing Remediation of Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting” section below. These material weaknesses were previously reported in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, and have been updated, as necessary, to reflect the control environment as of December 31, 2020.
Control Environment, Risk Assessment, Information and Communication, and Monitoring
The Company’s control environment, which is the responsibility of management and is subject to the oversight of the Audit Committee and the Board, establishes the tone of the organization, influences the control consciousness of its officers and employees and is the foundation for all other components of internal control over financial reporting.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company committeddid not maintain an effective control environment, primarily attributable to contribute upthe following identified material weaknesses:
Control Environment: The Company was unable to $1.0 million which wasdemonstrate that it had maintained a corporate culture that (i) instilled an adequate enterprise-wide attitude of control consciousness supporting the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, (ii) promoted accountability and timely communication across the organization and the Board and (iii) had sufficiently robust processes or focus to identify or address internal control weaknesses. This weakness in the control environment likely contributed to many of the other material weaknesses disclosed herein.
Skillset and Competency: The Company did not have sufficient resources with appropriate levels of information technology (“IT”) knowledge to adequately support the organization including, but not limited to, the design and implementation of robust
75


IT general controls (“ITGC”) to support internal control over financial reporting, the oversight of the Company’s applications, systems and related training to the IT system user group.
Segregation of Duties: The Company did not maintain effective policies, procedures or controls in aggregate to ensure adequate segregation of duties within its business processes, financial applications and IT systems. Specifically, the Company did not have appropriate controls in place to adequately assess the segregation of job responsibilities and system user access for initiating, authorizing and recording transactions. In addition, the Company did not have adequate mitigating or monitoring controls in place.
Control Activities
As of December 31, 2020, the material weaknesses described above contributed to the joint venturecontrol activity level material weaknesses described below:
Revenue Accounting: The Company did not maintain effective policies, procedures or controls to ensure that revenue recognition criteria were met prior to recognizing sales transactions. Specifically, the Company did not do the following:
timely or accurately communicate terms of newly entered contracts with customers to the accounting department and
perform adequate review and approval controls for recording manual revenue entries, including revenue-related reserves (such as sales allowances).
Reserves and Accruals: The Company did not have sufficiently defined procedures or controls to ensure consistent recognition of accrued liabilities and reserve balances, including, but not limited to, excess and obsolete inventory and warranty reserves.
Period-End Close/Accounting Documentation: The Company did not maintain effective procedures or controls in aggregate over the period-end financial close and reporting process to enable timely reporting of complete and accurate financial information. Specifically, it lacked controls to define financial statement review thresholds, consistently review journal entries prior to posting, review procedures related to taxes and inventory in-transit, and consistently prepare, approve and retain adequate supporting documentation for balance sheet account reconciliations.
Information Technology: The Company’s ITGC framework was not adequately designed and implemented to support the effective operation of internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, ITGCs were not designed to ensure that logical access was appropriately segregated and restricted based on business needs, and controls were not consistently implemented to support timely and effective changes to financial systems and applications. The aggregated IT deficiencies impact each ITGC domain and in-scope application, and the pervasive nature and lack of adequate compensating controls limited management’s ability to rely on the completeness and accuracy of data processed by and reports generated from financial applications.
Data Maintenance: The Company did not have defined procedures or controls, in aggregate, to validate the completeness and accuracy of information maintained, input or edited within master and transaction files, including, but not limited to, customer and vendor master files, employee data files, perpetual inventory records, and stock compensation agreements. Additionally, the Company did not have compensating controls to review and validate the underlying data maintained.
Ongoing Remediation of Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is committed to the continued implementation of remediation efforts to address the material weaknesses. The remediation efforts summarized below, which have been or will be implemented, are intended both to address the identified material weaknesses and to enhance the Company’s overall internal control environment.
Control Environment, Risk Assessment, Information and Communication, and Monitoring
Control Environment:
Since 2017, the Company has either replaced or appointed new Board and Audit Committee members, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Commercial Officer, a Chief Information Officer and a Vice President, Internal Audit. These changes, along with the actions of these individuals and other senior management, have collectively improved the tone of integrity, transparency and support of the Company’s updated Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
The Company has updated its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and has initiated an ongoing training program to help ensure employees understand and comply with the Code. The Company continues to enhance the program to provide extensive communications and training to employees across the entire organization regarding the importance of integrity and accountability.
The Company has established a process to identify and address internal control weaknesses throughout the control environment.


76


Skillset and Competency:
The Company continues to assess the level of and technical skills in the IT function to support the design and implementation of ITGCs. The IT function has been reorganized under the leadership of a new Chief Information Officer who reports to the Chief Executive Officer. The Company has recently hired an IT Security lead and is actively recruiting for certain technical IT positions. The Company has continued to supplement a portion of the IT resources with temporary resources to assist with performing certain technical IT activities and controls.
Segregation of Duties:
The Company has established standards governing the segregation of incompatible duties across the organization.
The Company has implemented a technical upgrade to its Enterprise Resource Planning System (“ERP System”) and is redesigning system access roles across the Company to improve the segregation of incompatible duties.
The Company is designing various processes and controls to adequately segregate job responsibilities and system access throughout the organization and to implement applicable mitigating internal controls.
Control Activities
As part of the overall remediation plan, the Company is designing and implementing review and approval controls over data utilized in various accounting processes. These controls will address the accuracy, timely recording and completeness of data used in the determination of significant accounting estimates, reserves and valuations as well as impacted presentation and disclosures in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Revenue Accounting:
The Company is designing and implementing policies and procedures to ensure that critical inputs affecting the accuracy and timeliness of revenue recognition and related reserves and sales allowances are communicated to the accounting department on a timely basis.
The Company has established and has begun implementing improved review and approval controls across the Company to ensure that revenue, including that of nonroutine revenue transactions, is recognized consistently in accordance with the terms of the contracts with customers and U.S. GAAP.
The Company has developed and is in the process of implementing sales transaction review procedures to review certain key transaction attributes.
Reserves and Accruals:
The Company is in the process of enhancing controls over the review and approval of key reserves and accruals, including, warranty reserves, sales allowances and excess and obsolete inventory.
Period-End Close/Accounting Documentation:
The Company has designed and is implementing procedures and controls over the period-end close process and related documentation including, but not limited to, period-end checklists, review and approval of journal entries, taxes, inventory in-transit, account roll forwards and reconciliations, general-ledger account maintenance and financial statement analysis / thresholds.
Information Technology:
The Company has reconstructed its ITGC framework to focus on controls that mitigate key financial reporting risks.
The Company has designed and is implementing controls over access, change management and IT operations to ensure that access rights are restricted to appropriate individuals, and that data integrity is maintained via effective change management controls over system updates and the transfer of data between systems.
The Company is re-designing its ERP System to further improve and automate ITGC’s as well as other business process application controls.
Data Maintenance:
The Company is designing and implementing procedures and controls to appropriately identify and assess changes made to data repositories that could significantly impact data integrity and the internal control framework, including, but not limited to, (i) creating centralized, complete and accurate data repositories, (ii) maintaining customer and vendor master files, employee data files, perpetual inventory records, inventory physical and cycle counts, and stock compensation agreements (iii) communicating an enterprise data management policy and record retention policy.
77


The Company is developing procedures to ensure the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the design and operation of internal controls.
When fully implemented and operational, the Company believes the measures described above will remediate the control deficiencies that have led to the material weaknesses it has identified and will strengthen its internal control over financial reporting. The Company is committed to continuing to improve its internal control processes and it will continue to review its financial reporting controls and procedures. As the Company continues to evaluate and work to improve its internal control over financial reporting, it may determine that a need exists to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or modify certain remediation measures described above.
Conclusion
As a result of the material weaknesses described above, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was ineffective.
In light of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, prior to filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company completed substantive procedures, including extensive temporary manual procedures and other measures as needed, to assist with meeting the objectives otherwise fulfilled by effective internal control over financial reporting. These procedures included, but were not limited to, conducting additional analysis and substantive procedures. The Company also hired additional resources and retained outside consultants with relevant accounting experience, skills and knowledge, working under the Company’s supervision and direction to assist with the account closing and financial statement preparation process. These additional procedures have allowed the Company to conclude that, notwithstanding the material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting described above, the consolidated financial statements included herein fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
As previously disclosed under “Item 9A – Controls and Procedures” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was not effective based on the material weaknesses identified.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has completed remediation of its previously reported Policies and Procedures, Complex and Nonroutine Transactions, and Capitalization material weaknesses:
Policies and Procedures:
The Company has issued a revised delegation of authority policy that appoints tiered approvers based upon risk and materiality of the transaction and trained employees on the revised policy.
The Company has identified a central repository to maintain all the Company’s policies, is providing training to users and is developing a framework to establish responsibility and accountability for executing and monitoring policies and procedures, including updating policies for new accounting pronouncements and guidance.
The Company has issued critical accounting policies, a policy for record retention, and IT policies. Additionally, the Company continues to update and reissue its IT policies and procedures.
The Company continues to create a culture of continuous improvement and design a framework for management to proactively and openly self-identify, document, reassess, report and remediate policies, procedures and control issues.
Complex and Nonroutine Transactions:
The Company defined policies, procedures and controls to identify and determine the appropriate accounting treatment for certain complex and nonroutine transactions, including, but not limited to, identification of reporting units and triggering events that could impact the assessment of potential impairments of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and goodwill, accounting for debt transactions, purchase accounting for business combinations and lease classification.
Capitalization:
The Company has implemented a policy over fixed assets and capitalization. Considering the materiality of capitalized assets, and continuing control improvements, management has determined that this area no longer constitutes a material weakness.
Other than the ongoing remediation efforts described above and the remediation of the material weaknesses described above, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2015.

15. Related party transactions

In connection2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.


78


Item 9B.    Other Information.
None.

79


PART III
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference herein from the 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the acquisitionSEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by such time, such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report by such time.
See also Information about the Company’sExecutive Officers in Part I of 3PI,this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to its directors, officers and employees and is available on its website under the Company entered into a lease agreement effective April 1, 2014, with a limited liability company in which one"Governance Documents/Committee Charters" tab within the "Governance" subsection of the former owners"Investors" section of 3PI is the sole member. its website at https://investors.psiengines.com/committee-chartersgovernance-documents. The lease is for the land, buildings and certain equipment located at 3PI’s facilities in Darien, Wisconsin. The initial termCompany intends to include on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of the leasecode of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer or controller that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition contained in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K.
Item 11.    Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is for seven years through March 31,incorporated by reference herein from the 2021 andProxy Statement to be filed with the initial annual base rent is $480,000 annually which is payable in equal monthly installments. The base rent is subject to annual increases as defined in the lease agreement. In the year endedSEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 20152020. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by such time, such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report by such time.
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 2014,Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference herein from the Company recognized expense of $480,000 and $360,000, respectively, in connection2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with this lease. See Note 3, “Acquisitions” for further discussion of the acquisition. The former 3PI owner isSEC no longer employed by the Company and is no longer a related-party.

On April 28, 2011, Gary Winemaster, Chief Executive Officer, and Thomas Somodi, who previously served as the Company’s Chief Strategy Officer and Chief Financial Officer entered into a purchase and sale agreement which was subsequently amended on October 31, 2011, whereby Mr. Winemaster agreed to purchase all of Mr. Somodi’s shares of preferred and common stock in The W Group.

Pursuant to the terms of the purchase and sale agreement, as amended, Mr. Winemaster had the right to elect to make a payment to Mr. Somodi equal to the product of the number of shares Mr. Winemaster would otherwise be required to deliver to Mr. Somodi upon achievement of a common stock value threshold, multiplied by the applicable threshold price. The first common stock value threshold was achieved on or about March 27, 2013, the second common stock value threshold was achieved on or about May 7, 2013, and the third common stock value threshold was achieved on or about May 28, 2013. On June 24, 2013, Mr. Somodi transferred to the Company his right to receive shares or a cash payment from Mr. Winemaster as a result of the achievement of the first common

stock value threshold, in exchange for a cash payment by the Company to Mr. Somodi of $2.5 million. Mr. Winemaster contemporaneously paid the Company $2.5 million in full satisfaction of Mr. Winemaster’s obligations to the Company as a result of the achievement of the first common stock value threshold. On August 5, 2013, Mr. Somodi again transferred to the Company his right to receive shares or a cash payment from Mr. Winemaster as a result of the achievement of the second common stock value threshold, in exchange for a cash payment by the Company to Mr. Somodi of $3.75 million. Mr. Winemaster contemporaneously paid the Company $3.75 million in full satisfaction of Mr. Winemaster’s obligations to the Company as a result of the achievement of the second common stock value threshold. On August 26, 2013, Mr. Somodi transferred to the Company his right to receive shares or a cash payment from Mr. Winemaster as a result of the achievement of the third common stock value threshold, in exchange for a cash payment by the Company to Mr. Somodi of $3.0 million. Mr. Winemaster contemporaneously paid the Company $3.0 million in full satisfaction of Mr. Winemaster’s obligations to the Company as a result of the achievement of the third common stock value threshold. These transactions were all approved by the Audit Committee prior to being entered into and consummated.

During the years endedlater than 120 days after December 31, 2015, 20142020. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by such time, such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report by such time.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and 2013,Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference herein from the Company incurred fees for tax return and other consulting services2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with a professional services firm that is affiliated with a stockholder and member of the board of directors. Fees incurred during 2015, 2014 and 2013, were $43,000, $62,000 and $127,000, respectively.

16. Unaudited quarterly financial data

Set forth below are the unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years endedSEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 20152020. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by such time, such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report by such time.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and 2014:

For the quarters ended  March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31 

2015

        

Net sales

  $86,139    $94,629    $112,008    $96,670  

Cost of sales

   69,682     77,255     96,700     82,975  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   16,457     17,374     15,308     13,695  

Operating expenses

   12,387     12,899     13,920     14,433  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   4,070     4,475     1,388     (738

Other (income) expense

   4,142     (1,731   (7,255   149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (72   6,206     8,643     (887

Income tax provision (benefit)

   1,384     1,285     (466   (2,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(1,456  $4,921    $9,109    $1,704  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

        

Basic

  $(0.13  $0.46    $0.84    $0.16  

Diluted

  $(0.13  $0.18    $0.03    $0.04  

For the quarters ended  March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31 

2014

        

Net sales

  $66,735    $83,378    $93,972    $103,910  

Cost of sales

   54,805     67,982     75,344     82,819  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   11,930     15,396     18,628     21,091  

Operating expenses

   8,409     9,503     11,109     11,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   3,521     5,893     7,519     9,111  

Other (income)

   (111   (240   (3,625   (4,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   3,632     6,133     11,144     13,630  

Income tax provision

   1,258     2,250     3,996     3,309  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $2,374    $3,883    $7,148    $10,321  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share:

        

Basic

  $0.23    $0.37    $0.66    $0.96  

Diluted

  $0.19    $0.34    $0.56    $0.48  

EXHIBITS

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Services.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference herein from the 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by such time, such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report by such time.

80


PART IV
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

2.1†Agreement and Plan of Merger between Format, Inc., PSI Merger Sub, Inc. and The W Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 29, 2011, filed with the Commission May 5, 2011).
2.2Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Power Solutions International, Inc., Carl L. Trent, Kenneth C. Trent and CKT Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 1, 2014, filed with the Commission on April 2, 2014).
3.1Certificate of Incorporation of Power Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 12, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.4 to Amendment No. 2 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, Registration No. 333-174543, filed August 19, 2011).
3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Power Solutions International, Inc., dated August 13, 2015 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 13, 2015 and filed with the Commission on August 18, 2015).

4.1Purchase Agreement, dated April 29, 2011, among Format, Inc. and the investors in the private placement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 29, 2011, filed with the Commission May 5, 2011).
4.2Form of Warrant, dated April 29, 2011, issued by Power Solutions International, Inc. to the investors in the private placement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 29, 2011, filed with the Commission May 5, 2011).
4.3Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Power Solutions International, Inc., the investors in the private placement and ROTH Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 29, 2011, filed with the Commission May 5, 2011).
4.4Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Power Solutions International, Inc. and Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster and Thomas Somodi (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011).
4.5Indenture dated as of April 29, 2015 by and among Power Solutions International, Inc., The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, and the Guarantors party thereto, including form of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed with the Commission on April 29, 2015).
4.6First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 2, 2015 to Indenture dated as of April 29, 2015 by and among Power Solutions International, Inc., The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, and the Guarantors party thereto.
10.1Industrial Building Lease, dated as of February 28, 2012, between Power Great Lakes, Inc. and Centerpoint Properties Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 28, 2012, filed with the Commission March 2, 2012).
10.2Industrial Building Lease, dated as of March 13, 2012, between Power Great Lakes, Inc. and Centerpoint Properties Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 13, 2012, filed with the Commission March 16, 2012).

Exhibit

Number

The following Financial Statements are filed as a part of this report:
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit Description

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

EXHIBIT INDEX
The following documents listed below that have been previously filed with the SEC (1934 Act File No. 001-35944) are incorporated herein by reference:
Incorporated by Reference Herein
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling DateFile No.
2.18-K2.105/05/2011000-52213
2.28-K10.104/02/2014001-35944
3.1S-1/A3.408/19/2011333-174543
3.28-K3.108/18/2015001-35944
3.38-K3.103/27/2017001-35944
3.48-K3.112/31/2020001-35944
4.110-K4.1105/04/2020001-35944
10.1
††

8-K10.306/07/2012000-52213
10.2
††

DEF14AAppendix A08/02/2013001-35944
10.3
††

8-K10.106/20/2013001-35944
10.4
††

8-K10.101/09/2014001-35944
10.58-K10.204/02/2014001-35944
10.68-K10.210/01/2014001-35944
10.710-K10.2605/16/2019001-35944
10.88-K10.107/18/2018001-35944
81


Incorporated by Reference Herein
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling DateFile No.
10.98-K10.207/18/2018001-35944
10.10†††8-K10.108/06/2014001-35944
10.118-K10.105/06/2015001-35944
10.128-K10.303/27/2017001-35944
10.138-K10.403/27/2017001-35944
10.14†††8-K10.503/27/2017001-35944
10.158-K10.112/05/2017001-35944
10.16††8-K/A10.106/21/2017001-35944
10.17††8-K10.112/04/2017001-35944
10.1810-K10.4005/16/2019001-35944
10.198-K10.110/02/2019001-35944
10.208-K10.104/01/2020001-35944
10.218-K10.104/06/2020001-35944
10.22††10-Q10.105/04/2019001-35944
10.238-K10.112/31/2020001-35944
10.248-K10.212/31/2020001-35944
10.258-K10.102/16/2021001-35944
10.268-K10.202/16/2021001-35944
10.27
*
††
21.1*
23.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1**
32.2**
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document.
82


10.3*Employment Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2012, between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Eric A. Cohen (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 6, 2012, filed with the Commission June 7, 2012).
10.4*Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2012, by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Eric Cohen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 6, 2012, filed with the Commission on June 7, 2012).
10.5*Power Solutions International, Inc. 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 6, 2012, filed with the Commission on June 7, 2012).
10.6*Amendment No. 1 to the Power Solutions International, Inc. 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the registrant’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, dated August 1, 2013, filed with the Commission on August 2, 2013).
10.7*Form of Restricted Stock Agreement by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and each eligible employee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 17, 2013, filed with the Commission on June 20, 2013).
10.8Credit Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo, N.A. as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC and XISync LLC, and related documents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 28, 2013, filed with the Commission on July 2, 2013).
10.9Security Agreement dated as of June 28, 2013 by and among Wells Fargo, N.A. as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC and XISync LLC, and related documents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 28, 2013, filed with the Commission on July 2, 2013).
10.10*Indemnification Agreement by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and certain Indemnitees (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 7, 2014, filed with the Commission on January 9, 2014).
10.11Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and between Professional Power Products, Inc. and 448 W. Madison, LLC. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 1, 2014, filed with the Commission on April 2, 2014).
10.12Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC, XISync LLC and Professional Power Products, Inc., and related documents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 1, 2014, filed with the Commission on April 2, 2014).

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Incorporated by Reference Herein
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling DateFile No.
10.13101.SCH*Joinder to Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as agent for itself and the other lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC, XISync LLC and Professional Power Products, Inc., joining Professional Power Products, Inc. as a party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 1, 2014, filed with the Commission on April 2, 2014).
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
10.14††Addendum dated as of July 31, 2014, to Supply Agreement dated December 11, 2007, by and between PSI International, LLC and Doosan Infracore Co., Ltd., as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated August 6, 2014).
10.15First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, and amended as of September 30, 2014 by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC, XISync LLC and Professional Power Products, Inc., and related documents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 30, 2014).
10.16Lease Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2014, by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Hamilton Lakes Commerce Center #4 Limited Partnership (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 30, 2014).
10.17Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, and amended as of September 30, 2014, and further amended February 11, 2015 by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC, XISync LLC and Professional Power Products, Inc., and related documents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 17, 2015).
10.18Distributor Agreement effective January 1, 2015 by and between Perkins Engines Company Limited and Power Solutions International, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 26, 2015).
10.19Third Amendment, dated April 29, 2015, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC, XISync LLC and Professional Power Products, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed with the Commission on April 29, 2015).
10.20Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 4, 2015 by and among Power Solutions International, Inc., Powertrain Integration Acquisition, LLC, as the Buyer and Powertrain Integration, LLC and its principals, as Seller (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed with the Commission on May 6, 2015).
10.21*SAR and Bonus Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2015, by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Eric A. Cohen (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated and filed with the Commission on July 8, 2015).

Exhibit

Number

101.CAL
*

Exhibit Description

10.22*Cooperation and Transition Agreement, dated October 4, 2015, by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Daniel P. Gorey (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated and filed with the Commission on October 6, 2015).
10.23*Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2015, by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Michael P. Lewis (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated and filed with the Commission on October 6, 2015).
10.24*Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, dated October 19, 2015, by and between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Michael P. Lewis (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated and filed with the Commission on October 22, 2015).
10.25Joinder to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November 2, 2015, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., and Professional Power Products, Inc. and the original borrowers, Powertrain Integration Acquisition, LLC and Bi-Phase Technologies, LLC as the new borrowers.
21.1Subsidiaries of Power Solutions International, Inc.
23.1Consent of RSM US LLP
31.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
31.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document.

*Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
Exhibits and schedules omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of an omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon request.
††Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

*    Filed with this Report.
**    This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. Such exhibit shall not be deemed incorporated into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
†    Exhibits and schedules omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of an omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon request.
††    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
†††    Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.
Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary.
None.
83


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 26th30th day of February 2016.

March, 2021.
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:/s/ Donald P. Klein
By:

/s/ MichaelName:

Donald P. Lewis

Klein
Michael P. Lewis
Title:

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 26th30th day of February 2016.

March, 2021.
SignatureTitle

Signature

/s/ Lance Arnett

Titles

Chief Executive Officer
Lance Arnett(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ GARY S. WINEMASTER        

Gary S. Winemaster

Donald P. Klein

Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer (principal executive officer),

President

Donald P. Klein(Principal Financial and Director

Accounting Officer)

/s/ MICHAEL P. LEWIS        

Michael P. Lewis

Shaojun Sun

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officerChairman of the Board and

principal accounting officer)

Director
Shaojun Sun

/s/ KENNETH W. LANDINI        

Kenneth W. Landini

Xinghao Li

Director

 Xinghao Li

/s/ JAY J. HANSEN        

Jay J. Hansen

Guogang Wu

Director

Guogang Wu

/s/ ELLEN R. HOFFING        

Ellen R. Hoffing

Sidong Shao

Director

Sidong Shao

/s/ MARY E. VOGT        

Mary E. Vogt

Kenneth W. Landini

Director

Kenneth W. Landini
/s/ Frank P. SimpkinsDirector
Frank P. Simpkins
/s/ Hong HeDirector
Hong He


84